Colorado Owner's Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_Colorado_23454216A.ai 1 8/30/2016 1:18:35 PM 2017 Colorado

CMY

K Colorado Owner’s Manual

23454216 A Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 27 Seats and Restraints ...... 44 Storage ...... 100 Instruments and Controls ...... 102 Lighting ...... 146 Infotainment System ...... 153 Climate Controls ...... 208 Driving and Operating ...... 214 VehicleCare ...... 279 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 365 Technical Data ...... 379 Customer Information ...... 383 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 393 OnStar ...... 397 Index ...... 407 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that AFrenchlanguagemanualcanbe was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from: specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens that may not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du The names, logos, emblems, ® concessionnaire ou à l'adresse If this vehicle has the Duramax suivante: slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Refer to the purchase Plymouth, MI 48170 COLORADO are trademarks and/or documentation relating to your USA service marks of General Motors specific vehicle to confirm the LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, features. Using this Manual or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference. To quickly locate information about For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the substitute the name “General back of the manual. It is an Motors of Canada Company” for alphabetical list of what is in the Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it manual and the page number where appears in this manual. it can be found.

Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart Caution Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index. reduce them. Acirclewithaslashthroughitisa : Airbag Readiness Light safety symbol which means “Do 9 { Danger Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning this happen.” $ Danger indicates a hazard with a : Brake System Warning Light high level of risk which will result Symbols " : Charging System in serious injury or death. The vehicle has components and I : Cruise Control labels that use symbols instead of ` : Do Not Puncture text. Symbols are shown along with ^ : Do Not Service { Warning the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific B : Engine Coolant Temperature Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, O : Exterior Lamps could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited M : Shown when the owner manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps Caution or information. . : Fuel Gauge * : Shown when the service + : Fuses Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions 3 could result in property or vehicle or information. : Headlamp High/Low-Beam damage. Changer 0 : Shown when there is more 5 : Hill Descent Control information on another page — “see page.” j : LATCH System Child Restraints Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

4 Introduction

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure } : Power > : Safety Belt Reminders 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® a : Under Pressure Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 5

Portable Audio Devices ...... 20 In Brief Bluetooth® ...... 20 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 20 Cruise Control ...... 21 Instrument Panel Driver Information Center (DIC) Instrument Panel ...... 6 (Base Level) ...... 21 Initial Drive Information Driver Information Center (DIC) Initial Drive Information ...... 8 (Uplevel) ...... 22 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System ...... 8 System ...... 22 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 8 Lane Departure Door Locks ...... 9 Warning (LDW) ...... 23 Windows ...... 9 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23 Seat Adjustment ...... 9 Power Outlets ...... 23 Heated Seats ...... 11 Performance and Maintenance Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Traction Control/Electronic Safety Belts ...... 11 Stability Control ...... 23 Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 24 Mirror Adjustment ...... 12 Fuel (Gasoline) ...... 24 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Fuel (Diesel) ...... 24 Interior Lighting ...... 14 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 24 Exterior Lighting ...... 14 Engine Oil Life System ...... 25 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 15 Driving for Better Fuel Climate Controls ...... 15 Economy ...... 25 Transmission ...... 17 Roadside Assistance Four-Wheel Drive ...... 18 Program ...... 26 Vehicle Features Infotainment System ...... 19 Radio(s) ...... 19 Satellite Radio ...... 19 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

6 In Brief Instrument Panel Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 212. 8. Heated Front Seats 0 48 (If 15. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Equipped). 103 (Out of View). and Lane-Change 9. Power Outlets 0 107 (If 16. Cruise Control 0 259. 0 Signals 149. Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driver Information Center (DIC) 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic System 0 263 (If Equipped). 0 Controls. See Driver Transmission 241 or Manual 17. Transfer Case Knob (If Information Center (DIC) (Base Transmission 0 246. 0 Equipped). See Four-Wheel Level) 126 or Driver 11. Auxiliary Jack 0 179. Drive 0 247. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129. USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170 18. Hood Release. See or USB Port (Base Radio with Hood 0 282. 3. Instrument Cluster (Base Touchscreen) 0 173. Level) 0 110 or Instrument 19. Parking Brake 0 254. 0 Cluster (Uplevel) 112. 12. Hazard Warning 20. Data Link Connector (DLC) Flashers 0 149. 4. Windshield Wiper/ (Out of View). See Malfunction Washer 0 104. Traction Control/Electronic Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Stability Control 0 256. Light) 0 118. 5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp System 0 148. Cargo Lamp 0 150. 21. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 146. Vehicle Alarm System Indicator Lane Departure Warning Fog Lamps 0 149 (If (If Equipped). See Vehicle (LDW) 0 264 (If Equipped). Equipped). 0 Alarm System 36. Hill Descent Control (HDC) 22. Instrument Panel Illumination 6. Infotainment 0 153. 0 258 (If Equipped). Control 0 150. 7. Climate Control Systems 0 208 Tow/Haul Mode 0 245 (If (If Equipped). Equipped). Automatic Climate Control 13. Steering Wheel Controls 0 104 System 0 210 (If Equipped). (If Equipped). 14. Horn 0 104. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

8 In Brief Initial Drive Remote Vehicle Start Information If equipped, the engine can be started from outside of the vehicle. This section provides a brief overview about some of the Starting the Vehicle important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. 1. Press and release Q on the RKE transmitter. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be 2. Immediately press and hold / found later in this owner’smanual. for at least four seconds or until the turn signal lamps flash. Remote Keyless Entry Start the vehicle normally after (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press K again within three seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking transmitter functions may work from to unlock all remaining doors. lamps will turn on. up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock Remote start can be extended. vehicle. and unlock feedback can be personalized. See Vehicle Canceling a Remote Start Personalization 0 139. To cancel a remote start, do one of 7 : Press and release one time to the following: initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and . Press and hold / until the hold for at least three seconds to parking lamps turn off. 7 sound the panic alarm. Press . Turn on the hazard warning again to cancel the panic alarm. flashers. 0 See Keys 27 and Remote Keyless . Turn the vehicle on and then off. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 32. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 9

Door Locks Q : Press to lock the doors. Press the switch to lower the K window. Pull the switch to raise it. To lock or unlock a door from the : Press to unlock the doors. See Windows 0 41. outside press Q or K on the See Door Locks 0 33 and Power Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Door Locks 0 34. Seat Adjustment transmitter or use the key in the driver door. Windows Manual Seats To lock a door from the inside, push Power Windows down on the door lock knob. To unlock, pull the door handle once to unlock the door and again to unlatch it. Power Door Locks

To adjust a manual seat: Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab 1. Pull the handle at the front of Similar the seat. The power windows work when the 2. Slide the seat to the desired ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ position and release the ACCESSORY, or when Retained handle. Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Similar See Retained Accessory Power 3. Try to move the seat back and (RAP) 0 237. forth to make sure it is locked If equipped with power door locks: in place. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

10 In Brief

Power Seats Power Lumbar Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the top To recline: . Move the seat forward or of the control to increase lumbar 1. Lift the lever. support. Press and hold the bottom rearward by sliding the control 2. Move the seatback to the forward or rearward. of the control to decrease lumbar support. Release the control when desired position, and then . Raise or lower the entire seat by the desired level of support is release the lever to lock the moving the entire control up reached. seatback in place. or down. See Lumbar Adjustment 0 47. 3. Push and pull on the seatback See Power Seat Adjustment 0 46 to make sure it is locked. and Reclining Seatbacks 0 47. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 11

To return the seatback to the upright Press z to heat the driver or Safety Belts position: passenger cushion and seatback. 1. Lift the lever fully without The indicator light comes on when applying pressure to the this feature is on. seatback. See Heated Front Seats 0 48. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Head Restraint See Reclining Seatbacks 0 47. Adjustment Heated Seats Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback Refer to the following sections for recline angle as little as necessary important information on how to use while keeping the seat and the head safety belts properly: restraint height in the proper position. . Safety Belts 0 51. See Head Restraints 0 45 and Seat . How to Wear Safety Belts Adjustment 0 46. Properly 0 53. . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. If equipped, the buttons are on the center stack. To operate, the engine must be running. Press + to heat the driver or passenger seatback only. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

12 In Brief

Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status Power Mirrors indicator lights on the overhead System console are visible when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 117. Mirror Adjustment Using hood-mounted air deflectors and add-on convex mirror United States attachments could decrease mirror performance. Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors If equipped, adjust the power If equipped, adjust the manual mirrors: mirror by moving it up and down or Canada and Mexico left to right to see a little of the side 1. Move the selector switch to L of the vehicle and to have a clear (Left) or R (Right) to choose The passenger sensing system will driver or passenger mirror. turn off the front outboard view behind the vehicle. passenger frontal airbag under See Manual Mirrors 0 38. 2. Press the arrows on the control certain conditions. No other airbag pad to move each mirror in the is affected by the passenger desired direction. sensing system. See Passenger 3. Return the selector switch to Sensing System 0 64. the center position. See Power Mirrors 0 39. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 13

Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Adjustment Adjustment Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle. Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid the glare of headlamps from behind. Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror If equipped, the rearview mirror dims automatically to reduce the To adjust the tilt and telescoping glare of the headlamps from behind. To adjust the steering wheel: The dimming feature comes on steering wheel, if equipped: when the vehicle is started. 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. or down. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the 3. Pull or push the steering wheel steering wheel in place. closer or away from you. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

14 In Brief

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps (If Equipped) Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps The interior lamps control in the overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps.

The front reading lamps are in the The exterior lamp control is on the overhead console. instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and Daytime Running ( : Turns the lamps off. Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp H control to the off position again to : Turns the lamps on when any turn the automatic headlamps or door is opened. DRL back on. ' : Keeps the lamps on all For vehicles first sold in Canada, off the time. will only work when the vehicle is in The rear reading lamps are in the P(Park). headliner. AUTO : Automatically turns on the # or $ : Press to turn each lamp headlamps at normal brightness, on or off. together with the following: For more information, see Dome . Parking Lamps 0 Lamps 151. . Instrument Panel Lights Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 15

. Taillamps Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the lever up to INT for . License Plate Lamps intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT band up for more frequent . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps wipes or down for less frequent ; : Turns on the parking lamps wipes. including all lamps, except the OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. headlamps. 5 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move : Turns on the headlamps the wiper lever down. For several together with the parking lamps and The windshield wiper/washer lever wipes, hold the wiper lever down. instrument panel lights. is on the right side of the steering L : Pull the windshield wiper See: column. With the ignition in ACC/ n lever toward you to spray windshield 0 ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move . Exterior Lamp Controls 146. the windshield wiper lever to select washer fluid and activate the wipers. . Daytime Running Lamps the wiper speed. See Windshield Wiper/ 0 0 (DRL) 147. HI : Use for fast wipes. Washer 104. . Fog Lamps 0 149. LO : Use for slow wipes. Climate Controls These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

16 In Brief

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. Rear Window Defogger (If 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Equipped) 4. Defrost 7. Air Recirculation Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 17

Automatic Climate Control System Transmission Range Selection Mode

1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 8. Air Recirculation Range Selection Mode helps control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Power Button the vehicle's transmission and 4. Defrost See Climate Control Systems 0 208 vehicle speed while driving downhill or towing a trailer by letting you 5. Temperature Control or Automatic Climate Control System 0 210 (If Equipped). select a desired range of gears. 6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) To enable: 1. Move the shift lever to the M(ManualMode)position.The current range will display next to the M. This is the highest attainable range with all lower gears accessible. For example, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

18 In Brief

when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, Automatic Transfer Case 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use 1(First)through5(Fifth)gears this setting when extra traction is are available. needed, such as on snowy or icy 2. Press the plus/minus button on roads or in most off-road situations. the shift lever to select the N(Neutral):Shift to this setting desired range of gears for only when towing the vehicle. See current driving conditions. See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351 0 Manual Mode 244. or Trailer Towing 0 272. Four-Wheel Drive 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Choose 4 n when driving in deep the engine's driving power can be sand, mud, or snow, and while sent to all four wheels for extra climbing or descending steep hills. traction. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 247. The transfer case knob is to the left Electronic Transfer Case of the steering column. Use it to shift into and out of the different four-wheel drive modes. The different drive options that may be available are described following. 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 19

Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio station. Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite Infotainment System l : Press to seek the next station. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM The base radio and base radio with See Overview (Base Radio) 0 155 satellite radio subscription can touchscreen information is included or Overview (Base Radio with receive SiriusXM programming. in this manual. See the infotainment Touchscreen) 0 157 about these SiriusXM Satellite Radio manual for information on the and other radio features. Service uplevel radios, audio players, phone, navigation system, Rear Storing Radio Station Presets SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Seat Entertainment (RSE), and Up to 25 preset stations from all based in the 48 contiguous United voice or speech recognition, bands can be stored in the favorite States and 10 Canadian provinces. if equipped. lists in any order. Up to five stations SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide can be stored in each favorite page variety of programming and Radio(s) and the number of favorite pages commercial-free music, coast to can be set. coast, and in digital-quality sound. O : Press to turn the system on. Afeeisrequiredtoreceivethe Press and hold to turn it off. When To store the station to a position in SiriusXM service. on, press to mute; press again to the list, while on the active source unmute. Turn to increase or main page, such as AM, FM, For more information refer to: decrease the volume. or SXM (if equipped), press and . www.siriusxm.com or call hold a favorites/soft key button on 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.). RADIO : Press to choose between the faceplate. FM, AM, and SXM, if equipped. . www.siriusxm.ca or call See “Storing Radio Station Presets” 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). MEDIA : Press to change the audio under AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) source between USB, AUX, and 0 See Satellite Radio (Base Radio) ® 161 or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio Bluetooth Audio, if equipped. 0 0 164 or Satellite Radio (Base with Touchscreen) 163. 0 { : Press to go to the Home Page. Radio with Touchscreen) 165. Setting the Clock MENU : Press to select a menu. See Clock 0 106. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

20 In Brief

Portable Audio Devices See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or g : Press to answer an incoming Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - call or start voice recognition. See There is a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or input jack and USB port on the (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - center stack. External devices such Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth as iPods®,laptopcomputers,MP3 Base Radio with (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or players, and USB storage devices Touchscreen) 0 197. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - may be connected, depending on Base Radio with Touchscreen) the audio system. Steering Wheel Controls 0 197 or “OnStar Overview” in the See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170 owner's manual. Press and hold to or USB Port (Base Radio with activate Bluetooth voice pass-thru. Touchscreen) 0 173 and Auxiliary See Voice Recognition 0 181. Jack 0 179. i : Press to decline an incoming ® call or end a current call. Press to Bluetooth mute or unmute the infotainment The Bluetooth® system allows users system when not on a call. with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone o or p : Press the five-way control to make and receive hands-free to go to the previous or next area of calls using the vehicle audio system adisplayintheinstrumentcluster. and controls. w or x : Press the five-way The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone control to go up or down in a list on must be paired with the in-vehicle the instrument cluster. Bluetooth system before it can be If equipped, some audio controls used in the vehicle. Not all phones can be adjusted at the steering @ : Press to select a highlighted will support all functions. wheel. menu option. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 21

Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. See Cruise Control 0 259. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) The DIC display is in the center of the instrument cluster. It shows the status of many vehicle systems. The controls for the DIC are on the turn The favorites and volume switches signal lever. are on the back of the steering wheel. 5 1. Favorite: When on a radio : Press to turn the system on or source, press to select the next off. A white indicator comes on in or previous audio broadcast the instrument cluster when cruise favorite. When listening to a is turned on. media device, press to select +RES : If there is a set speed in the next or previous track. memory, press briefly to resume to 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press and hold to clear, the 2. Volume: Press to increase or that speed or press and hold to menu item displayed. decrease the volume. accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed. 2. w / x : Use the band to scroll through the items in SET✓ : Press briefly to set the each menu. speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

22 In Brief

3. MENU: Press to display the Forward Collision Alert DIC menus. This button is also used to return to or exit the last (FCA) System screen displayed on the DIC. If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Driver Information Center (DIC) reduce the harm caused by (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver front-end crashes. FCA provides a Information Center (DIC) green indicator, V,whenavehicle (Uplevel) 0 129. is detected ahead. This indicator displays amber if you follow a Driver Information Center vehicle much too closely. When approaching a vehicle ahead too (DIC) (Uplevel) quickly, FCA provides a red flashing The DIC display is in the instrument alert on the windshield and rapidly cluster. It shows the status of many w or x : Press to move up or beeps. down in a list. vehicle systems. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) If the vehicle has the uplevel o or p : Press to move between System 0 263. instrument cluster, the right steering the interactive display zones in the wheel controls are used to operate cluster. the DIC. V : Press to open a menu or select amenuitem.Pressandholdto reset values on certain screens. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 23 Lane Departure Power Outlets Performance and Warning (LDW) Accessory power outlets can be Maintenance If equipped, LDW may help avoid used to plug in electrical equipment, unintentional lane departures at such as a cell phone, MP3 Traction Control/ player, etc. speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or Electronic Stability greater. LDW uses a camera sensor The vehicle may have accessory to detect the lane markings. The power outlets: Control LDW light, @,isgreenifalane . On the center stack below the The Traction Control System (TCS) marking is detected. If the vehicle climate control system, limits wheel spin. The system is on departs the lane without using a turn if equipped. when the vehicle is started. signal in that direction, the light will The StabiliTrak system assists with change to amber and flash. In . On the center floor console, if equipped. directional control of the vehicle in addition, beeps will sound. difficult driving conditions. The See Lane Departure Warning . On the rear of the center storage system is on when the vehicle is (LDW) 0 264. console. started. Lift the cover to access and replace . To turn off TCS, press and Rear Vision when not in use. release the TCS/StabiliTrak Camera (RVC) See Power Outlets 0 107. button g on the center stack. i If equipped, RVC displays a view of illuminates in the instrument the area behind the vehicle, on the cluster. infotainment display, when the . To turn off both TCS and vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). StabiliTrak, press and hold g on See Rear Vision Camera the center stack, until i and 0 g (RVC) 261. illuminate in the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

24 In Brief

. Press and release g to turn on Loading Information label. See Regular Fuel Vehicle Load Limits 0 226.The both systems. i and turn off Use only unleaded gasoline rated g warning light will remain on until the in instrument cluster. 87 octane or higher in your vehicle. tire pressure is corrected. Do not use gasoline with an octane StabiliTrak will automatically turn on The low tire pressure warning light rating lower as it may result in if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h may come on in cool weather when vehicle damage and lower fuel (35 mph). TCS will remain off the vehicle is first started, and then economy. See Fuel 0 266. until g is pressed or the ignition is turn off as the vehicle is driven. This cycled from Off then On. may be an early indicator that the Fuel (Diesel) tire pressures are getting low and See Traction Control/Electronic For diesel vehicles, do not use Stability Control 0 256. the tires need to be inflated to the proper pressure. gasoline. See “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal supplement. monthly tire maintenance. Maintain This vehicle may have a Tire the correct tire pressures. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). E85 or FlexFuel See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 325. Fuel (Gasoline)

The low tire pressure warning light No E85 or FlexFuel alerts to a significant loss in Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater pressure of one of the vehicle's than E15 (15% ethanol by volume), tires. If the warning light comes on, such as E85, cannot be used in this stop as soon as possible and inflate vehicle. the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

In Brief 25

Engine Oil Life System The oil life system can also be reset . Avoid idling the engine for long as follows: periods of time. The engine oil life system calculates engine oil life based on vehicle use 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING . When road and weather and, on most vehicles, displays a on the DIC. See Driver conditions are appropriate, use Driver Information Center (DIC) Information Center (DIC) (Base cruise control. 0 message when it is necessary to Level) 126 or Driver . Always follow posted speed change the engine oil and filter. The Information Center (DIC) 0 limits or drive more slowly when oil life system should be reset to (Uplevel) 129. conditions require. 100% only following an oil change. 2. Fully press the accelerator . Keep vehicle tires properly Resetting the Oil Life System pedal slowly three times within inflated. five seconds. If the display To reset the engine oil life system: shows 100%, the system is . Combine several trips into a 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING reset. single trip. on the DIC. See Driver See Engine Oil Life System 0 288. . Replace the vehicle's tires with Information Center (DIC) (Base the same TPC Spec number Level) 0 126 or Driver Driving for Better Fuel molded into the tire's sidewall Information Center (DIC) near the size. 0 Economy (Uplevel) 129.Ifthevehicle . Follow recommended scheduled does not have DIC buttons, the Driving habits can affect fuel maintenance. vehicle must be in P (Park) to mileage. Here are some driving tips access this display. to get the best fuel economy possible. 2. Press and hold V on the DIC, or SET/CLR on the turn signal . Avoid fast starts and accelerate lever if the vehicle does not smoothly. have DIC buttons, for several . Brake gradually and avoid seconds. The oil life will abrupt stops. change to 100%. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

26 In Brief

Roadside Assistance Program U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438 Canada: 1-800-268-6800 New Chevrolet owners are automatically enrolled in the Roadside Assistance Program. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 387. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Power Mirrors ...... 39 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors ...... 39 Windows Heated Mirrors ...... 39 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 39 Keys

Interior Mirrors { Warning Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 40 Keys ...... 27 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 40 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with Automatic Dimming Rearview the ignition key is dangerous and System ...... 30 Mirror ...... 41 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be System Operation ...... 30 Windows seriously injured or killed. They Remote Vehicle Start ...... 32 Windows ...... 41 could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 33 Power Windows ...... 41 or other controls or make the Power Door Locks ...... 34 Rear Windows ...... 43 vehicle move. The windows will Delayed Locking ...... 34 Sun Visors ...... 43 function with the keys in the Automatic Door Locks ...... 34 ignition, and children or others Lockout Protection ...... 34 could be caught in the path of a Safety Locks ...... 35 closing window. Do not leave Doors children in a vehicle with the Tailgate ...... 35 ignition key. Vehicle Security Vehicle Security...... 36 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 36 Immobilizer ...... 37 Immobilizer Operation ...... 37 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 38 Manual Mirrors ...... 38 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional items to the ring attached to the impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, and { Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are designed to work together as a If the key is unintentionally system to reduce the risk of rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring. items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is contacted by the driver or required. steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to (Continued) the key like two links of a chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

1. Insert the original, already Programming without Two programmed key in the ignition Recognized Keys and turn the key to the ON/ Program a new key to the vehicle RUN position. when a recognized key is not 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF and available. Canadian regulations remove the key. require that owners see their dealer. 3. Quickly, within five seconds, If two currently recognized keys are insert the second original not available, follow this procedure already programmed key in the to program the first key. ignition and turn the key to the This procedure will take ON/RUN position. approximately 30 minutes to Interference from radio-frequency 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, complete for the first key. The identification (RFID) tags may and remove the key. vehicle must be off and all of the prevent the key from starting the 5. Insert the new key to be keys you wish to program must be vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from programmed and turn it to the with you. the key when starting the vehicle. ON/RUN position within 1. Insert the new vehicle key into The key is used for the ignition and five seconds. the ignition. all door locks. The security light will turn off 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security once the keys has been light will come on. Programming Keys programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the Follow these procedures to program 6. Repeat Steps 1–5ifadditional security light turns off. up to eight keys to the vehicle. keys are to be programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Programming with Two If a key is lost or damaged, see your Recognized Keys 5. Repeat Steps 2–4twomore dealer to have a new key made. times. After the third time, turn To program a new key: to ON/RUN; the key is learned Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

and all previously known keys Remote Keyless Entry Other conditions can affect the will no longer work with the performance of the transmitter. See vehicle. (RKE) System Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) See Radio Frequency System 0 30. 6. To learn the second key, turn to 0 OFF. Insert the second key to Statement 393. be learned and turn to If there is a decrease in the Remote ON/RUN. Keyless Entry (RKE) operating After two keys are learned, the range: remaining keys can be learned by . Check the distance. The following the procedure in transmitter may be too far from “Programming with Two the vehicle. Recognized Keys. ” . Check the location. Other The key has a bar-coded key tag vehicles or objects may be that the dealer or qualified locksmith blocking the signal. can use to make new keys. Store . Check the transmitter's battery. this information in a safe place, not See Battery Replacement later With Remote Start (without in the vehicle. “ ” in this section. Remote Start Similar) See your dealer if a replacement . If the transmitter is still not key or additional key is needed. / : If equipped, / is used to start working correctly, see your the engine from outside the vehicle If it becomes difficult to turn a key, dealer or a qualified technician using the RKE transmitter. See inspect the key blade for debris. for service. Remote Vehicle Start 0 32. Periodically clean with a brush or pick. Remote Keyless Entry Q : Press to lock all doors. With an active OnStar subscription, (RKE) System Operation If enabled through the Driver an OnStar Advisor may remotely Information Center (DIC), the turn unlock the vehicle. See OnStar The RKE transmitter functions may signal lamps flash once to indicate Overview 0 397. work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from locking has occurred. If enabled the vehicle. through the DIC, the horn chirps Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

when is pressed again within Press and hold 7 for at least Q Caution three seconds. See Vehicle three seconds to sound the panic 0 Personalization 139. alarm. The turn signal lamps flash When replacing the battery, do and the horn sounds repeatedly for Pressing Q arms the vehicle alarm not touch any of the circuitry on 30 seconds. The alarm turns off the transmitter. Static from your system. See Vehicle Alarm when the ignition is moved to ON/ System 0 36. body could damage the RUN or 7 is pressed again. The transmitter. K : Press once to unlock only the ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for driver door. If K is pressed again the panic alarm to work. To replace the battery: within three seconds, all remaining Programming Transmitters to doors unlock. The interior lamps may come on and stay on for the Vehicle 20 seconds or until the ignition is Only RKE transmitters programmed turned on. to this vehicle will work. If a If enabled through the DIC, the turn transmitter is lost or stolen, a signal lamps flash twice to indicate replacement can be purchased and unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle programmed through your dealer. Personalization 0 139.Ifenabled Each vehicle can have up to through the DIC, the exterior lamps eight transmitters programmed to it. may turn on. See Vehicle See your dealer for transmitter Personalization 0 139. programming. Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Battery Replacement disarms the vehicle alarm system. Replace the battery in the 1. Separate and remove the back See Vehicle Alarm System 0 36. transmitter soon if the REPLACE cover of the transmitter with a 7 : Press and release one time to BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY flat, thin object, such as a coin. initiate vehicle locator. The turn message displays in the DIC. signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if: If equipped, the engine can be started from outside of the vehicle. . The coolant temperature gets The climate controls and rear too high. window defogger may also . The oil pressure gets low. come on. The RKE transmitter range may be If the vehicle has heated seats and less while the vehicle is running. the feature is turned on in vehicle personalization, the heated seats Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See will turn on during colder outside Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) temperatures and will shut off when 0 the key is turned to ON/RUN. See System 30 or Vehicle 2. Press and slide the battery 0 Personalization 0 139. down toward the pocket of the Heated Front Seats 48. transmitter in the direction of Laws in some communities may Starting the Engine Using Remote the key ring. Do not use a restrict the use of remote starters. Start metal object. Check local regulations for any 1. Press and release Q. 3. Remove the battery. requirements on remote starting of vehicles. 2. Immediately press and hold / 4. Insert the new battery, positive Do not use remote start if the until the turn signal lamps flash side facing up. Replace with a or for at least four seconds. CR2032 or equivalent battery. vehicle is low on fuel. When the vehicle starts, the 5. Push together the transmitter The vehicle cannot be remote started if: parking lamps will turn on. The back cover top side first, and doors will be locked and the then the bottom toward the . The key is in the ignition. climate control system may key ring. . The hood is not closed. come on. . There is an emission control system malfunction and the malfunction indicator lamp is on. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

The engine will continue to run for . Turn the vehicle on and then off. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for Warning (Continued) one 10-minute time extension. Place Door Locks the key in ON/RUN to operate the permanent injuries or even vehicle. death from heat stroke. { Warning Always lock the vehicle Extending Engine Run Time whenever leaving it. Unlocked doors can be The engine run time can be dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter extended by 10 minutes, for a total through an unlocked door of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially when you slow down or stop 10 minutes Steps 1–2arerepeated children, can easily open the vehicle. Locking the while the engine is still running. An the doors and fall out of a doors can help prevent this extension can be requested, moving vehicle. When a from happening. 30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle will not open it. The chance Amaximumoftworemotestarts, of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock a door from the or a single start with an extension, vehicle in a crash is outside press Q or K on the is allowed between ignition cycles. increased if the doors are Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all transmitter or use the key in the turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear driver door. remote start again. safety belts properly and the To lock a door from the inside, push doors should be locked Canceling a Remote Start down on the door lock knob. To whenever the vehicle is unlock, pull the door handle once to To cancel a remote start, do one of driven. unlock the door and again to the following: . Young children who get into unlatch it. . Press and hold / until the unlocked vehicles may be parking lamps turn off. unable to get out. A child can be overcome by . Turn on the hazard warning extreme heat and can suffer flashers. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power for automatic transmissions or door lock switch with the door open, vehicle speed is above 13 km/h achimewillsoundthreetimes (8 mph) for manual transmissions. indicating that delayed locking is To unlock the doors: active. . Press K on a power door lock The doors will then lock switch. automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is . If equipped with an automatic reopened before five seconds have transmission, shift the elapsed, the five-second timer will transmission into P (Park) reset once all the doors are closed . If equipped with manual again. transmission, remove the key Press Q on the door lock switch from the ignition when parked. Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Automatic door locking cannot be Similar again, or press Q on the RKE transmitter, to override this feature disabled. Automatic door unlocking If equipped with power door locks: and lock the doors immediately. can be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 139. Q : Press to lock the doors. Delayed locking can be K : Press to unlock the doors. programmed through the Driver Lockout Protection Information Center (DIC). See Delayed Locking Vehicle Personalization 0 139. When locking is requested with the driver door open and the key in the This feature delays the actual Automatic Door Locks ignition, all the doors will lock and locking of the doors until then the driver door will unlock. This five seconds after all doors are If equipped, the doors will lock can be manually overridden by automatically when all doors are closed. pressing and holding on the closed, the ignition is on, and the Q Delayed locking can only be turned shift lever is moved out of P (Park) power door lock switch. on when the Unlocked Door Anti Lockout feature has been turned off. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is Press { to activate the safety locks Doors turned on, the vehicle is off with the on the rear doors. The indicator light driver door open, and door locking comes on when activated. The Tailgate is requested, all the doors will lock vehicle must be on, in ACC/ and only the driver door will unlock. ACCESSORY, or in Retained The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Accessory Power (RAP). See { Warning feature can be turned on or off using Retained Accessory Power It is extremely dangerous to ride the vehicle personalization menus. (RAP) 0 237. See Vehicle Personalization 0 139. on the tailgate, even when the If the indicator light flashes, the vehicle is operated at low speeds. Safety Locks feature may not be working properly. People riding on the tailgate can easily lose their balance and fall If equipped, the rear door safety in response to vehicle locks prevent passengers from maneuvers. Falling from a moving opening the rear doors from inside vehicle may result in serious the vehicle. injuries or death. Do not allow people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseatandusingasafetybelt properly.

On vehicles with a lock on the tailgate, use the key to lock or unlock the tailgate. The power door locks will not lock or unlock the tailgate. Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle while pulling the tailgate down. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows To shut the tailgate, firmly push it 1. Raise the tailgate and support Vehicle Security upward until it latches. it firmly. Pull out and hold the This vehicle has theft-deterrent After closing the tailgate, pull it back cable retaining clip (1). Push features; however, they do not make to be sure it latches securely. the cable (3) up and off of the bolt (2). Repeat on the the vehicle impossible to steal. Tailgate Removal other side. The tailgate can be removed to 2. With the tailgate about halfway Vehicle Alarm System allow for different loading situations. open, lift the right edge of the If equipped with the anti-theft alarm Assistance may be needed with the tailgate from the lower pivot. system, the indicator light, on the removal to avoid damage to the On vehicles with the tailgate instrument panel near the vehicle. assist feature, raise the tailgate windshield, indicates the status of On vehicles with a Rear Vision nearly all the way to the closed the system. Camera, it must be disconnected position prior to removing the before removing the tailgate. See left edge. 0 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 261. 3. Move the tailgate to the right To remove the tailgate: and away to release the left edge. Reverse this procedure to reinstall the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate is secure.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without . Always unlock a door with the Adoororthehoodisopen. first unlocking with the RKE RKE transmitter. Slow Flash : Alarm system is transmitter, the horn will chirp and Unlocking the driver door with the armed. the lights will flash to indicate key will not disarm the system or pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not turn off the alarm. Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked 1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE Detecting a Tamper Condition transmitter during the 10-second If K is pressed on the RKE 2. Lock the vehicle with one of pre-alarm, the alarm will be transmitter and the horn chirps three the following: activated. times, an alarm occurred previously . Use the Remote Keyless If a door or the hood is opened while the alarm system was armed. Entry (RKE) transmitter. without first disarming the system, . With a door open, press Q the turn signals will flash and the Immobilizer on the interior of the door. horn will sound for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will See Radio Frequency 3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next Statement 0 393. system will arm, and the unauthorized event. indicator light will begin to Immobilizer Operation slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System alarm system is operating. To disarm the alarm system or turn Pressing Q on the RKE off the alarm if it has been activated: transmitter a second time will K bypass the 30-second delay . Press on the RKE transmitter. and immediately arm the alarm . Start the vehicle. system. To avoid setting off the alarm by The theft-deterrent alarm system will accident: This vehicle has a passive not arm if the doors are locked with theft-deterrent system. the key. . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have left the vehicle The system does not have to be and all doors are closed. manually armed or disarmed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows The vehicle is automatically It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors immobilized when the vehicle is system to learn new or replacement turned off. keys. Up to eight keys can be Convex Mirrors The system is automatically programmed for the vehicle. To disarmed when the key is turned to program additional transmitters, see ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) { Warning System Operation 0 30. or START from the LOCK/OFF Aconvexmirrorcanmakethings, position. Do not leave the key or device that like other vehicles, look farther disarms or deactivates the vehicle The security light, in the instrument away than they really are. If you theft system in the vehicle. cluster, comes on if there is a cut too sharply into the right lane, problem with arming or disarming See your dealer to get a new key you could hit a vehicle on the the theft-deterrent system. blank cut exactly as the ignition key right. Check the inside mirror or When trying to start the vehicle, the that operates the system. glance over your shoulder before security light comes on briefly when changing lanes. the ignition is turned on. If the engine does not start and the The passenger side mirror is convex security light stays on, there is a shaped. A convex mirror's surface is problem with the system. Turn the curved so more can be seen from ignition off and try again. the driver seat. If the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged, Manual Mirrors try another ignition key. It may be If equipped, adjust manual mirrors necessary to check the fuse. See by moving the mirror up and down Fuses 0 310.Iftheenginestilldoes or left to right to see a little of the not start with the other key, the side of the vehicle and to have a vehicle needs service. If the vehicle clear view behind the vehicle. does start, the first key may be faulty. See your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Using hood-mounted air deflectors 3. Return the selector switch to Driving with the Blind Spot and add-on convex mirror the center position. Mirror attachments could decrease mirror performance. Folding Mirrors Power Mirrors Manual Folding Mirrors The mirrors can be folded inward toward the vehicle to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position. Heated Mirrors If equipped, the rear window defogger also heats the outside mirrors. K : Press to heat the outside mirrors. See Rear Window If equipped, adjust the power “ Defogger under Climate Control mirrors: ” Systems 0 208. 1. Move the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose Blind Spot Mirrors driver or passenger mirror. The blind spot mirror is a small 2. Press the arrows on the control convex mirror built into the upper pad to move each mirror in the and outer corner of the driver Actual Mirror View desired direction. outside mirror. It can show objects that may be in the vehicle's blind zone. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows 1. When the approaching vehicle Using the Outside Mirror with Interior Mirrors is a long distance away, the the Blind Spot Mirror image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard 1. Set the main mirror so that the Interior Rearview Mirrors side of the vehicle can just be edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear seen and the blind spot mirror view of the area behind your 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the has an unobstructed view. image in the main mirror gets vehicle. 2. When checking for traffic or larger and moves outboard. If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle before changing a lane, look at may have three control buttons at 3. As the vehicle enters the blind the main driver/passenger side the bottom of the mirror. See your zone, the image transitions mirror to observe traffic in the dealer for more information about from the main mirror to the adjacent lane, behind your OnStar and how to subscribe to it. blind spot mirror. vehicle. Check the blind spot See OnStar Overview 0 397. 4. When the vehicle is in the blind mirror for a vehicle in the blind zone, the image only appears zone. Then, glance over your Do not spray glass cleaner directly in the blind spot mirror. shoulder to double check on the mirror. Use a soft towel before moving slowly into the dampened with water. adjacent lane. Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare from the headlamps from behind. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Rearview Mirror windows are up. To reduce the If equipped, the mirror will { Warning sound, open either a front window automatically reduce the glare of the or the sunroof, if equipped. headlamps from behind. The Never leave a child, a helpless dimming feature comes on each adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, Power Windows time the vehicle is started. especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { Warning extreme heat and suffer Children could be seriously permanent injuries or even death injured or killed if caught in the from heat stroke. path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 27.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Rear Window Lockout (Crew Window Express Movement Cab Only) Express-down/up allows the windows to be opened or closed without holding the window switch. Press the window switch fully down or pull it up, and quickly release it to engage. Briefly press or pull the same switch to stop window movement. Express Window Obstacle Detection Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab The express-up feature will reverse Similar window movement if it comes in The windows work when the vehicle contact with an object. Extreme cold is in ON/RUN or ACC/ This feature prevents the rear or ice could cause the window to ACCESSORY, or when Retained passenger windows from operating, auto-reverse. The window will Accessory Power (RAP) is active. except from the driver position. operate as normal after the object or See Retained Accessory Power condition is removed. (RAP) 0 237. Press Z to activate the window lockout. The indicator light in the Obstacle Detection Override Press or pull the switch to open or switch will illuminate when close the window. activated. { Warning The windows will be temporarily Press Z again to deactivate the disabled if the window switches are If obstacle detection override is lockout switch. used repeatedly within a short time. activated, the window will not If the indicator light flashes, the reverse automatically. You or feature may not be working properly. others could be injured and the (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

4. Press the power window switch Sun Visors Warning (Continued) until the window is fully open and briefly hold. window could be damaged. Before you use obstacle detection Rear Windows override, make sure that all people and obstructions are clear Sliding Rear Window of the window path.

The window can be closed by holding the window switch in the up position if conditions prevent it from Pull the sun visor down to block express closing. glare. Detach the sun visor from the Programming the Power center mount to pivot to the side window or, if equipped, extend Windows along the rod. Programming may be necessary if the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program the window: If the vehicle has this feature, 1. Close all doors. squeeze the latch in the center of the window and slide the glass to 2. Place the ignition in ACC/ open it. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. Be sure the latch is engaged when 3. Partially open the window to be the window is closed. programmed, then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the window has fully closed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

44 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System Securing Child Restraints (With Seats and Airbag System ...... 58 the Safety Belt in the Restraints Where Are the Airbags? ...... 60 Rear Seat) ...... 91 When Should an Airbag Securing Child Restraints (With Inflate? ...... 61 the Safety Belt in the Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Front Seat) ...... 96 Head Restraints ...... 45 Inflate? ...... 62 How Does an Airbag Front Seats Restrain? ...... 62 Seat Adjustment ...... 46 What Will You See after an Power Seat Adjustment ...... 46 Airbag Inflates? ...... 62 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 47 Passenger Sensing System . . . 64 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 47 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Heated Front Seats ...... 48 Vehicle ...... 68 Adding Equipment to the Rear Seats Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 68 Rear Seats ...... 49 Airbag System Check ...... 69 Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts Safety Belts ...... 51 after a Crash ...... 69 How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints Properly ...... 53 Older Children ...... 70 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 53 Infants and Young Children . . . . 71 Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems ...... 74 Pregnancy ...... 56 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 75 Safety Belt Extender ...... 56 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety System Check ...... 57 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 77 Safety Belt Care ...... 57 Replacing LATCH System Parts Replacing Safety Belt System After a Crash ...... 90 Parts after a Crash ...... 57 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 45 Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the restraint after the button is released top of the restraint is at the same to make sure that it is locked in The vehicle's front seats have height as the top of the occupant's place. adjustable head restraints in the head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head outboard seating positions. chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraints are not removable. { Warning Rear Head Restraints

With head restraints that are not Crew Cab installed and adjusted properly, The vehicle’srearseatshavehead there is a greater chance that restraints in the outboard seating occupants will suffer a neck/ positions that cannot be adjusted up spinal injury in a crash. Do not or down. drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

Driver Seat, Inboard Button The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the restraint The rear outboard head restraints down. Try to move the head are designed to be folded. When folding the seatback down, the head Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

46 Seats and Restraints restraint must first be manually Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired folded forward out of the way to fold position and release the the seatback down. Seat Adjustment handle. The head restraint can be folded 3. Try to move the seat back and forward to allow for better visibility forth to be sure the seat is when the rear seat is unoccupied. { Warning locked in place. To fold the head restraint, press the You can lose control of the button on the side of the head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Power Seat Adjustment restraint. seat while the vehicle is moving. When an occupant is in the seat, Adjust the driver seat only when always return the head restraint to the vehicle is not moving. the upright position until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Extended Cab The vehicle’srearseatshave To adjust the seat, if equipped: headrests in the outboard seating . Move the seat forward or positions that cannot be adjusted. rearward by sliding the control If you are installing a child restraint forward or rearward. in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors To adjust the seat: . Raise or lower the entire seat by and Tethers for Children (LATCH 1. Pull the handle at the front of moving the entire control up System) 0 77. the seat. or down. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 47

To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks Reclining Seatbacks 0 47. { Lumbar Adjustment Warning Power Lumbar Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving. other injuries. The lap belt could go up over { Warning your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic You can lose control of the bones. This could cause serious vehicle if you try to adjust a driver If equipped, press and hold the top internal injuries. seat while the vehicle is moving. of the control to increase lumbar Adjust the driver seat only when For proper protection when the support. Press and hold the bottom the vehicle is not moving. of the control to decrease lumbar vehicle is in motion, have the support. Release the control when seatback upright. Then sit well the seatback reaches the desired back in the seat and wear the level of lumbar support. safety belt properly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

48 Seats and Restraints

2. Move the seatback to the { Warning desired position, and then Warning (Continued) release the lever to lock the If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. the seat that insulates against could move forward in a sudden heat, such as a blanket, cushion, stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback cover, or similar item. This may injury to the person sitting there. to make sure it is locked. cause the seat heater to Always push and pull on the To return the seatback to the upright overheat. An overheated seat seatbacks to be sure they are position: heater may cause a burn or may locked. 1. Lift the lever fully without damage the seat. applying pressure to the seatback. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. To reduce the risk of burns, people To recline the seatback: with such a condition should use If equipped, the buttons are on the care when using the seat heater, 1. Lift the lever. center stack. To operate, the engine especially for long periods of must be running. time. Do not place anything on + (Continued) Press to heat the driver or passenger seatback only. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 49

Press z to heat the driver or The temperature performance of an Rear Seats passenger cushion and seatback. unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal. Rear Seat Reminder The indicator light comes on when this feature is on. The heated seats will not turn on Look in Rear Seat Reminder during a remote start unless they Feature Press the button once for the are enabled in the vehicle highest setting. With each press of personalization menu. See Remote If equipped, this message displays the button, the seat will change to Vehicle Start 0 32 and Vehicle under certain conditions indicating the next lower setting, and then to Personalization 0 139. there may be an item or passenger the off setting. The indicator lights in the rear seat. Check before next to the buttons indicate three for exiting the vehicle. the highest setting and one for the This feature will activate when a lowest. If the heated seats are on second row door is opened while high, their level may automatically the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes be lowered after approximately before the vehicle is turned on, 30 minutes. including if the vehicle was started Remote Start Auto Heated remotely. There will be an alert Seats when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects During a remote start, the heated in the rear seat; instead, under seats can be turned on certain conditions, it detects when a automatically. The heated seats are rear door is opened and closed, canceled when the ignition is turned indicating that there may be on. Press the heated seat button to something in the rear seat. use the heated seats after the The feature is active only once each vehicle is started. time the vehicle is turned on and off, The heated seat indicator lights do and will require reactivation by not turn on during a remote start. opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

50 Seats and Restraints

seat; for example, if a child entered To fold a rear seatback: the vehicle through the rear door 1. Fold the head restraint. See and left the vehicle without the Head Restraints 0 45. vehicle being shut off. The feature can be turned on or off through Vehicle Personalization 0 139. Folding the Rear Seat On crew cab models, the rear seatbacks can be folded forward.

Caution 3. Pull the release strap on the outboard side of the seatback. Folding a rear seat with the safety 4. Fold the seatback forward. belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety To return a seatback to the upright 2. Disconnect the rear center position: belts. Always unbuckle the safety safety belt latch from the belts and return them to their mini-buckle by inserting the tip 1. Lift the seatback up and push it normal stowed position before of the safety belt tongue into rearward. folding a rear seat. the slot on the buckle. Let the 2. Return the head restraint to the belt retract. upright position. See Head Restraints 0 45. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 51 4. Reconnect the center safety Safety Belts { Warning belt latch plate to the mini-buckle. Make sure the This section describes how to use If either seatback is not locked, it safety belt is not twisted. safety belts properly, and some could move forward in a sudden things not to do. stop or crash. That could cause 5. Push and pull on the latch plate to be sure it is secure. injury to the person sitting there. { Warning Always push and pull on the When the seatback is not in use, it seatbacks to be sure they are should be kept in the upright, locked Do not let anyone ride where a locked. position. safety belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your 3. Push and pull on the seatback passenger(s) are not wearing to make sure it is locked in safety belts, injuries can be much place. worse than if you are wearing safety belts. You can be seriously { Warning injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by Asafetybeltthatisimproperly being ejected from the vehicle. In routed, not properly attached, addition, anyone who is not or twisted will not provide the buckled up can strike other protection needed in a crash. The passengers in the vehicle. person wearing the belt could be It is extremely dangerous to ride seriously injured. After raising the in a cargo area, inside or outside rear seatback, always check to be of a vehicle. In a collision, sure that the safety belts are passengers riding in these areas properly routed and attached, and are more likely to be seriously are not twisted. injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

52 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About Warning (Continued) Safety Belts passengers to ride in any area of Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle the vehicle that is not equipped after a crash if I am wearing a with seats and safety belts. safety belt? Always wear a safety belt, and A: You could be — whether you are check that all passenger(s) are wearing a safety belt or not. restrained properly too. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is This vehicle has indicators as a much greater if you are belted. reminder to buckle the safety belts. See Safety Belt Reminders 0 116. Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear safety This vehicle may have the Safety When riding in a vehicle, you travel belts? Belt Assurance System, which may as fast as the vehicle does. If the prevent the vehicle from shifting out A: Airbags are supplemental vehicle stops suddenly, you keep of P (Park). See Safety Belt systems only. They work with going until something stops you. Messages 0 136. safety belts — not instead of It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag instrument panel, or the safety belts! is provided, all occupants still When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the and the vehicle slow down together. most protection. There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts. bones take the forces from the safety belts. That is why wearing safety belts makes such good sense. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 53

How to Wear Safety Belts . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. Properly These parts of the body are best This section is only for people of able to take belt restraining adult size. forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. There are special things to know about safety belts and children, and there are different rules for smaller { Warning children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older You can be seriously injured, Children 0 70 or Infants and Young or even killed, by not wearing Children 0 71.Followthoserulesfor your safety belt properly. everyone's protection. . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become It is very important for all occupants of you. to buckle up. Statistics show that loose or twisted. unbelted people are hurt more often . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder in crashes than those who are for your seating position. belt under both arms or wearing safety belts. . Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back. There are important things to know and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or about wearing a safety belt properly. touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an this applies force to the strong armrest. pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause All seating positions in the vehicle serious or even fatal injuries. have a lap-shoulder belt. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

54 Seats and Restraints

If you are using a rear seating The lap-shoulder belt may lock position with a detachable safety if you pull the belt across you belt and the safety belt is not very quickly. If this happens, let attached, see Rear Seats 0 49 for the belt go back slightly to instructions on reconnecting the unlock it. Then pull the belt safety belt to the mini-buckle. across you more slowly. The following instructions explain If the shoulder portion of a how to wear a lap-shoulder belt passenger belt is pulled out all properly. the way, the child restraint 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is locking feature may be adjustable, so you can sit up engaged. If this happens, let straight. To see how, see the belt go back all the way and start again. “Seats” in the Index. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender 0 56. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull If the webbing locks in the latch plate before it reaches the later in this section for the belt across you. Do not let instructions on use and it get twisted. buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat to unlock. important safety information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 55

To unlatch the belt, push the button could reduce the effectiveness of on the buckle. The belt should the safety belt in a crash. See How return to its stowed position. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 53. Always stow the safety belt slowly. If the safety belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the safety belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your 5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer. up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the Push up on the release button and safety belt and the vehicle. move the height adjuster to the desired position. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster After the adjuster is set to the The vehicle has a shoulder belt desired position, try to move it down height adjuster for the driver and without pushing the release button front outboard passenger. to make sure it has locked into Adjust the height so the shoulder position. portion of the belt is on the shoulder Safety Belt Pretensioners and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not This vehicle has safety belt contacting, the neck. Improper pretensioners for front outboard shoulder belt height adjustment occupants. Although the safety belt Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

56 Seats and Restraints

pretensioners cannot be seen, they Rear Safety Belt Comfort are part of the safety belt assembly. Guides They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a Rear safety belt comfort guides may moderate to severe frontal, near provide added safety belt comfort frontal, or rear crash if the threshold for older children who have conditions for pretensioner outgrown booster seats and for activation are met. Safety belt some adults. When installed on a pretensioners can also help tighten shoulder belt, the comfort guide the safety belts in a side crash or a positions the belt away from the rollover event. neck and head. Pretensioners work only once. If the Comfort guides are available through your dealer for the rear pretensioners activate in a crash, Apregnantwomanshouldweara outboard seating positions. the pretensioners and probably lap-shoulder belt, and the lap Instructions are included with the other parts of the vehicle's safety portion should be worn as low as guide. belt system will need to be replaced. possible, below the rounding, See Replacing Safety Belt System throughout the pregnancy. Parts after a Crash 0 57. Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is Do not sit on the outboard safety to protect the mother. When a safety belt while entering or exiting the Safety belts work for everyone, belt is worn properly, it is more likely vehicle or at any time while sitting in including pregnant women. Like all that the fetus will not be hurt in a the seat. Sitting on the safety belt occupants, they are more likely to crash. For pregnant women, as for can damage the webbing and be seriously injured if they do not anyone, the key to making safety hardware. wear safety belts. belts effective is wearing them properly. Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten around you, you should use it. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 57

But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder dust or debris in the mechanism. enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt If dust or debris exists in the system an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 116. please see the dealer. Parts may order it, take the heaviest coat you Keep safety belts clean and dry. need to be replaced to ensure will wear, so the extender will be See Safety Belt Care 0 57. proper functionality of the system. long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt else use it, and use it only for the System Parts after a seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry. has been designed for adults. Never Crash use it for securing child restraints. { Warning To wear it, attach it to the regular { Warning safety belt. For more information, Do not bleach or dye safety belt see the instruction sheet that comes webbing. It may severely weaken Acrashcandamagethesafety with the extender. the webbing. In a crash, they belt system in the vehicle. might not be able to provide Adamagedsafetybeltsystem Safety System Check adequate protection. Clean and may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in Check that the safety belt reminder, rinse safety belt webbing only safety belts, buckles, latch plates, with mild soap and lukewarm serious injury or even death in a and retractors, are all working water. Allow the webbing to dry. crash. To help make sure the properly. Look for any other loose or safety belt systems are working damaged safety belt system parts properly after a crash, have them Safety belts should be properly inspected and any necessary that might keep a safety belt system cared for and maintained. from performing properly. See your replacements made as soon as dealer to have it repaired. Torn or Safety belt hardware should be kept possible. frayed safety belts may not protect dry and free of dust or debris. As you in a crash. They can rip apart necessary exterior hard surfaces and safety belt webbing may be After a minor crash, replacement of under impact forces. If a belt is torn safety belts may not be necessary. or frayed, have it replaced lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. Ensure there is not excessive But the safety belt assemblies that immediately. were used during any crash may Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

58 Seats and Restraints have been stressed or damaged. Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word See your dealer to have the safety AIRBAG is on the center of the belt assemblies inspected or The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on replaced. airbags: the instrument panel for the front New parts and repairs may be . Afrontalairbagforthedriver. outboard passenger. necessary even if the safety belt . Afrontalairbagforthefront For seat-mounted side impact system was not being used at the outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the time of the crash. side of the seatback closest to . Aseat-mountedsideimpact the door. Have the safety belt pretensioners airbag for the driver. checked if the vehicle has been in a For roof-rail airbags, the word crash, or if the airbag readiness light . Aseat-mountedsideimpact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. airbag for the front outboard stays on after you start the vehicle Airbags are designed to supplement or while you are driving. See Airbag passenger. 0 the protection provided by safety Readiness Light 117. . Aroof-railairbagforthedriver belts. Even though today's airbags and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an . Aroof-railairbagforthefront inflating bag, all airbags must inflate outboard passenger and the very quickly to do their job. passenger seated directly Here are the most important things behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system: passenger. All vehicle airbags have the word { Warning AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment opening. You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt, even with airbags. Airbags are (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 59

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning

designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be Children who are up against, belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not or very close to, any airbag when airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any it inflates can be seriously injured in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting or killed. Always secure children safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning properly in the vehicle. To read See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep how, see Older Children 0 70 or Inflate? 0 61. you in position before and during Infants and Young Children 0 71. Wearing your safety belt during a acrash.Alwayswearasafety crash helps reduce your chance belt, even with airbags. The driver of hitting things inside the vehicle should sit as far back as possible or being ejected from it. Airbags while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The safety belts and are “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in the the front outboard passenger vehicle should wear a safety belt airbags are most effective when properly, whether or not there is you are sitting well back and an airbag for that person. upright in the seat with both feet There is an airbag readiness light on the floor. on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The Occupants should not lean on or system checks the airbag electrical sleep against the door or side { Warning system for malfunctions. The light windows in seating positions with tells you if there is an electrical Because airbags inflate with great seat-mounted side impact airbags problem. See Airbag Readiness force and faster than the blink of and/or roof-rail airbags. Light 0 117. an eye, anyone who is up against, or very close to any (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

60 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel.

Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side and Extended Cab The driver frontal airbag is in the Similar center of the steering wheel. Driver Side Shown, Passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, Side Similar front outboard passenger, and The driver and front outboard second row outboard passengers passenger seat-mounted side are in the ceiling above the side impact airbags are in the side of the windows. seatbacks closest to the door. { Warning

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 61

system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or Warning (Continued) Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. or even death. The path of an to be in time for the airbags to inflating airbag must be kept Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has between an occupant and an rear impacts, or in many side electronic sensors that help the impacts. airbag, and do not attach or put airbag system determine the anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal airbag covering. vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near frontal crashes to help Seat-mounted side impact airbags reduce the potential for severe are designed to inflate in moderate Never secure anything to the roof injuries, mainly to the driver's or to severe side crashes depending of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head on the location of the impact. by routing a rope or tie⇣down and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags through any door or window are not designed to inflate in frontal opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or impacts, near frontal impacts, inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily rollovers, or rear impacts. on how fast the vehicle is traveling. blocked. Aseat-mountedsideimpactairbag It depends on what is hit, the is designed to inflate on the side of direction of the impact, and how the vehicle that is struck. When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down. Roof-rail airbags are designed to Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at inflate in moderate to severe side different crash speeds depending on This vehicle is equipped with crashes depending on the location 0 whether the vehicle hits an object of the impact. In addition, these airbags. See Airbag System 58. straight on or at an angle, and Airbags are designed to inflate if the roof-rail airbags are designed to impact exceeds the specific airbag inflate during a rollover or in a Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

62 Seats and Restraints

severe frontal impact. Roof-rail How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many airbags are not designed to inflate in types of collisions, primarily rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags Restrain? because the occupant's motion is will inflate when either side of the In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When vehicle is struck, if the sensing near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 61. system predicts that the vehicle is occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded about to roll over on its side, or in a wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement severe frontal impact. moderate to severe side collisions, to safety belts. In any particular crash, no one can even belted occupants can contact say whether an airbag should have the inside of the vehicle. What Will You See after inflated simply because of the Airbags supplement the protection an Airbag Inflates? vehicle damage or repair costs. provided by safety belts by distributing the force of the impact After the frontal airbags and What Makes an Airbag more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags occupant's body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so Inflate? quickly that some people may not Rollover capable roof-rail airbags In a deployment event, the sensing even realize an airbag inflated. are designed to help contain the system sends an electrical signal Roof-rail airbags may still be at least head and chest of occupants in the triggering a release of gas from the partially inflated for some time after outboard seating positions in the inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the they inflate. Some components of first and second rows. The rollover airbag causing the bag to break out the airbag module may be hot for capable roof-rail airbags are of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, several minutes. For location of the designed to help reduce the risk of and related hardware are all part of airbags, see Where Are the full or partial ejection in rollover the airbag module. Airbags? 0 60. events, although no system can For airbag locations, see Where Are prevent all such ejections. The parts of the airbag that come the Airbags? 0 60. into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 63

prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag. people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors, . Airbags are designed to inflate turn off the interior lamps, and turn only once. After an airbag { Warning off the hazard warning flashers by inflates, you will need some new using the controls for those parts for the airbag system. When an airbag inflates, there features. If you do not get them, the may be dust in the air. This dust airbag system will not be there could cause breathing problems { Warning to help protect you in another for people with a history of crash. A new system will include asthma or other breathing trouble. Acrashsevereenoughtoinflate airbag modules and possibly To avoid this, everyone in the the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual vehicle should get out as soon as damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need it is safe to do so. If you have the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts. system, brake and steering breathing problems but cannot . The vehicle has a crash sensing systems, etc. Even if the vehicle get out of the vehicle after an and diagnostic module which appears to be drivable after a airbag inflates, then get fresh air records information after a by opening a window or a door. moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data If you experience breathing concealed damage that could Recording and Privacy 0 394 problems following an airbag make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data deployment, you should seek the vehicle. Recorders 0 395. medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems. The vehicle has a feature that may has occurred. Improper service can mean that automatically unlock the doors, turn an airbag system will not work on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are service. fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

64 Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing on and off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in Passenger Airbag Status the front. This is because the risk to System Indicator 0 117. the rear-facing child is so great, The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates. sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard outboard passenger position. The passenger frontal airbag under { Warning passenger airbag status indicator certain conditions. No other airbag will light on the overhead console is affected by the passenger Achildinarear-facingchild when the vehicle is started. sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger seat restraint would be very close to and safety belt. The sensors are the inflating airbag. A child in a designed to detect the presence of aproperlyseatedoccupantand forward-facing child restraint can United States determine if the front outboard be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag should be passenger frontal airbag inflates allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a forward position. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no Canada and Mexico and size. system is fail-safe. No one can Whenever possible, children aged guarantee that an airbag will not The words ON and OFF, or the deploy under some unusual symbol for on and off, will be visible 12 and under should be secured in arearseatingposition. circumstance, even though the during the system check. When the airbag is turned off. system check is complete, either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 65

. The system determines that a properly in the front outboard Warning (Continued) small child is present in a child passenger seat. When the restraint. passenger sensing system has Never put a rear-facing child . The system determines that a allowed the airbag to be enabled, restraint in the front seat, even if the on indicator will light and stay lit the airbag is off. If securing a small child is present in a booster seat. as a reminder that the airbag is forward-facing child restraint in active. the front outboard passenger . Afrontoutboardpassenger seat, always move the seat as far takes his/her weight off of the For some children who have outgrown child restraints, and for back as it will go. It is better to seat for a period of time. very small adults, the passenger secure child restraints in the rear . The front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn seat. Consider using another seat is occupied by a smaller off the front outboard passenger vehicle to transport the child person, such as a child who has frontal airbag, depending upon the when a rear seat is not available. outgrown child restraints. person's seating posture and body . There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who If the vehicle does not have a rear the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should seat that will accommodate a passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt properly — rear-facing child restraint, a whether or not there is an airbag for When the passenger sensing rear-facing child restraint should not that person. system has turned off the front be installed in the vehicle, even if outboard passenger frontal airbag, the airbag is off. the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning The passenger sensing system is as a reminder that the airbag is off. If the airbag readiness light ever designed to turn off the front See Passenger Airbag Status comes on and stays on, it means outboard passenger frontal airbag if: Indicator 0 117. that something may be wrong . The front outboard passenger The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help seat is unoccupied. designed to turn on the front avoid injury to yourself or others, . The system determines that an outboard passenger frontal airbag have the vehicle serviced right anytime the system senses that a infant is present in a rear-facing (Continued) infant seat. person of adult size is sitting Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

66 Seats and Restraints

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Warning (Continued) restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant vehicle, the on indicator is still away. See Airbag Readiness lit, turn the vehicle off. Then 0 Light 117 for more information, slightly recline the vehicle including important safety seatback and adjust the seat information. cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback If the On Indicator Is Lit for a is not pushing the child Child Restraint restraint into the seat cushion. Also make sure the child If a child restraint has been installed restraint is not trapped under and the on indicator is lit: the vehicle head restraint. 1. Turn the vehicle off. If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head 2. Remove the child restraint from Restraints 0 45. the vehicle. If a person of adult-size is sitting in 6. Restart the vehicle. 3. Remove any additional items the front outboard passenger seat, from the seat such as blankets, If the on indicator is still lit, secure but the off indicator is lit, it could be cushions, seat covers, seat the child in the child restraint in a because that person is not sitting heaters, or seat massagers. rear seat position in the vehicle, and properly in the seat or that the child check with your dealer. restraint locking feature is engaged. 4. Reinstall the child restraint Use the following steps to allow the If no rear seat is available, do not following the directions system to detect that person and install a child restraint in this vehicle provided by the child restraint enable the front outboard passenger and check with your dealer. manufacturer and refer to frontal airbag: Securing Child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in the Rear 1. Turn the vehicle off. Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 67

2. Remove any additional material Athicklayerofadditionalmaterial, from the seat, such as { Warning such as a blanket or cushion, blankets, cushions, seat or aftermarket equipment such as covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers. airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system 3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help upright position. operates. We recommend that you protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other 4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to extended. ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68 5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how the child restraint locking the system operates. feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an may unintentionally cause the System Operation object, such as a briefcase, passenger sensing system to handbag, grocery bag, laptop, turn the airbag off for some Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on adult-sized occupants. If this passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not happens, unbuckle the belt, let during vehicle maneuvers and desired remove the object from the belt go back all the way, braking, which helps the passenger the seat. and then buckle the belt again sensing system maintain the without pulling the belt out all passenger airbag status. See { Warning the way. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional 6. Restart the vehicle and have Stowing of articles under the information about the importance of the person remain in this passenger seat or between the proper restraint use. position for two to passenger seat cushion and three minutes after the on (Continued) indicator is lit. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

68 Seats and Restraints

Adding accessories that change the Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) vehicle's frame, bumper system, height, front end, or side sheet seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it metal may keep the airbag system proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. from working properly. The sensing system. They are probably part of the operation of the airbag system can airbag system. Be sure to follow also be affected by changing any Servicing the proper service procedures, and parts of the front seats, safety belts, make sure the person performing airbag sensing and diagnostic Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. module, steering wheel, instrument Airbags affect how the vehicle panel, any of the airbag modules, should be serviced. There are parts Adding Equipment to the ceiling or pillar garnish trim, of the airbag system in several overhead console, front sensors, places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle side impact sensors, or airbag dealer and the service manual have wiring. information about servicing the { Warning Your dealer and the service manual vehicle and the airbag system. To have information about the location purchase a service manual, see If a snow plow or similar of the airbag sensors, sensing and Service Publications Ordering equipment is installed on the diagnostic module, and airbag Information 0 392. vehicle, the airbag system may wiring. not function properly. An airbag In addition, the vehicle has a could inflate when it is not { Warning passenger sensing system for the supposed to inflate. People riding front outboard passenger position, For up to 10 seconds after the in the vehicle could be injured, which includes sensors that are part vehicle is turned off and the and the vehicle and/or snow plow of the passenger seat. The battery is disconnected, an airbag could be damaged. Do not install passenger sensing system may not can still inflate during improper asnowploworsimilarequipment operate properly if the original seat service. You can be injured if you on the vehicle. trim is replaced with non-GM (Continued) covers, upholstery, or trim; or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 69

designed for a different vehicle. Any Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort-enhancing pad The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash or device, installed under or on top regularly scheduled maintenance or of the seat fabric, could also replacement. Make sure the airbag { Warning interfere with the operation of the readiness light is working. See 0 passenger sensing system. This Airbag Readiness Light 117. Acrashcandamagetheairbag could either prevent proper systems in the vehicle. deployment of the passenger Caution Adamagedairbagsystemmay airbag(s) or prevent the passenger not properly protect you and your sensing system from properly If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting turning off the passenger airbag(s). opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. To See Passenger Sensing may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag System 0 64. open or break the airbag systems are working properly If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them airbags, see Different Size Tires opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary and Wheels 0 332 for additional coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as important information. covering and/or airbag module possible. replaced. For the location of the If you have to modify your vehicle airbags, see Where Are the because you have a disability and If an airbag inflates, you will need to Airbags? 0 60.Seeyourdealer you have questions about whether replace airbag system parts. See for service. the modifications will affect the your dealer for service. vehicle's airbag system, or if you If the airbag readiness light stays on have questions about whether the after the vehicle is started or comes airbag system will be affected if the on when you are driving, the airbag vehicle is modified for any other system may not work properly. Have reason, call Customer Assistance. the vehicle serviced right away. See See Customer Assistance Airbag Readiness Light 0 117. Offices 0 385. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

70 Seats and Restraints Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to Do the knees bend at the seat wear safety belts? Older Children edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit belt comfort guide, if available. snugly below the hips, just See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the 0 53.Ifacomfortguideisnot child's pelvic bones in a crash. available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal booster seat. injuries in a crash. . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Older children who have outgrown “ snug on the hips, touching the Guides under Lap-Shoulder booster seats should wear the ” thighs? If yes, continue. If no, Belt 0 53. vehicle’ssafetybelts. return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics, The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position. weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, booster. Use a booster seat with a In a crash, children who are not return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child buckled up can strike other people passes the fit test below: who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 71

{ Warning { Warning

Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt. at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap Infants and Young belt. The belt force would then be Children applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and injuries. The shoulder belt should all other children. Neither the go over the shoulder and across distance traveled nor the age and the chest. size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

72 Seats and Restraints

the vehicle's safety belt system nor { Warning its airbag system is designed for them. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people, shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle. cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not { Warning possible to hold it during a crash. wrapped around a child’sneck. If the shoulder belt is locked and For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) tightened around a child’sneck, or very close to, any airbag when the only way to loosen the belt is infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured to cut it. 110kg(240lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing arms. An infant or child should be child restraint in the front Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate outboard seat. Secure a in a vehicle and never allow restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear children to play with the safety seat. It is also better to secure a belts. forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a Every time infants and young forward-facing child restraint in children ride in vehicles, they should the front outboard seat, always have the protection provided by move the front passenger seat as appropriate child restraints. Neither far back as it will go. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 73

For each type of child restraint, there are many different models { Warning available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be Ayoungchild'shipbonesarestill used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular restraint will have a label saying that safety belt may not remain low on it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should. standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash, come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of restrain, seat, or position children in needs. the vehicle and are sometimes serious or fatal injuries during a called child seats or car seats. crash, young children should { Warning always be secured in appropriate There are three basic types of child restraints. child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a . Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits The proper child restraint for your of their child restraint. child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

74 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Seat Aforward-facingchildrestraint Abelt-positioningboosterseatis provides restraint for the child's used for children who have Arear-facingchildrestraintprovides body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child restraint with the seating surface restraint. Boosters are designed to against the back of the infant. improve the fit of the vehicle's safety The harness system holds the infant belt system until the child is large in place and, in a crash, acts to enough for the vehicle safety belts keep the infant positioned in the to fit properly without a booster seat. restraint. See the safety belt fit test in Older Children 0 70. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 75

Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Securing the Child Within the Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions Child Restraint that come with the restraint which { Warning may be on the restraint itself or in a { Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual. Achildcanbeseriouslyinjuredor The child restraint instructions are Achildcanbeseriouslyinjuredor killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not killed in a crash if the child is not restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement properly secured in the child copy from the manufacturer. the vehicle. Secure the child restraint. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured properly following the instructions using the vehicle’ssafetybeltor child restraint can move around in a that came with that child restraint. LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in Where to Put the in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is Restraint in it. According to accident statistics, To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States children and infants are safer when the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child properly restrained in an appropriate in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians child restraint secured in a rear systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect seating position. and demonstrate how to correctly seats by lap belts or the lap belt Whenever possible, children aged portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National 12 and under should be secured in the LATCH system. See Lower arearseatingposition. Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety (LATCH System) 0 77 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to Never put a rear-facing child information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat restraint in the front. This is because endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST the risk to the rear-facing child is so restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with great if the airbag deploys. the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

76 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Achildinarear-facingchild the front seat, always move the Achildcouldbeseriouslyinjured restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back or killed in a sudden stop or or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure crash. airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. Arear-facingorforward-facing the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System child restraint can be installed in restraint would be very close to 0 64 for additional information. the right rear seating position the inflating airbag. A child in a using the seat cushion extension forward-facing child restraint can If the vehicle does not have a rear in an extended cab model. Never be seriously injured or killed if the install a child restraint in the right front passenger airbag inflates seat that will accommodate a rear-facing child restraint, a rear seating position without the and the passenger seat is in a seat cushion extension. See forward position. rear-facing child restraint should not be secured in the vehicle, even if Lower Anchors and Tethers for Even if the passenger sensing the airbag is off. Children (LATCH System) 0 77 system has turned off the front and Securing Child Restraints passenger frontal airbag, no { Warning (With the Safety Belt in the Rear system is fail-safe. No one can Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child guarantee that an airbag will not Never secure a rear-facing or Restraints (With the Safety Belt in deploy under some unusual forward-facing child restraint in the Front Seat) 0 96. circumstance, even though it is the left rear seating position in an turned off. extended cab model. This seating Never secure a rear-facing or Secure rear-facing child restraints position is not suitable for child forward-facing child restraint in the in a rear seat, even if the airbag restraint installation. The seat left rear seating position in an is off. If you secure a cushion is too short to properly extended cab model. forward-facing child restraint in support a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 77

When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in instructions that came with the child in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer restraint to make sure it is recommends that the booster seat compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system, Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System) may fit in certain seating positions properly and there is no interference better than others. The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child. Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child child restraint and the size of the Make sure to follow the instructions restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint, child restraint, you may not be able restraint to the anchors in the to access adjacent safety belts or and also the instructions in this vehicle. The LATCH system is manual. LATCH anchors for additional designed to make installation of a passengers or child restraints. child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with Adjacent seating positions should atoptether,youmustalsouse not be used if the child restraint In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the prevents access to or interferes with your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the the routing of the safety belt. restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must attachments. LATCH-compatible Wherever a child restraint is never be installed using only the top rear-facing and forward-facing child tether. installed, be sure to follow the restraints can be properly installed instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can restraint system and secure the be used until the combined weight the vehicle’ssafetybelts.Donot child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt child restraint can move around in a arear-facingorforward-facing alone instead of the LATCH collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. anchorage system once the people in the vehicle. Be sure to combined weight is more than 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

78 Seats and Restraints

See Securing Child Restraints (With Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96. Child restraints built after March 2014 will be labeled with the specific child weight up to which the LATCH system can be used to install the restraint. The following explains how to attach achildrestraintwiththese attachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions or Lower anchors (1) are metal bars Atoptether(3,4)isusedtosecure child restraints have lower anchors built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the and attachments or top tether lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built anchors and attachments. In this seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether case, the safety belt must be used accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child (with top tether where available) to lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether secure the child restraint. See anchor in the vehicle in order to Securing Child Restraints (With the 0 reduce the forward movement and Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 91 or rotation of the child restraint during Securing Child Restraints (With the driving or in a crash. Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 79

Some child restraints with top H :Seatingpositionswith tethers are designed for use with or two lower anchors. without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have atoptether,andthatthetetherbe attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. To assist in locating the lower anchors on crew cab models, each Lower Anchor and Top Tether seating position with lower anchors Anchor Locations has two labels near the crease Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown) between the seatback and the seat I :Seatingpositionswith cushion. top tether anchors. Achildrestraintintherearcenter H :Seatingpositionswith seating position must be installed two lower anchors. with safety belts as it is not equipped with lower LATCH For extended cab models with rear anchors. See Securing Child seats, there are exposed metal Restraints (With the Safety Belt in lower anchors for each rear seating the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Securing position, attached to the back wall, Child Restraints (With the Safety near the seat cushion. Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96. Even though LATCH anchors are required for this position, a child Crew Cab restraint (forward-facing or rear-facing) should not be installed I :Seatingpositionswith in the left rear seat. top tether anchors. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

80 Seats and Restraints

For extended cab without rear seat and crew cab models, there are top tether anchor symbols to assist you in locating the top tether anchors.

Extended Cab without Rear Seats Extended Cab with Rear Seats (Front Seats Shown) The top tether anchors in an For extended cab models without extended cab model are loops near rear seats, there is a top tether the top of each rear seatback. See anchor provided for the front Crew Cab the instructions under “Securing a passenger seat. The top tether anchors in a crew Child Restraint with the LATCH cab model are on the back wall System” later in this section on how behind each rear seating position. to attach a top tether. Fold down the rear seatback to Do not attach a top tether to the access the anchor. See instructions loop near the top of the seatback of for crew cab under Rear Seats 0 49. the seating position in which the Be sure to use an anchor directly child restraint is installed. behind the seating position where I :Seatingpositionswith the child restraint will be placed. top tether anchors. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 81

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { Warning properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child Restraint 0 75 for additional restraint to a single anchor. information. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could Securing a Child Restraint with cause the anchor or attachment the LATCH System to come loose or even break during a crash. A child or others Extended Cab without Rear Seats { Warning could be injured. The top tether anchor in an If a LATCH-type child restraint is extended cab without rear seats is a not attached to anchors, the child metal wire on the lower inboard side restraint will not be able to protect { Warning of the cab wall directly behind the the child correctly. In a crash, the front passenger seat. child could be seriously injured or Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Do not place heavy objects on the killed. Install a LATCH-type child wrapped around their neck. The top tether anchor or use it as a tie restraint properly using the down for cargo as this may cause anchors, or use the vehicle's shoulder belt can tighten but damage to the anchor. safety belts to secure the cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint pulled all the way out of the position without a top tether anchor retractor. It unlocks when the if a national or local law requires and the instructions in this manual. shoulder belt is allowed to go all that the top tether be attached, or if the way back into the retractor, the instructions that come with the but it cannot do this if it is child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

82 Seats and Restraints

may be removed. See “Head Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” at the end wrapped around a child’sneck. Do not fold the rear seatback of this section. If the shoulder belt is locked and when the seat is occupied. Do not tightened around a child’sneck, fold the empty rear seat with a 3. If the child restraint the only way to loosen the belt is safety belt buckled. This could manufacturer's instructions to cut it. damage the safety belt or the recommend that the top tether seat. Unbuckle and return the be attached, attach the top Buckle any unused safety belts tether to the top tether anchor. safety belt to its stowed position, behind the child restraint so Refer to the child restraint before folding the seat. children cannot reach them. Pull instructions and the following the shoulder belt all the way out steps: of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one 3.1. Release and pull the rear and tighten the belt behind the child restraint in the rear seat, see 0 seatback forward to child restraint after the child Where to Put the Restraint 75. access the top tether restraint has been installed. Crew Cab anchors. See Rear Seats 0 49. 1. When installing a rear-facing child restraint, it may be 3.2. Put the child restraint on Caution necessary to move the front the seat. seat forward to properly install 3.3. Route the top tether Do not let the LATCH per the child restraint according to your child attachments rub against the manufacturer instructions. restraint instructions and vehicle’ssafetybelts.Thismay See Seat Adjustment 0 46 or the following instructions: damage these parts. If necessary, Power Seat Adjustment 0 46. move buckled safety belts to 2. For rear outboard seating avoid rubbing the LATCH positions, if the head restraint attachments. interferes with the proper (Continued) installation of the child restraint, the head restraint Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 83

If the position you are using has a fixed head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether around the inboard or outboard side of the head restraint.

If the position you are If the position you are using does not have a using has a fixed head head restraint and you restraint and you are are using a single tether, using a dual tether, route route the tether over the the tether around the seatback. sides of the head restraint.

If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

84 Seats and Restraints

3.4. Adjust the top tether to its 5. Tighten the top tether. Warning (Continued) full length and attach the 6. Before placing a child in the top tether hook to the child restraint, make sure it is anchor. Make sure that Aboosterseatcanbeusedinthe securely held in place. To left or right rear seating position if you secure the top tether check, grasp the child restraint to the top tether anchor the base of the booster seat fits at the LATCH path and attempt on the seat cushion and does not and not to the seatback to move it side to side and latch. extend past the front edge. If it back and forth. There should does, it should be installed in the 3.5. Push rearward on the be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of right rear seating position using seatback until it locks into movement for proper the seat cushion extension. Only its upright position. Push installation. and pull on the seatback install a booster seat in either rear to make sure it is secured Extended Cab with Rear Seats seating position if it can be properly. properly installed according to the { Warning child restraint manufacturer’s 4. Attach and tighten the lower instructions. attachments to the lower Never secure a rear-facing or Arear-facingorforward-facing anchors. If the child restraint forward-facing child restraint in child restraint can be installed in does not have lower the left rear seating position in an attachments or the desired the right rear seating position extended cab model. This seating seating position does not have using the seat cushion extension position is not suitable for child lower anchors, secure the child in an extended cab model. Never restraint installation. The seat restraint with the safety belts install a rear-facing or cushion is too short to properly and the top tether. Refer to forward-facing child restraint in support a rear-facing or your child restraint the right rear seating position forward-facing child restraint. manufacturer instructions and without the seat cushion Achildcouldbeseriouslyinjured Securing Child Restraints (With extension. the Safety Belt in the Rear or killed in a sudden stop or Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child crash. Restraints (With the Safety Belt (Continued) in the Front Seat) 0 96. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 85

When installing a rear-facing child { Warning Warning (Continued) restraint in the right rear seating position, move the front seat all the Do not let anyone ride in the front properly tightened. See way forward and tilt the seatback passenger seat when a instructions below for how to forward to properly install the child rear-facing child restraint is properly attach a top tether. restraint. See Power Seat installed in the right rear seating Adjustment 0 46, Seat Adjustment position. To properly fit the Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion 0 46,andReclining Seatbacks 0 47. rear-facing child restraint, the Extension When a rear-facing child restraint is front seatback will need to be installed properly, the front tilted forward which will not allow The vehicle is equipped with a passenger seat cannot be used. headrest that is used as a seat apassengertositproperlyinthe 1. Always install the seat cushion front outboard passenger seat. cushion extension for installation of child restraints in the right rear seat. extension in the right rear The passenger could be seriously seating position when installing injured or killed in a sudden stop { Warning aforward-facingorrear-facing or crash. child restraint. Also use the The right rear seat cushion seat cushion extension for extension is designed to support booster seats that extend past the front edge of the seat { Warning the weight of a child in a child restraint or booster seat. It is cushion. Do not attach a top tether to the neither designed nor intended to loop near the top of the seatback support the weight of an adult. and directly behind the seating Use the seat cushion extension position in which the child only when a child restraint or restraint is installed in an booster seat is installed in the extended cab with rear seats. The right rear seating position. top tether will not be able to be (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

86 Seats and Restraints

3. Insert the headrest posts into Route the top tether (1) through the holes on the front of the the loop (2) at the top of the passenger side seat cushion to seatback directly behind the install the seat cushion child restraint and attach the extension. The notches on the top tether hook to the top tether posts should face the loop at the top of the seatback passenger side of the vehicle. for the opposite rear seating Try to move the headrest to position (3). make sure it is locked in place. 5. Attach and tighten the lower 4. If the child restraint attachments to the lower manufacturer recommends that anchors. If the child restraint the top tether be attached, does not have lower 2. Press the button for the adjust the top tether to its full attachments, secure the child passenger side headrest at the length and attach the top tether restraint with the safety belts top of the seatback and pull up. hook to the anchor. Refer to and the top tether (if the child restraint instructions appropriate). See Securing and the following: Child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 91 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96. 6. Tighten the top tether. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 87

to move it side to side and passenger frontal airbag when an back and forth. There should Warning (Continued) infant in a rear-facing infant seat or be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of asmallchildinaforward-facing movement for proper passenger airbag inflates and the child restraint or booster seat is installation. passenger seat is in a forward detected. See Securing Child position. Restraints (With the Safety Belt in 8. Always reinstall the headrest 0 before the seating position is Even if the passenger sensing the Rear Seat) 91 or Securing used by another occupant. See system has turned off the right Child Restraints (With the Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 96 and “Head Restraint/Headrest front passenger frontal airbag, no Passenger Sensing System 0 64 for Removal and Reinstallation” at system is fail-safe. No one can the end of this section. guarantee that an airbag will not important safety information and deploy under some unusual additional information on installing a child restraint in the front passenger Extended Cab without Rear circumstance, even though it is position. Seats turned off. 1. Put the child restraint on the { Warning Since this vehicle does not have right front passenger seat. arearseatthatwillaccommodate Achildinarear-facingchild arear-facingchildrestraint,a 2. If the child restraint manufacturer's instructions restraint can be seriously injured rear-facing child restraint should recommend that the top tether or killed if the right front not be installed in your vehicle, even if the airbag is off. be attached, attach and tighten passenger airbag inflates. This is the top tether hook to the top because the back of the See Passenger Sensing System tether anchor. rear-facing child restraint would 0 64 for additional information. be very close to the inflating 2.1. Route the top tether airbag. A child in a forward-facing according to your child child restraint can be seriously The vehicle has a front outboard restraint instructions and passenger frontal airbag and a the following instructions: injured or killed if the right front passenger sensing system. The (Continued) passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

88 Seats and Restraints

If you are using a dual back and forth. There should tether, route the tether be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of around the headrest or movement for proper head restraint. installation. Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation

{ Warning If you are using a single tether, raise the headrest With head restraints that are not or head restraint and installed and adjusted properly, route the tether under the there is a greater chance that headrest or head restraint occupants will suffer a neck/ and in between the spinal injury in a crash. Do not headrest or head restraint drive until the head restraints for posts. all occupants are installed and 2.2. Attach the top tether hook adjusted properly. to the metal wire on the lower inboard side of the Crew Cab cab wall directly behind The rear outboard head restraints the front passenger seat. can be removed if they interfere with 2.3. Tighten the top tether. the proper installation of the child 3. Before placing a child in the restraint. child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 89

To remove the head restraint: To reinstall the head restraint: Extended Cab To remove the headrest:

1. Partially fold the seat forward. 1. Insert the posts into the holes 2. Press the button on the side of in the top of the seatback. The 1. Press the button on the side of the head restraint post at the notch on the post should face the headrest post on the top of top of the seatback and pull up the driver side of the vehicle. the seatback and pull up. on the head restraint. 2. Push the head restraint down. 2. If removing the headrest to 3. Store the head restraint in a Pull up on the head restraint to install a booster seat in the left secure place. make sure it is locked in place. rear seating position, store the 4. Always reinstall the head headrest in a secure place. restraint before the seating Never install a forward-facing position is used by another or rearward-facing child occupant. restraint in the left rear seating position. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

90 Seats and Restraints

3. If removing the headrest to 1. If installed as a seat cushion Replacing LATCH System install as a seat cushion extension, first press both extension for a forward-facing buttons on the front of the seat Parts After a Crash or rearward-facing child cushion to remove the restraint in the right rear headrest. { Warning seating position, see the instructions in “Securing a AcrashcandamagetheLATCH Child Restraint with the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged System” earlier in this section. LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, 4. Always reinstall the headrest resulting in serious injury or even before the seating position is death in a crash. To help make used by another occupant. sure the LATCH system is To reinstall the headrest: working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have the system inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible. 2. To reinstall the headrest, insert the posts into the holes in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system top of the seatback. The and it was being used during a notches on the posts should crash, new LATCH system parts face the driver side of the may be needed. vehicle. New parts and repairs may be 3. Push the headrest down. Pull necessary even if the LATCH up on the headrest to make system was not being used at the sure it is locked in place. time of the crash. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 91

Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have Warning (Continued) (With the Safety Belt in atoptether,andthatthetetherbe the Rear Seat) attached. Achildcouldbeseriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop or When securing a child restraint in a If your child restraint or vehicle seat crash. rear seating position, study the position does not have the LATCH instructions that came with your system, you will be using the safety Aboosterseatcanbeusedinthe child restraint to make sure it is belt to secure the child restraint. Be left or right rear seating position if compatible with this vehicle. sure to follow the instructions that the base of the booster seat fits on the seat cushion and does not If your child restraint has the LATCH came with the child restraint. extend past the front edge. If it system, see Lower Anchors and If you need to install more than one Tethers for Children (LATCH child restraint in the rear seat, be does, it should be installed in the System) 0 77 for how to install your sure to read Where to Put the right rear seating position using child restraint using LATCH. If you Restraint 0 75. the seat cushion extension. Only secure a child restraint using a install a booster seat in either rear safety belt and it uses a top tether, Extended Cab seating position if it can be see Lower Anchors and Tethers for properly installed according to the Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for { Warning child restraint manufacturer’s top tether anchor locations. instructions. Never secure a rear-facing or Do not secure a child restraint in a forward-facing child restraint in Arear-facingorforward-facing position without a top tether anchor the left rear seating position in an child restraint can be installed in if a national or local law requires extended cab model. This seating the right rear seating position that the top tether be anchored, or if using the seat cushion extension the instructions that come with the position is not suitable for child restraint installation. The seat in an extended cab model. Never child restraint say that the top strap install a rear-facing or must be anchored. cushion is too short to properly support a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint in forward-facing child restraint. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

92 Seats and Restraints

If the booster seat extends past the Warning (Continued) front of the seat cushion, it should be used in the right rear seating the right rear seating position position with the seat cushion without the seat cushion extension. extension. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that { Warning came with the child restraint and the following instructions: Do not let anyone ride in the front 1. Always install the seat cushion passenger seat when a extension in the right rear seat 2. Press the button on the rear-facing child restraint is position when installing a passenger side headrest and installed in the right rear seating forward-facing or rear-facing pull up. position. To properly fit the child restraint. Also use the rear-facing child restraint, the seat cushion extension for front seatback will need to be booster seats that extend past tilted forward which will not allow the front edge of the seat apassengertositproperlyinthe cushion. front outboard passenger seat. The passenger could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or crash.

Aboosterseatmaybeusedinthe left rear seating position if the base of the booster seat fits on the seat cushion and does not extend past the front edge of the seat cushion. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 93

3. Insert the headrest posts into anchor. Refer to the the holes on the front of the instructions that came with the passenger side seat cushion to child restraint and see Lower install the seat cushion Anchors and Tethers for extension. The notches on the Children (LATCH System) 0 77. post should face the passenger 6. Pick up the latch plate, and run side of the vehicle. Try to move the lap and shoulder portions the headrest to make sure it is of the vehicle's safety belt locked in place. through or around the restraint. 4. Put the child restraint on The child restraint instructions the seat. will show you how. When installing a rear-facing child restraint, move the front 7. Push the latch plate into the seat all the way forward and tilt buckle until it clicks. the seatback forward to Position the release button on properly install the child the buckle, away from the child restraint per the child restraint restraint system, so that the manufacturer instructions. See safety belt could be quickly Seat Adjustment 0 46 and unbuckled if necessary. Reclining Seatbacks 0 47. When a rear-facing child restraint is installed properly, the front passenger seat cannot be used. 5. If the child restraint Tilt the latch plate to adjust the manufacturer recommends belt if needed. using a top tether, adjust the top tether to its full length and attach it to the top tether Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

94 Seats and Restraints

10. Tighten the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. 11. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no 8. Pull the shoulder belt all the 9. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the movement. the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to To remove the child restraint, lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the unbuckle the vehicle’ssafetybelt tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and let it return to the stowed the retractor. back into the retractor. When position. If the top tether is attached installing a forward-facing child to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. restraint, it may be helpful to Reinstall the headrest in the use your knee to push down on seatback before the seating position the child restraint as you is used. See “Head Restraint/ tighten the belt. Headrest Removal and Try to pull the belt out of the Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors retractor to make sure the and Tethers for Children (LATCH retractor is locked. If the System) 0 77 for additional retractor is not locked, repeat information on installing the Steps 6 and 7. headrest properly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 95

Crew Cab 4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions When using the lap-shoulder belt to of the vehicle's safety belt secure the child restraint in this through or around the restraint. position, follow the instructions that The child restraint instructions came with the child restraint and the will show you how. following instructions: 1. If the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and 6. Pull the shoulder belt all the Tethers for Children (LATCH way out of the retractor to set System) 0 77. the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be 2. If the child restraint tightened but not pulled out of manufacturer recommends the retractor. using a top tether, adjust the top tether to its full length and 5. Push the latch plate into the attach it to the top tether buckle until it clicks. anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the Position the release button on child restraint and see Lower the buckle, away from the child Anchors and Tethers for restraint system, so that the Children (LATCH System) 0 77. safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 3. Put the child restraint on the seat. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

96 Seats and Restraints

8. Tighten the top tether. See Securing Child Restraints Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. (With the Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 9. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is This vehicle has airbags. A rear securely held in place. To seat is a safer place to secure a check, grasp the child restraint forward-facing child restraint. See at the safety belt path and Where to Put the Restraint 0 75. attempt to move it side to side In addition, the vehicle has a and back and forth. When the passenger sensing system which is child restraint is properly designed to turn off the front installed, there should be no outboard passenger's frontal airbag 7. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of under certain conditions. See on the child restraint, pull the movement. Passenger Sensing System 0 64 shoulder portion of the belt to To remove the child restraint, and Passenger Airbag Status tighten the lap portion of the unbuckle the vehicle’ssafetybelt Indicator 0 117 for more information, belt, and feed the shoulder belt and let it return to the stowed including important safety back into the retractor. When position. If the top tether is attached information. installing a forward-facing child to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in If the head restraint was removed, the front. This is because the risk to use your knee to push down on reinstall it before the seating the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great, position is used. See “Head if the airbag deploys. tighten the belt. Restraint/Headrest Removal and Try to pull the belt out of the Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors retractor to make sure the and Tethers for Children (LATCH retractor is locked. If the System) 0 77 for additional retractor is not locked, repeat information on installing the head Steps 6 and 7. restraint properly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 97

In Canada, the law requires that { Warning Warning (Continued) forward-facing child restraints have atoptether,andthatthetetherbe Achildinarear-facingchild forward-facing child restraint in attached. restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far When using the lap-shoulder belt to passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in this This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a position, follow the instructions that rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. came with the child restraint and the following instructions: be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System 1. Move the seat as far back as it airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 64 for additional information. child restraint can be seriously will go before securing the injured or killed if the front forward-facing child restraint. outboard passenger frontal airbag If the vehicle does not have a rear Move the seat upward or the inflates and the passenger seat is seat that will accommodate a seatback to an upright position, in a forward position. rear-facing child restraint, a if needed, to get a tight rear-facing child restraint should not installation of the child Even if the passenger sensing be installed in your vehicle, even if restraint. system has turned off the front the airbag is off. When the passenger sensing outboard passenger frontal If a child restraint uses a top tether, system has turned off the front airbag, no system is fail-safe. No see Lower Anchors and Tethers for outboard passenger frontal one can guarantee that an airbag Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for airbag, the off indicator on the will not deploy under some top tether anchor locations. passenger airbag status unusual circumstance, even indicator should light and stay Do not secure a child seat in a though it is turned off. lit when you start the vehicle. position without a top tether anchor See Passenger Airbag Status Secure rear-facing child restraints if a national or local law requires Indicator 0 117. in a rear seat, even if the airbag that the top tether be anchored, or if is off. If you secure a the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on (Continued) child restraint say that the top strap the seat. must be anchored. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

98 Seats and Restraints

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be restraint system, so that the tightened but not pulled out of safety belt could be quickly the retractor. unbuckled if necessary. 6. If the vehicle does not have a Tilt the latch plate to adjust the rear seat and the child restraint belt if needed. manufacturer recommends using a top tether anchor, attach the top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Seats and Restraints 99

8. Tighten the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. 9. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no 7. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of on the child restraint, pull the movement. shoulder portion of the belt to If the airbag is off, the off indicator tighten the lap portion of the on the passenger airbag status belt, and feed the shoulder belt indicator will come on and stay on back into the retractor. When when the vehicle is started. If a child installing a forward-facing child restraint has been installed and on restraint, it may be helpful to indicator is lit, see “If the On use your knee to push down on Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” the child restraint as you under Passenger Sensing tighten the belt. System 0 64. Try to pull the belt out of the To remove the child restraint, retractor to make sure the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and retractor is locked. If the let it return to the stowed position. retractor is not locked, repeat If the top tether is attached to a top Steps 5 and 7. tether anchor, disconnect it. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

100 Storage Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Crew Cab Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 100 { Warning Glove Box ...... 100 Cupholders ...... 100 Do not store heavy or sharp Sunglasses Storage ...... 101 objects in storage compartments. Underseat Storage ...... 101 In a crash, these objects may Center Console Storage ...... 101 cause the cover to open and could result in injury.

Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it. If equipped, pull the armrest to lower. There are two cupholders in the armrest. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Storage 101

Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage Center Console Storage

Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model If equipped, press and release to Similar There is storage under the armrest access. in the center console. Press the If equipped, there is storage under button and lift. Depending on the the rear seat. Pull the release strap options, there may be a USB port or lever and then raise the seat and/or auxiliary jack inside. cushion. Pull the strap or lever again to lower the cushion. See USB Port (Base Radio) 0 170 or USB Port (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 0 173 and Auxiliary Jack 0 179. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

102 Instruments and Controls

Airbag Readiness Light ...... 117 Cruise Control Light ...... 125 Instruments and Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Controls Indicator ...... 117 Cluster) ...... 126 Charging System Light ...... 118 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Information Displays (Check Engine Light) ...... 118 Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls (Base Level) ...... 126 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 103 Brake System Warning Light ...... 120 Driver Information Center (DIC) Steering Wheel Controls ...... 104 (Uplevel) ...... 129 Horn ...... 104 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 104 Warning Light ...... 121 Vehicle Messages Compass ...... 105 Up-Shift Light (Manual Vehicle Messages ...... 132 Clock ...... 106 Transmission) ...... 121 Battery Voltage and Charging Power Outlets ...... 107 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 121 Messages ...... 132 Wireless Charging ...... 107 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 121 Brake System Messages . . . . . 133 Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages ...... 133 Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light ...... 122 Door Ajar Messages ...... 133 Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 122 Engine Cooling System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light ...... 122 ® Messages ...... 133 Indicators ...... 109 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 122 Engine Oil Messages ...... 134 Instrument Cluster (Base Traction Control System (TCS)/ ® Engine Power Messages . . . . . 134 Level) ...... 110 StabiliTrak Light ...... 123 Fuel System Messages ...... 135 Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Light ...... 123 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 135 (Uplevel) ...... 112 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 124 Lamp Messages ...... 135 Speedometer ...... 114 Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Object Detection System Odometer ...... 114 Level) ...... 124 Messages ...... 135 Trip Odometer...... 114 Low Fuel Warning Light Ride Control System Tachometer...... 114 (Uplevel) ...... 124 Messages ...... 136 Fuel Gauge ...... 114 Security Light ...... 125 Airbag System Messages . . . . 136 Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light ...... 125 Safety Belt Messages ...... 136 Gauge ...... 115 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 125 Security Messages ...... 137 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 116 Lamps On Reminder ...... 125 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 103 Steering System Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering Messages ...... 137 Wheel Starting the Vehicle Messages ...... 137 Steering Wheel Tire Messages ...... 137 Adjustment Transmission Messages ...... 138 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 139 Vehicle Speed Messages ..... 139 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 139

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: 1. Pull the lever down. To adjust the steering wheel: 2. Move the steering wheel up 1. Pull the lever down. or down. 2. Move the steering wheel up 3. Pull or push the steering wheel or down. closer or away from you. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

104 Instruments and Controls

Steering Wheel Controls i : Press to decline an incoming 1. Favorite: When on a radio call or end a current call. Press to source, press to select the next mute or unmute the infotainment or previous audio broadcast system when not on a call. favorite. When listening to a media device, press to select o or p : Press the five-way control the next or previous track. to go to the previous or next area of adisplayintheinstrumentcluster. 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease the volume. w or x : Press the five-way control to go up or down in a list on Horn the instrument cluster. @ : Press to select a highlighted To sound the horn, press a on the menu option. steering wheel.

If equipped, some audio controls Windshield Wiper/Washer can be adjusted at the steering wheel. g : Press to answer an incoming call or start voice recognition. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or The windshield wiper/washer lever Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - is on the right side of the steering Base Radio with Touchscreen) column. With the ignition in ACC/ 0 197 or “OnStar Overview” in the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move owner's manual. Press and hold to The favorites and volume switches the windshield wiper lever to select activate Bluetooth voice pass-thru. are on the back of the steering the wiper speed. 0 wheel. See Voice Recognition 181. HI : Use for fast wipes. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 105

LO : Use for slow wipes. activated. See Washer Fluid 0 298 If the windshield wiper lever is then for information on filling the moved to OFF before the driver windshield washer fluid reservoir. door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to { Warning the base of the windshield. If the ignition is turned to OFF while In freezing weather, do not use the wipers are performing wipes due the washer until the windshield is to windshield washing, the wipers warmed. Otherwise the washer continue to run until they reach the INT : Move the lever up to INT for fluid can form ice on the base of the windshield. intermittent wipes, then turn the x windshield, blocking your vision. INT band up for more frequent Compass wipes or down for less frequent Clear snow and ice from the wiper The vehicle may have a compass wipes. blades and windshield before using display on the Driver Information OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. them. If frozen to the windshield, Center (DIC). The compass receives carefully loosen or thaw them. its heading and other information 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Damaged blades should be the wiper lever down. For several from the Global Positioning replaced. See Wiper Blade System (GPS) antenna, wipes, hold the wiper lever down. 0 ® Replacement 305. StabiliTrak ,andvehiclespeed n L : Pull the windshield wiper Heavy snow or ice can overload the information. lever toward you to spray windshield wiper motor. washer fluid and activate the wipers. The compass system is designed to The wipers will continue until the Wiper Parking operate for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before lever is released or the maximum If the ignition is turned to OFF while wash time is reached. When the needing a signal from the GPS the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, satellites. When the compass windshield wiper lever is released, they will immediately stop. additional wipes may occur display shows CAL, drive the depending on how long the vehicle for a short distance in an windshield washer had been open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

106 Instruments and Controls

will automatically determine when a If auto timing is set, the time 2. Touch Set Time, then touch « GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not or to increase or decrease aheadingagain.SeeCompass update immediately when driving ª Messages 0 133 for the messages into a new time zone. hours, minutes, and AM or PM. Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or that may be displayed for the To set the clock display: compass. 24 hour clock. 1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Touch S to go back to the Home Page, then select Time Clock previous menu. and Date. Auto Set requires an active Setting the Time and Date with 2. Select Clock Display. Faceplate Controls connection to OnStar. 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off If auto timing is set, the time To set the time or date: or On. displayed on the clock may not 1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to update immediately when driving Home Page, then select Time select. into a new time zone. and Date. Press BACK to go to the last To set the date: 2. Select the desired function. o menu and save the changes. 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home 3. Turn the MENU knob to Setting the Time and Date with Page, then touch Time increase or decrease the value. and Date. Touchscreen Controls 4. Press the MENU knob to go to the next value. After the last To set the time: 2. Touch Set Date, then touch « or to increase or decrease value is selected, the system 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home ª will update and return to the Page, then touch Time month, day, or year. Settings menu. Press o BACK and Date. 3. Touch S to go back to the to go to the last menu and previous menu. save the changes. Auto Set requires an active connection to OnStar. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 107

To set the clock display: . On the rear of the center storage Certain power accessory plugs may 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home console. not be compatible with the Page, then touch Time Lift the cover to access and replace accessory power outlet and could and Date. when not in use. overload vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see 2. Touch Clock Display, then your dealer. touch Off or On to turn the { Warning clock display off or on. When adding electrical equipment, Power is always supplied to the be sure to follow the proper 3. Touch S to go back to the outlets. Do not leave electrical installation instructions included with previous menu. equipment plugged in when the the equipment. See Add-On vehicle is not in use because the Electrical Equipment 0 278. Power Outlets vehicle could catch fire and cause Caution For USB charging port locations, injury or death. 0 see USB Port (Base Radio) 170 or Hanging heavy equipment from USB Port (Base Radio with the power outlet can cause 0 Touchscreen) 173. Caution damage not covered by the Accessory power outlets can be vehicle warranty. The power used to plug in electrical equipment, Leaving electrical equipment outlets are designed for such as a cell phone, MP3 plugged in for an extended period accessory power plugs only, such player, etc. of time while the vehicle is off will as mobile phone charge cords. drain the battery. Always unplug The vehicle may have accessory electrical equipment when not in power outlets: use and do not plug in equipment Wireless Charging . On the center stack below the that exceeds the maximum If equipped, the vehicle has wireless climate control system, 15 amp rating. if equipped. charging in front of the center floor console. The system wirelessly . On the center floor console, charges one PMA or Qi compatible if equipped. mobile device. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

108 Instruments and Controls

To check for phone or other device The operating temperature is -20 °C compatibility: (-4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the . In the U.S., see charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to my.chevrolet.com/learn. 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone. . In Canada, see { Warning gmtotalconnect.ca. . Or, see your dealer for details. Remove all metal objects from the charging pad before charging { Warning your mobile device. Metal objects, such as coins, keys, rings, Wireless charging can affect the or paper clips, between the phone operation of an implanted and charging pad will become To charge a mobile device: pacemaker or other medical very hot. On the rare occasion 1. Remove all objects from the devices. If you have one, it is that the charging system does not charging pad. The system may detect a metal object, and the recommended to consult with not charge if there are any object gets wedged between the your doctor before using the objects on the charging pad. wireless charging system. phone and charger, remove the phone and allow the metallic 2. Place the mobile device face object to cool before removing it up on the charging pad. The vehicle must be in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained from the charging pad, to prevent 3. The indicator light next to the Accessory Power (RAP). The burns. charging pad will turn green. wireless charging feature may not This indicates that the mobile correctly indicate charging when the device is properly positioned vehicle is in RAP. See Retained and charging. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 237. If the indicator light turns yellow, make sure the charging pad is clear of any objects and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 109 verify that the mobile device is Warning Lights, capable of wireless charging before re-positioning it. Gauges, and If the indicator light does not Indicators turn on, this indicates that the mobile device may need to be Warning lights and gauges can re-positioned. signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough To re-position, remove the to cause an expensive repair or mobile device from the pad, replacement. Paying attention to the turn 180 degrees and wait warning lights and gauges could three seconds before placing/ prevent injury. aligning the mobile device on the pad again. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

110 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 111

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

112 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 113

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, . Info app. This is where you can Phone see the Duramax diesel supplement view the selected Driver V for more information. Information Center (DIC) Press to select the Phone app, displays. See Driver Information then press p to enter the Phone Cluster Menu Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 menu. In the Phone menu, if there is There is an interactive display area or Driver Information Center no active phone call, view recent in the center of the instrument (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129. calls, scroll through contacts, cluster. . Audio or select from the favorites. If there is an active call, mute or unmute the . Phone phone or switch to handset or . Navigation handsfree operation. . Settings Navigation Audio Press V to select the Navigation In the main view of the Audio app, app, then press p to enter the press w or x to scroll through Navigation menu. If there is no radio stations or move to the next/ active route, you can resume the previous track of a CD/USB/ last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Bluetooth device that is connected V to the vehicle. Press V to select the route, press to cancel route guidance or turn the voice prompts Use the right steering wheel control Audio app, then press p to enter on/off. to open and scroll through the the Audio menu. In the Audio menu different items and displays. browse for music, select from the Settings favorites, or change the audio Press V to select the Settings app. Press o to access the cluster source. applications. Use w or x to scroll Use w or x to scroll through the through the list of available items in the Settings menu. applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

114 Instruments and Controls

Units : Press p while Units is Speedometer Fuel Gauge displayed to enter the Units menu. The speedometer shows the Choose U.S. or metric units by vehicle's speed in either kilometers pressing V while the desired item is per hour (km/h) or miles per highlighted. hour (mph). Info Pages : Press p while Info Pages is displayed to enter the Info Odometer Pages menu and select the items to The odometer shows how far the be displayed in the Info app. See vehicle has been driven, in either Driver Information Center (DIC) kilometers or miles. (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver Information Center (DIC) Trip Odometer (Uplevel) 0 129. The trip odometer shows how far Metric Speed Warning : The Speed the vehicle has been driven since Warning display allows the driver to the trip odometer was last reset. set a speed that they do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information press when Speed Warning is p Center (DIC). See Driver displayed. Press w or x to adjust Information Center (DIC) (Base the value. Press V to set the speed. Level) 0 126 or Driver Information Once the speed is set, this feature Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129. can be turned off by pressing V while viewing this page. If the Tachometer selected speed limit is exceeded, a The tachometer displays the engine pop-up warning is displayed with a speed in revolutions per chime. minute (rpm). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 115

. At the service station, the fuel Engine Coolant pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. Temperature Gauge . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. English . The gauge takes a few seconds When the ignition is on, the fuel to stabilize after the ignition is gauge indicates about how much turned on, and goes back to Metric fuel is left in the tank. empty when the ignition is An arrow on the fuel gauge turned off. indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There is a small amount of fuel left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

116 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light There is a passenger safety belt reminder light near the passenger There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 64. cluster.

English This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this coolant temperature. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come If the pointer moves toward the light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten warning area at the high end of the on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays gauge, the engine is too hot. their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if This reading indicates the same This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes thing as the warning light. It means times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is that the engine coolant has becomes unbuckled while the moving. overheated. If the vehicle has been vehicle is moving. operating under normal driving If the passenger safety belt is conditions, pull off the road, stop the If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the vehicle, and turn off the engine as neither the light nor the chime light comes on. comes on. soon as possible. See Engine The front passenger safety belt Overheating 0 296. reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 117

grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the { Warning reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle If the airbag readiness light stays the safety belt. on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means Airbag Readiness Light the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in United States This light shows if there is an the vehicle might not inflate in a electrical problem with the airbag crash, or they could even inflate system. The system check includes without a crash. To help avoid the airbag sensor(s), the passenger injury, have the vehicle serviced sensing system, the pretensioners, right away. the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the If there is a problem with the airbag Canada and Mexico airbag system, see Airbag system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the System 0 58. (DIC) message may also come on. passenger airbag status indicator See Airbag System will light ON and OFF, or the symbol Messages 0 136. for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on or off symbol, to let The vehicle has a passenger you know the status of the front sensing system. See Passenger The airbag readiness light comes on outboard passenger frontal airbag. Sensing System 0 64 for important for several seconds when the safety information. The overhead vehicle is started. If the light does console has a passenger airbag not come on then, have it fixed status indicator. immediately. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

118 Instruments and Controls

If the word ON or the on symbol is Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front Lamp (Check Engine outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light) allowed to inflate. This light is part of the vehicle’s If the word OFF or the off symbol is emission control on-board lit on the airbag status indicator, it diagnostic system. If this light is on means that the passenger sensing while the engine is running, a system has turned off the front The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and outboard passenger frontal airbag. briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it If, after several seconds, both status on, but the engine is not running, as is working when the ignition is in indicator lights remain on, or if there achecktoshowthelightisworking. ON/RUN and the engine is not are no lights at all, there may be a It should go out when the engine is running. See Ignition problem with the lights or the started. Positions 0 233. passenger sensing system. See If the light stays on or comes on your dealer for service. while driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging { Warning system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on If the airbag readiness light ever could drain the battery. comes on and stays on, it means When this light comes on, the Driver that something may be wrong Information Center (DIC) also Malfunctions are often indicated by with the airbag system. To help displays a message. See Battery avoid injury to yourself or others, the system before any problem is Voltage and Charging noticeable. Being aware of the light have the vehicle serviced right Messages 0 132. and seeking service promptly when away. See Airbag Readiness it comes on may prevent damage. Light 0 117 for more information, If a short distance must be driven including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio information. and air conditioner. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 119

If the light is flashing : A been removed. See “Filling the Caution malfunction has been detected that Tank with a Portable Gas Can” could damage the emission control under Filling the Tank 0 267. If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle The diagnostic system can with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service detect if the adapter has been control system may not work as may be required. left installed in the vehicle, well, the fuel economy may be To help prevent damage, reduce allowing fuel to evaporate into lower, and the vehicle may not the atmosphere. A few driving run smoothly. This could lead to vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and uphill grades. trips with the adapter removed costly repairs that might not be If towing a trailer, reduce the may turn off the light. covered by the vehicle warranty. amount of cargo being hauled as . Poor fuel quality can cause soon as possible. inefficient engine operation and If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the least one full tank of the proper or fuel system, or the use of fuel to turn the light off. See previous guidelines and see your 0 replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as Fuel 266. meet the original tire possible. If the light remains on, see your specifications, can cause this light If the light is on steady : A dealer. to come on. This could lead to malfunction has been detected. costly repairs not covered by the Emissions Inspection and Diagnosis and service may be Maintenance Programs vehicle warranty. This could also required. affect the vehicle’sabilitytopass If the vehicle requires an Emissions an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following: Inspection/Maintenance test, the Maintenance test. See . If fuel has been added to the test equipment will likely connect to Accessories and vehicle using the capless funnel the vehicle's Data Link Modifications 0 281. adapter, make sure that it has Connector (DLC). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

120 Instruments and Controls

before the system is ready for This light should come on briefly inspection. This can happen if when the engine is started. If it does the 12-volt battery has recently not come on then, have it fixed so it been replaced or run down, or if will be ready to warn you if there is the vehicle has been recently aproblem. serviced. When the ignition is on, the brake The DLC is under the instrument See your dealer if the vehicle will system warning light also comes on panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready when the parking brake is set. The wheel. Connecting devices that are for the test. light stays on if the parking brake not used to perform an Emissions does not fully release. If it stays on Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning after the parking brake is fully service the vehicle may affect Light released, it means the vehicle has a vehicle operation. See Add-On brake problem. The vehicle brake system consists Electrical Equipment 0 278.See If the light comes on while driving, of two hydraulic circuits. If one your dealer if assistance is needed. pull off the road and stop carefully. circuit is not working, the remaining The pedal might be harder to push, The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the or the pedal can go closer to the inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking floor. It may take longer to stop. performance, both circuits need to . The light is on when the engine If the light is still on, have the be working. is running. vehicle towed for service. See . The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there Towing the Vehicle 0 351. when the ignition is in ON/RUN is a brake problem. Have the brake while the engine is off. system inspected right away. { Warning . Critical emission control systems have not been completely The brake system might not be diagnosed. If this happens, the working properly if the brake vehicle would not be ready for system warning light is on. inspection and might require Driving with the brake system several days of routine driving Metric English (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 121

system. If the ABS light stays on, This light comes on when an Warning (Continued) or comes on again while driving, the up-shift is recommended for best vehicle needs service. A chime may fuel economy. The number warning light on can lead to a also sound when the light comes on displayed with the arrow indicates crash. If the light is still on after steady. the recommended gear. the vehicle has been pulled off If the ABS light is the only light on, the road and carefully stopped, Tow/Haul Mode Light have the vehicle towed for the vehicle has regular brakes, but service. the antilock brakes are not functioning. If both the ABS and the brake Antilock Brake System system warning light are on, the (ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service. For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode feature, this light comes on See Brake System Warning Light when the Tow/Haul Mode has been 0 120 and Brake System activated. Messages 0 133. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 245. This light comes on briefly when the Up-Shift Light (Manual engine is started. Transmission) Hill Descent Control Light If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If the light comes on while driving, stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn off the vehicle. Then start the engine again to reset the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

122 Instruments and Controls

If equipped, the Hill Descent Control Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working light comes on when the system is normally, the indicator light then ready for use. When the light turns off. flashes, the system is active. The traction off light comes on when See Hill Descent Control the Traction Control System (TCS) (HDC) 0 258. has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak Lane Departure Warning button. (LDW) Light If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is detected ahead and amber when turned off. you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Adjust driving accordingly. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 263. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 256. If equipped, this light comes on Traction Off Light ® briefly while starting the vehicle. If it StabiliTrak OFF Light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced. This light is green if LDW is on and ready to operate. This light changes to amber and flashes to indicate that the lane This light comes on briefly while marking has been crossed without starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly while using a turn signal in that direction. have the vehicle serviced by your starting the engine. If it does not, See Lane Departure Warning have the vehicle serviced by your (LDW) 0 264. dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 123

This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. the tires are significantly Control System (TCS) is also off. ADriverInformationCenter(DIC) underinflated. If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the DIC messages to determine which ADriverInformationCenter(DIC) system does not assist in controlling tire pressure message may also the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning and whether the vehicle requires display. See Tire Messages 0 137. the StabiliTrak systems, and the Stop as soon as possible, and warning light turns off. service. See Ride Control System Messages 0 136. inflate the tires to the pressure value See Traction Control/Electronic shown on the Tire and Loading Stability Control 0 256. If the light is on and flashing, the Information label. See Tire TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system Pressure 0 323. is actively working. Traction Control System When the Light Flashes First and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 256. Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 326. This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

124 Instruments and Controls

Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it The low fuel warning light comes on means that oil is not flowing through and a chime sounds when the the engine properly. The vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns Caution could be low on oil and might have off when fuel is added to the Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See fuel tank. your dealer. maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil Low Fuel Warning Light low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel) The repairs would not be covered (Base Level) by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off English Shown when fuel is added. If it does not, This light comes on for a few have the vehicle serviced. seconds when the ignition is turned on as a check to indicate it is This light should come on briefly as working. If it does not come on, the engine is started. If it does not have it fixed. come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 125

Security Light High-Beam On Light Lamps On Reminder

The security light should come on This light comes on when the This light comes on when the briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. exterior lamps are in use. See 0 does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exterior Lamp Controls 146. serviced by your dealer. If the Changer 0 147. system is working normally, the Cruise Control Light indicator light turns off. Front Fog Lamp Light If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 37.

The cruise control light is white The fog lamp light comes on when when the cruise control is on and the fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active. The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog The light goes out when the cruise Lamps 0 149 for more information. control is turned off. See Cruise Control 0 259. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

126 Instruments and Controls

Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Information Displays 2. wx: Use the band to scroll Cluster) through the items in Driver Information Center each menu. (DIC) (Base Level) 3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/Fuel Menu, the Vehicle The DIC displays information about Information Menu, and the your vehicle. It also displays ECO Menu. This button is also warning messages if a system used to return to or exit the last problem is detected. See Vehicle screen displayed on the DIC. Messages 0 132.Allmessages This light comes on when a door is appear in the DIC display in the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, open or not securely latched. Before center of the instrument cluster. see the Duramax diesel supplement driving, check that all doors are for additional DIC pages. properly closed. DIC Operation and Displays Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by using the Press MENU on the turn signal DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. lever until the TRIP menu displays. Use wxto scroll through the DIC Buttons menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: Digital Speed : Displays how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, cannot be reset. or press and hold to clear, the menu item displayed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 127

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel and the amount of fuel remaining in Navigation : Used for the OnStar Economy : Displays the current the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be Turn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStar distance traveled, in either reset. Overview 0 397. kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from Average Vehicle Speed : Displays Blank Display : Displays no the last reset for the trip odometer. the average vehicle speed of the information. The trip odometer can be reset to vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) zero by pressing and holding the or miles per hour (mph). This Vehicle Information Menu SET/CLR button while the trip average is based on the various (VEHICLE) Items odometer display is showing. vehicle speeds recorded since the Press MENU on the turn signal Also displays the approximate last reset. Reset the average speed lever until the VEHICLE menu is average liters per 100 kilometers by pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. Use to scroll (L/100 km) or miles per gallon displayed. wx through the menu items. Not all (mpg). This number is based on the Timer : To start the timer, press items are available on every vehicle. number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The following is a list of all possible since the last time this menu item The display will show the amount of menu items: was reset. This number reflects only time that has passed since the timer Remaining Oil Life : Displays an the approximate average fuel was last reset, not including time the estimate of the oil's remaining useful economy that the vehicle has right ignition is off. Time will continue to life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is now, and will change as driving be counted as long as the ignition is displayed, that means 99% of the conditions change. Reset the on, even if another display is being current oil life remains. average consumption by pressing shown on the DIC. The timer will SET/CLR when it is displayed. record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, When the remaining oil life is low, Fuel Range : Displays the and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate distance the vehicle which the display will return to zero. message will appear on the display. can be driven without refueling. The To stop the timer, press SET/CLR See Engine Oil Messages 0 134. fuel range estimate is based on an briefly while Timer is displayed. To The oil should be changed as soon average of the vehicle's fuel reset the timer to zero, press and as possible. See Engine Oil 0 286. economy over recent driving history hold SET/CLR. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

128 Instruments and Controls

recommended in the Maintenance the DIC will display a message. See ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) Schedule in this manual. See Battery Voltage and Charging Items Maintenance Schedule 0 366. Messages 0 132. This menu is only available on some The Oil Life display must be reset Engine Hours : Shows the total vehicles. Press MENU on the turn after each oil change. Do not reset number of hours the engine has run. signal lever until the ECO menu is the Oil Life display accidentally at Transmission Fluid displayed. Use to scroll any time other than when the oil has wx Temperature : Shows the through the menu items. Not all just been changed. It cannot be temperature of the automatic items are available on every vehicle. reset accurately until the next oil transmission fluid in either degrees The following is a list of all possible change. To reset the engine oil life Celsius (°C) or degrees menu items: system, see Engine Oil Life Fahrenheit (°F). System 0 288. Best Average Fuel Economy : The Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : bottom displays the best average Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) gain setting. This setting can be for a selected distance. The top or in pounds per square inch (psi). adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either displays a running average of fuel Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle atrailerconnectedordisconnected. economy for the most recently with the approximate pressures of OUTPUT shows the power output to traveled selected distance. The all four tires. Tire pressure is the trailer anytime a trailer with center bar graph displays the displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) electric brakes is connected. Output instantaneous fuel economy. or in pounds per square inch (psi). is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes Quickly press the SET/CLR button See Tire Pressure Monitor System to change the settings for the 0 may appear in the OUTPUT display 325 and Tire Pressure Monitor if a trailer is not connected. distance options. Operation 0 326. When viewing best AFE, a several Battery Voltage : Displays the Units : Move wxto change second press and hold of SET/CLR current battery voltage, if equipped. between Metric or US when the Unit will reset the best value. The best Battery voltage changes are normal display is active. Press SET/CLR to value will show “---“ until the while driving. See Charging System confirm the setting. This will change selected distance has been Light 0 118.Ifthereisaproblem the displays on the DIC to the type traveled. with the battery charging system, of measurements you select. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 129

The display provides feedback on 1. Press o to access the cluster how current driving behavior in the applications. bar graph affects the running average in the top display and how 2. Press w or x to scroll to the well recent driving compares to the Settings application. best that has been achieved. 3. Press V to enter the Driver Information Center Settings menu. (DIC) (Uplevel) 4. Scroll to Info Pages and press . The DIC displays are shown in the p center of the instrument cluster in 5. Press w or x to move the Info app. See Instrument Cluster through the list of possible 0 (Base Level) 110 or Instrument or : Press to move up or information displays. 0 w x Cluster (Uplevel) 112.The down in a list. displays show the status of many 6. Press V while an item is vehicle systems. The controls for o or p : Press to move between highlighted to select or the DIC are on the right steering the interactive display zones in the deselect that item. When an wheel control. cluster. item is selected, a checkmark V : Press to open a menu or select will appear next to it. amenuitem.Pressandholdto DIC Info Pages reset values on certain screens. The following is the list of all If the vehicle has a diesel engine, possible DIC info page displays. see the Duramax diesel supplement Some may not be available for your for additional DIC pages. particular vehicle. Some items may DIC Info Page Options not be turned on by default but can be turned on through the Settings The info pages on the DIC can be app. See “DIC Info Page Options” turned on or off through the earlier in this section. Settings menu. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

130 Instruments and Controls

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel the next oil change. To reset the either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an engine oil life system, press and miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel hold V for several seconds while Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history the Oil Life display is active. See current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in Engine Oil Life System 0 288. the fuel tank. kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Tire Pressure : Shows the the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the approximate pressures of all four This also shows the approximate oil's remaining useful life. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in average liters per 100 kilometers If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds (L/100 km) or miles per displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure gallon (mpg). This number is current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is calculated based on the number of When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Monitor System 0 325 and Tire last time this menu item was reset. message will appear on the display. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 326. 0 This number reflects only the See Engine Oil Messages 134. Instantaneous Fuel Economy : approximate average fuel economy The oil should be changed as soon Displays the current fuel economy in 0 that the vehicle has right now, and as possible. See Engine Oil 286. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) will change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life or miles per gallon (mpg). This change. system monitoring the oil life, number reflects only the V additional maintenance is approximate fuel economy that the Press and hold while this display recommended in the Maintenance is active to reset the trip odometer vehicle has right now and changes Schedule. See Maintenance frequently as driving conditions and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 0 366. AandTripBcanalsoberesetby change. This display cannot be The Oil Life display must be reset reset. pressing p and choosing reset. after each oil change. It will not Average Vehicle Speed : Displays Fuel Range : Shows the reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil the average vehicle speed of the approximate distance the vehicle Life display at any time other than vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) can be driven without refueling. when the oil has just been changed. or miles per hour (mph). This LOW will be displayed when the It cannot be reset accurately until average is based on the various Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 131

vehicle speeds recorded since the The display provides information on the DIC will display a message. See last reset. Reset the average speed how current driving behavior affects Battery Voltage and Charging by pressing V when it is displayed. the running average and how well Messages 0 132. recent driving compares to the best Fuel Economy : The center Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is that has been achieved for the displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) displays the approximate selected distance. instantaneous fuel economy as a or in pounds per square inch (psi). number and bar graph. Displayed Timer : This display can be used as Engine Hours : Shows the total above the bar graph is a running atimer.Tostartthetimer,pressV number of hours the engine has run. average of fuel economy for the while this display is active. The Transmission Fluid most recently traveled selected display will show the amount of time Temperature : Shows the distance. Displayed below the bar that has passed since the timer was temperature of the automatic graph is the best average fuel last reset. To stop the timer, press V economy that has been achieved for transmission fluid in either degrees briefly while this display is active Celsius (°C) or degrees the selected distance. The selected and the timer is running. To reset distance is displayed at the top of Fahrenheit (°F). the timer to zero, press and hold V the page as “last xxx mi/km.” Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : while this display is active, or press TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer Press p to select the distance or p and select reset. gain setting. This setting can be reset best value. Use w and x to Speed Limit : Shows sign adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either choose the distance and press V. information, which comes from a atrailerconnectedordisconnected. roadway database in the onboard Press w and x to select “Reset OUTPUT shows the power output to navigation, if equipped. the trailer anytime a trailer with Best Score.” Press V to reset the Battery Voltage : Displays the electric brakes is connected. Output best average fuel economy. After current battery voltage, if equipped. is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes reset, the best value displays -,- “ ” Battery voltage changes are normal may appear in the OUTPUT display until the selected distance has been while driving. See Charging System if a trailer is not connected. traveled. 0 Light 118.Ifthereisaproblem Blank Page : Shows no with the battery charging system, information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

132 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages indicate the status of the vehicle or On some vehicles, this message BATTERY LOW START displays if there is a problem with some action that may be needed to VEHICLE correct a condition. Multiple the battery charging system. Under messages may display one after the When the vehicle’sbatteryis certain conditions, the charging other. severely discharged, this message system light may also turn on in the will display and four chimes will instrument cluster. See Charging The messages that do not require sound. Start the vehicle System Light 0 118.Drivingwiththis immediate action can be immediately. If the vehicle is not problem could drain the battery. acknowledged and cleared by started and the battery continues to Turn off all unnecessary pressing SET/CLR or V.The discharge, the climate controls, accessories. Have the electrical messages that require immediate heated seats, and audio systems system checked as soon as action cannot be cleared until that will shut off and the vehicle may possible. See your dealer. action is performed. All messages require a jump start. These systems TRANSPORT MODE ON should be taken seriously and will function again after the vehicle clearing the messages does not is started. This message is displayed when the correct the problem. vehicle is in transport mode. Some BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE The following are some of the features can be disabled while in vehicle messages that may be This message displays when the this mode, including Remote displayed depending on your battery voltage drops below Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start, vehicle content. expected levels and features are and the vehicle alarm system. Take disabled. Turn off all unnecessary the vehicle to your dealer for service If the vehicle has a diesel engine, accessory features. to turn transport mode off. see the Duramax diesel supplement for additional messages. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 133

Brake System Messages SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST HOOD OPEN BRAKE FLUID LOW This message may be displayed This message displays and a chime when there is a problem with the may sound if the hood is not fully This message is displayed when the brake boost assist system. When closed. Stop and turn off the brake fluid level is low; see Brake this message is displayed, the brake vehicle, check the hood for Fluid 0 299. boost assist motor may be heard obstructions, and close the hood HILL START ASSIST ACTIVE operating and you might notice again. Check to see if the message pulsation in the brake pedal. This is still appears on the DIC. This message is displayed when the normal under these conditions. Take vehicle is stopped on a grade the vehicle to your dealer for Engine Cooling System sufficient to activate HSA. HSA service. holds the braking pressure for a Messages maximum of two seconds to ensure Compass Messages AIR CONDITIONING OFF that there is no rolling, which will assist the driver to transition Dashes may be displayed if the This message displays when the between releasing the brake pedal vehicle temporarily loses engine coolant becomes hotter than and accelerating to drive off while communication with the Global the normal operating temperature. on the grade. The brakes will Positioning System (GPS). See Engine Coolant Temperature 0 automatically release when the Gauge 115.Toavoidaddedstrain accelerator pedal is applied within Door Ajar Messages on a hot engine, the air conditioning the two-second window. See Hill compressor automatically turns off. Start Assist (HSA) 0 255. DOOR OPEN When the coolant temperature This message displays and a chime returns to normal, the air RELEASE PARKING BRAKE may sound if a door is not fully conditioning compressor turns back This message is displayed as a closed. Stop and turn off the on. You can continue to drive your reminder that the parking brake is vehicle, check the door for vehicle. on. Release it before you attempt to obstructions, and close the door If this message continues to appear, drive. again. Check to see if the message have the system repaired by your still appears on the DIC. dealer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

134 Instruments and Controls

ENGINE OVERHEATING, IDLE Engine Oil Messages and allow the vehicle to idle until it ENGINE cools down. See Engine Coolant CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Temperature Gauge 0 115. This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. ENGINE idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 115. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE This message displays if low oil OIL SOON message. See Engine pressure levels occur. Stop the When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System 0 288 for vehicle as soon as safely possible to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the and do not operate it until the cause transmission. See Tow/Haul message. See Engine Oil 0 286 and of the low oil pressure has been 0 Mode 245. Maintenance Schedule 0 366. corrected. Check the oil as soon as ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP possible and have the vehicle ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL serviced by your dealer. See Engine ENGINE 0 On some vehicles, this message Oil 286. This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level Engine Power Messages system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the This message displays and a chime is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service. may sound when the cooling system damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil 0 286. temperature gets too hot and the the engine has cooled to a safe engine further enters the engine operating temperature. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE coolant protection mode. See ENGINE Engine Overheating 0 296 for more This message displays when the information. engine oil becomes hotter than the This message also displays when normal operating temperature. Stop the vehicle's engine power is reduced. Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle's ability to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 135

accelerate. If this message is on, “Battery Replacement” under systems are disabled because the but there is no reduction in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) camera view is blocked and cannot performance, proceed to your System Operation 0 30. operate properly. It may also destination. The performance may activate during heavy rain or due to be reduced the next time the vehicle Lamp Messages road spray. To clean the system, is driven. The vehicle may be driven clean the outside of the windshield at a reduced speed while this TURN SIGNAL ON area in front of the LDW/FCA message is on, but acceleration and This message displays and a chime camera sensor. speed may be reduced. Anytime sounds if a turn signal is left on for this message stays on, or displays LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn UNAVAILABLE repeatedly, the vehicle should be signal lever to the off position. taken to your dealer for service as If your vehicle has the Lane soon as possible. Object Detection System Departure Warning (LDW) system, this message may display if the Fuel System Messages Messages LDW system cannot activate due to FORWARD COLLISION atemporarycondition.SeeLane FUEL LEVEL LOW 0 ALERT OFF Departure Warning (LDW) 264 for This message displays when the more information. If your vehicle has the Forward vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as SERVICE FRONT CAMERA soon as possible. Collision Alert (FCA) system, this message may display if the FCA This message displays when the Key and Lock Messages system cannot activate due to a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and temporary condition. See Forward Forward Collision Alert (FCA) REPLACE BATTERY IN Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 263. systems are disabled and need REMOTE KEY FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, service. See your dealer. This message displays if a Remote CLEAN WINDSHIELD Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter This message displays when the battery is low. The battery needs to Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and be replaced in the transmitter. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

136 Instruments and Controls

Ride Control System STABILITRAK INITIALIZING and front outboard passenger, if present, safety belts are not This message may come on if the Messages buckled. The vehicle will not shift StabiliTrak system has not fully out of P (Park). Buckle the safety SERVICE STABILITRAK initialized because of road belt(s) to unlock the shift lever. If this message displays, it means conditions or the incorrect tire size. there may be a problem with the When the StabiliTrak system is fully This system may not allow the StabiliTrak system. If you see this initialized, the message will turn off. vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an message, try to reset the system. See Traction Control/Electronic object — such as a briefcase, Stop; turn off the engine for at least Stability Control 0 256.Ifthis handbag, grocery bag, laptop, 15 seconds; then start the engine message continues to be displayed or other electronic device — is on again. If this message still comes for multiple ignition cycles and on the front outboard passenger seat. on, it means there is a problem. You different road surfaces, see your If this happens, remove the object should see your dealer for service. dealer for service. from the seat or buckle the The vehicle is safe to drive; safety belt. however, you do not have the Airbag System Messages If the driver or front outboard benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce passenger unbuckles their safety your speed and drive accordingly. SERVICE AIRBAG belt while driving, the safety belt This message displays if there is a SERVICE TRACTION reminder chime and light(s) will problem with the airbag system. come on. See Safety Belt CONTROL Take the vehicle to your dealer for Reminders 0 116. This message displays when there service. is a problem with the Traction SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE Control System (TCS). When this Safety Belt Messages TO SHIFT message displays, the system will This message displays when the not limit wheel spin. Adjust your SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE Safety Belt Assurance System times driving accordingly. See your dealer SEATBELT out and allows the vehicle to be for service. See Traction Control/ This message displays if the vehicle shifted out of P (Park) after 0 Electronic Stability Control 256. is equipped with the Safety Belt 30 seconds following brake apply. Assurance System and the driver See “Safety Belts” and “Child Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 137

Restraints” in the Index for may be slightly higher than normal. Tire Messages information about the importance of The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use proper restraint use. caution while in reduced assist SERVICE TIRE MONITOR This system may not function mode. If this message is persistent SYSTEM or appears repeatedly, take the properly if the airbag readiness light If equipped with the Tire Pressure vehicle to your dealer for service. is on. See Airbag Readiness Monitor System (TPMS), this See Steering 0 216. Light 0 117. message displays if a part on the SERVICE POWER STEERING system is not working properly. The Security Messages tire pressure light also flashes and This message displays when there then remains on during the same SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT is a problem with electric power ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure SYSTEM steering. If this message displays Light 0 123.Severalconditionsmay and a reduction in steering cause this message to appear. See This message displays when there performance or loss of power is a problem with the theft-deterrent Tire Pressure Monitor Operation steering assistance is noticed, see 0 326.Ifthewarningcomesonand system. The vehicle may or may not your dealer. See Steering 0 216. restart, so you may want to take the stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. See your dealer. vehicle to your dealer before turning Starting the Vehicle off the engine. See Immobilizer TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE Operation 0 37. Messages If equipped with the Tire Pressure PRESS BRAKE TO START or Steering System Monitor System (TPMS), this PRESS CLUTCH TO START message displays when the system Messages This message displays when is relearning the tire positions on STEERING ASSIST IS attempting to start the vehicle your vehicle. The tire positions must REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE without first pressing the brake or be relearned after rotating the tires clutch pedal. or after replacing a tire or sensor. This message may display if a See Tire Inspection 0 329, Tire problem occurs with the electric Rotation 0 329, Tire Pressure power steering system. If this Monitor System 0 325,andTire message appears, steering effort Pressure 0 323. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

138 Instruments and Controls

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO AIR TO TIRE NEUTRAL 4WD OFF If equipped with the Tire Pressure If a four-wheel drive shift into Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with four-wheel drive, Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, message displays when the this message displays when the and the vehicle speed is correct, but pressure in one or more of the four-wheel-drive system is the transmission is not in vehicle's tires is low. This message temporarily disabled due to an N(Neutral),thismessagewill also displays with a vehicle picture overheated condition. The vehicle display until the transmission is to indicate the location of the low will run in two-wheel drive when this shifted to N (Neutral). tire. The low tire pressure warning message is present. Once the light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system cools down, SERVICE 4WD Pressure Light 0 123.Youcan the message turns off and the If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, receive more than one tire pressure four-wheel-drive system returns to this message may display if a message at a time. If a tire pressure normal operation. problem occurs with the message appears on the DIC, stop 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS four-wheel-drive system. If this as soon as you can. Have the tire message appears, stop as soon as pressures checked and set to those This message will display while the possible and turn off the vehicle. shown on the Tire and Loading four-wheel-drive system is shifting. Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ 0 Information label. See Tires 316, FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX OFF position for at least Vehicle Load Limits 0 226,andTire one minute, then restart the vehicle Pressure 0 323.TheDICalso If a four-wheel drive shift into and check for the message on the shows the tire pressure values. See Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, DIC display. If the message is still Driver Information Center (DIC) but the vehicle speed is too high, displayed or appears again when (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver this message will display until the you begin driving, the Information Center (DIC) correct vehicle speed is reached. four-wheel-drive system needs (Uplevel) 0 129. service. See your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 139 TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Vehicle TO XXX to prevent damage to the engine or transmission. See Tow/Haul Personalization If a four-wheel drive shift out of Mode 0 245. Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, Use the audio system controls to but the vehicle speed is too high, VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW access the personalization menus this message will display until the for customizing vehicle features. This message will display if the correct vehicle speed is reached. vehicle is driven in Four-Wheel The following are all possible TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO Drive Low for about 10 minutes personalization features. Depending NEUTRAL above 72 km/h (45 mph). on the vehicle, some may not be available. If a four-wheel drive shift out of Vehicle Reminder Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, Base Radio Audio System and the vehicle speed is correct, but Messages Controls the transmission is not in ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE MENU : Press the center of the N(Neutral),thismessagewill WITH CARE knob to enter menus and select display until the transmission is menu items. Turn the knob to scroll shifted to N (Neutral). This message is displayed when ice through the menus. conditions are possible. TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE o BACK : Press to return to the ENGINE Vehicle Speed Messages previous menu or exit. This message displays and a chime Uplevel Radio Audio System may sound if the transmission fluid REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL Controls DESCENT CONTROL in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with 1. Touch the desired feature to the transmission fluid temperature This message displays when display a list of available high can cause damage to the attempting to enable Hill Descent options. vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it Control (HDC) when the vehicle 2. Touch to select the desired idle to allow the transmission to speed is too high. See Hill Descent feature setting. cool. This message clears and the Control (HDC) 0 258. chime stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

140 Instruments and Controls

3. Press o BACK on the . Rear Camera Teen Driver faceplate or touch 0 screen . Return to Factory Settings See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” button to return to the previous . Software Information in the infotainment manual. menu or exit. Detailed information for each menu Valet Mode (If Equipped) Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to follows. access the Settings menu, then This will lock the infotainment select SETTINGS from the Home Time and Date system and steering wheel controls. page on the infotainment display. It may also limit access to vehicle Manually set the time and date. See storage locations (if equipped). Personalization Menus Clock 0 106. To enable valet mode: The following list of menu items may Language (Language) 1. Enter a four-digit code on the be available: Select Language, then select from keypad. Time and Date . the available language(s). 2. Select Enter to go to the . Language (Language) The selected language will display confirmation screen. . Rear Seat Reminder on the system, and voice 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. recognition will reflect the selected . Teen Driver language. Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or . Valet Mode unlock the system. Touch Back to Rear Seat Reminder go back to the previous menu. . Radio This allows for a chime and a Radio . Vehicle message “Look in Rear Seat” when the rear door has been opened Touch to display the Radio menu . Bluetooth before or during operation of the and the following may display: . Apple CarPlay vehicle. . Manage Favorites . Android Auto Select Off or On. . Number of Favorites Shown . Voice . Audible Touch Feedback . Display . Auto Volume Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 141

. Maximum Startup Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Auto Fan Speed Medium, Medium-High, or High. Manage Favorites This feature will set the maximum auto fan speed. This allows favorites to be edited. Maximum Startup Volume See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio This feature sets the maximum Select Low, Medium, or High. Setup” under Home Page (Base startup volume. If the vehicle is Auto Defog Radio) 0 158 or Home Page (Base started and the volume is greater Radio with Touchscreen) 0 160 or than this level, the volume is This allows the feature to be turned “Manage Favorites” in “Settings” adjusted to this level. To set the on or off. under “Radio” in the infotainment maximum startup volume, touch + Select Off or On. manual. or ✓ to increase or decrease. Auto Rear Defog Number of Favorites Shown Vehicle This allows the feature to be turned Touch to set the number of favorites Select and the following may on or off. to display. display: Select Off or On. Select the desired number or select . Climate and Air Quality Auto and the infotainment system Comfort and Convenience . Comfort and Convenience will automatically adjust the number Select and the following may of favorites shown. . Lighting display: Audible Touch Feedback . Power Door Locks . Chime Volume This allows Audible Touch . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Chime Volume Feedback to be turned on or off. Climate and Air Quality This allows the selection of the Select Off or On. Select and the following may chime volume level. Auto Volume display: Select + or ✓ to adjust the volume. This feature adjusts the volume . Auto Fan Speed based on vehicle speed and . Auto Defog ambient noise. . Auto Rear Defog Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

142 Instruments and Controls

Lighting . Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Select and the following may . Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may display: display: Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Vehicle Locator Lights . Remote Unlock Light Feedback When on, this feature will keep the . Exit Lighting driver door from locking when the . Remote Lock Feedback Vehicle Locator Lights door is open. If Off is selected, the . Remote Door Unlock Delayed Door Lock menu will be This feature will flash the exterior available. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats lamps and allows the headlamps, Remote Unlock Light Feedback parking lamps, taillamps, and most Select Off or On. of the interior lamps to turn on Auto Door Unlock When on, the exterior lamps will briefly when K on the Remote flash when unlocking the vehicle This allows selection of which of the with the RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is doors will automatically unlock when pressed to locate the vehicle. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) Select Off or Flash Lights. Select Off or On. for an automatic transmission or Remote Lock Feedback when the key is removed from the Exit Lighting ignition for a manual transmission. This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the This allows the selection of how Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. long the exterior lamps stay on vehicle with the RKE transmitter. when leaving the vehicle when it is Delayed Door Lock Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights dark outside. When on, this feature will delay the Only, or Horn Only. Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 locking of the doors. To override the Remote Door Unlock Seconds, or 120 Seconds. delay, press the power door lock switch on the door. This allows selection of which doors Power Door Locks will unlock when pressing K on the Select Off or On. Select and the following may RKE transmitter. display: Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 143

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats in “Infotainment Controls” under Apple CarPlay™ Bluetooth in the infotainment If equipped and turned on, this “ ” Select and the following may manual. feature will turn the heated seats on display: when using remote start on Device Management . Apple CarPlay cold days. Select to connect to a different . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select Off or On. phone source, disconnect a phone, Apple CarPlay Bluetooth or delete a phone. Ringtones This feature allows Apple devices to Select and the following may be connected to the infotainment display: Touch to change the ring tone for system through a USB port. See the specific phone. The phone does . Pair New Device “Apple CarPlay and Android Auto” not need to be connected to change . Device Management under “Phone” in the infotainment the ring tones. manual. . Ringtones Voice Mail Numbers Select Off or On. . Voice Mail Numbers This feature displays the voice mail Manage Apple CarPlay Devices . Text Message Alerts number for all connected phones. To change the voice mail number, Select to manage Apple devices. Pair New Device select EDIT or touch the EDIT Apple CarPlay must be on for this Select to pair a new device. See button. Type a new number, then feature to be accessed. See “Apple “Pairing” under Bluetooth select SAVE or touch the SAVE CarPlay and Android Auto” under (Overview) 0 187 or Bluetooth button. “Phone” in the infotainment manual. (Infotainment Controls - Base Text Message Alerts Android Auto™ Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth This allows the feature to be turned Select and the following may (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio on or off. display: 0 with Touchscreen) 197 or “Pairing” Select Off or On. . Android Auto . Manage Android Auto Devices Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

144 Instruments and Controls

Android Auto Select Confirm More or Select Auto, Day, or Night. Confirm Less. This feature allows Android devices Calibrate Touchscreen to be connected to the infotainment Prompt Length system through a USB port. See Select to calibrate the touchscreen, This feature adjusts the voice then follow the prompts. “Apple CarPlay and Android Auto” prompt length. under “Phone” in the infotainment Turn Display Off manual. Select Short or Long. Select to turn the display off. Touch Select Off or On. Audio Feedback Speed anywhere on the display area or any Manage Android Auto Devices This feature adjusts the audio faceplate button to turn the display on. Select to manage Android devices. feedback speed. Android Auto must be on for this Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Rear Camera feature to be accessed. See “Apple Select and the following may Display “What Can I Say?” Tips CarPlay and Android Auto” under display: “Phone” in the infotainment manual. This feature gives voice command tips. . Guidance Lines Voice Select Off or On. Guidance Lines Select and the following may Select to turn Off or On. See Rear display: Display Vision Camera (RVC) 0 261. . Confidence Threshold Select and the following may display: Return to Factory Settings . Prompt Length . Mode Select and the following may . Audio Feedback Speed display: . Calibrate Touchscreen . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips . Restore Vehicle Settings . Turn Display Off Confidence Threshold . Clear All Private Data Mode This feature allows the adjustment . Restore Radio Settings of the sensitivity of the speech Select to change the display recognition system. screen mode. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Instruments and Controls 145

Restore Vehicle Settings This allows selection of restoring vehicle settings. Select Restore or Cancel. Clear All Private Data Select to clear all private information from the vehicle. Select Delete or Cancel. Restore Radio Settings This allows selection to restore radio settings. Select Restore or Cancel. Software Information Select to view the infotainment system current software information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

146 Lighting Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the Lighting headlamps at normal brightness, Exterior Lamp Controls together with the following: Exterior Lighting . Parking Lamps Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 146 . Instrument Panel Lights Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 147 . Taillamps Headlamp High/Low-Beam . License Plate Lamps Changer ...... 147 Flash-to-Pass ...... 147 . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps Daytime Running When the vehicle is turned off and Lamps (DRL) ...... 147 the headlamps are in AUTO, the Automatic Headlamp headlamps turn off. When the key is System ...... 148 The exterior lamp control is on the removed, they automatically turn on Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 149 instrument panel to the left of the for a set time. The time of the delay Turn and Lane-Change steering wheel. can be changed using the DIC. See Signals ...... 149 Driver Information Center (DIC) Fog Lamps ...... 149 O : Turns off the automatic (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver headlamps and Daytime Running Interior Lighting Information Center (DIC) Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp (Uplevel) 0 129. Instrument Panel Illumination control to the off position again to Control ...... 150 turn the automatic headlamps or ; : Turns on the parking lamps Cargo Lamp ...... 150 DRL back on. including all lamps, except the Dome Lamps ...... 151 headlamps. Reading Lamps ...... 151 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only work when the vehicle is in 2 : Turns on the headlamps Lighting Features P(Park). together with the parking lamps and Entry Lighting ...... 151 instrument panel lights. Exit Lighting ...... 151 When the headlamps are turned on Battery Load Management . . . 152 while the vehicle is on, the Battery Power Protection . . . . . 152 headlamps turn off automatically Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Lighting 147

10 minutes after the ignition is Headlamp High/ If the headlamps are in the turned off. When the headlamps are automatic position or on low beam, turned on while the vehicle is off, Low-Beam Changer the high-beam headlamps will turn the headlamps will stay on for Push the turn signal lever toward on. They will stay on as long as you 10 minutes before turning off to the instrument panel to change the hold the lever toward you. The prevent the battery from being headlamps from low to high beam. high-beam indicator on the drained. Turn the headlamp control instrument cluster will come on. Pull the turn signal lever toward you off and then back to the headlamp Release the lever to return to and release it to return to low-beam on position to make the headlamps normal operation. headlamps. stay on for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the lamps on for more than Daytime Running 10 minutes, the ignition must be in Lamps (DRL) the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position. DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of the vehicle during # : If equipped, it turns on the fog the day. Fully functional DRL are lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 149. required on all vehicles first sold in When the high-beam headlamps are Canada. Exterior Lamps Off on, this indicator light on the instrument cluster will also be on. The DRL system comes on when Reminder the following conditions are met: Areminderchimesoundswhenthe . The ignition is on. headlamps or parking lamps are Flash-to-Pass manually turned on, the ignition is This feature lets you use the . The exterior lamp control is off, and a door is open. To disable high-beam headlamps to signal a in AUTO. the chime, turn the lamps off. driver in front of you that you want . The transmission is not in to pass. It works even if the P(Park). headlamps are in the automatic position. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward you, then release it. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

148 Lighting

When the DRL system is on, only is in the full bright position. See the DRL are on. The taillamps, Instrument Panel Illumination sidemarker lamps, instrument panel Control 0 150. lights, and other lamps will not When it is bright enough outside, be on. the headlamps will turn off or may When it begins to get dark, the change to Daytime Running automatic headlamp system Lamps (DRL). switches from DRL to the The automatic headlamp system headlamps. There is a light sensor on top of the turns off when the exterior lamp To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior instrument panel. Do not cover the control is turned to O or the ignition lamp control to the off position and sensor, otherwise the headlamps is off. then release. For vehicles first sold will come on when they are not in Canada, off will only work when needed. Lights On with Wipers the vehicle is in P (Park). The system may also turn on the If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the engine Automatic Headlamp headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel. on, and the exterior lamp control is System in AUTO, the headlamps, parking If the vehicle is started in a dark lamps, and other exterior lamps When the exterior lamp control is garage, the automatic headlamp come on. The transition time for the set to AUTO and it is dark enough system comes on immediately. If it lamps coming on varies based on outside, the headlamps come on is light outside when the vehicle wiper speed. When the wipers are automatically. leaves the garage, there is a slight not operating, these lamps turn off. delay before the automatic Move the exterior lamp control to O headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the or ; to disable this feature. instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Lighting 149

Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or Signals do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses 0 310. Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more An arrow on the instrument cluster than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime flashes in the direction of the turn or sounds at each flash of the turn lane change. signal. The message TURN Move the turn signal lever all the SIGNAL ON will also appear in the way up or down to signal a turn. Driver Information Center (DIC). To | : Press to make the front and turn the chime and message off, Raise or lower the lever for less rear turn signal lamps flash on and move the turn signal lever to the off than one second until the arrow off. Press again to turn the position. starts to flash to signal a lane flashers off. change. This causes the turn Fog Lamps When the hazard warning flashers signals to automatically flash three are on, the vehicle's turn signals will times. Holding the turn signal lever not work. for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

150 Lighting If equipped, the control is on the Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp center of the exterior lamp control, to the left of the steering column. Instrument Panel The ignition must be in the ON/RUN position for the fog lamps to Illumination Control come on. # : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. A light will come on in the instrument cluster. When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on. When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps go off. This feature controls the brightness The cargo lamp provides more light When the high-beam headlamps are of the steering wheel and instrument in the cargo area of the vehicle, turned off, the fog lamps will come panel lights. The instrument panel if needed. The lights inside of the on again. illumination control is next to the pickup box also turn on, if equipped. Some localities have laws that exterior lamp control. Press the switch down to turn the require the headlamps to be on with D cargo lamp on or off. The shift lever the fog lamps. : Move the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the lights. must be in the P (Park) position to operate the cargo lamp. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Lighting 151 Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features Entry Lighting Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a door is opened, the interior lamps come on if the dome lamp control is The interior lamps control in the The front reading lamps, in the H position. After about overhead console controls both the if equipped, are in the overhead 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn front and rear interior lamps. console. off. Entry lighting can be disabled To operate: manually by changing the ignition out of the OFF position, or by ( : Turns the lamps off. pressing Q on the RKE transmitter. H : Turns the lamps on when any door is opened. This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle Locator Lights” under ' : Keeps the lamps on all Vehicle Personalization 0 139. the time. The interior lamps turn on Exit Lighting automatically if the airbags are Some exterior lamps and the interior deployed. The rear reading lamps, if equipped, lamps come on at night, or in areas are in the headliner. with limited lighting when the key is # or $ : Press to turn each lamp removed from the ignition. The on or off. exterior and interior lamps remain on for a set amount of time and then Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

152 Lighting

automatically turn off. The interior moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in lamps do not come on if the dome If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being lamp control is in the Off position. displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action, immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the lamps control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended This feature can be changed. See that the driver reduce the electrical Vehicle Personalization 0 139. (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging power that is needed for very high 0 Battery Load electrical loads. Messages 132. Management Ahighelectricalloadoccurswhen Battery Power Protection The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog This feature shuts off the dome and estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, reading lamps, if they are left on for and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, more than 10 minutes after the the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, ignition is turned off. The cargo and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This accessory power outlets. prevents the battery from When the battery's state of charge running down. is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some accessories. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 153 Audio Players Introduction Infotainment Avoiding Untrusted Media System Devices ...... 170 USB Port (Base Radio) ...... 170 Infotainment USB Port (Base Radio with Base radio information is included in Introduction Touchscreen) ...... 173 this manual. See the infotainment Infotainment ...... 153 Auxiliary Jack ...... 179 manual for information on other Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 154 Bluetooth Audio ...... 180 available infotainment systems. Overview (Base Radio) ...... 155 Voice Recognition Read the following pages to Overview (Base Radio with Voice Recognition ...... 181 become familiar with the features. Touchscreen) ...... 157 Home Page (Base Radio) . . . . 158 Phone { Warning Home Page (Base Radio with Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 187 Touchscreen) ...... 160 Bluetooth (Infotainment Taking your eyes off the road for Software Updates ...... 161 Controls - Base Radio) ...... 188 too long or too often while using Bluetooth (Voice Radio any infotainment feature can Recognition) ...... 192 cause a crash. You or others AM-FM Radio (Base Bluetooth (Infotainment Radio) ...... 161 Controls - Base Radio with could be injured or killed. Do not AM-FM Radio (Base Radio Touchscreen) ...... 197 give extended attention to with Touchscreen) ...... 163 Text Messaging ...... 201 infotainment tasks while driving. Satellite Radio (Base Limit your glances at the vehicle Radio) ...... 164 Trademarks and License displays and focus your attention Satellite Radio (Base Radio Agreements on driving. Use voice commands with Touchscreen) ...... 165 Trademarks and License whenever possible. Radio Reception ...... 166 Agreements ...... 202 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 167 Pandora Internet Radio ...... 167 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

154 Infotainment System

The infotainment system has built-in Theft-Deterrent Feature features intended to help avoid ® distraction by disabling some TheftLock is designed to functions when driving. These discourage theft of the vehicle's functions may gray out when they radio by learning a portion of the are unavailable. Many infotainment Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). features are also available through The radio does not operate if it is the instrument cluster and steering stolen or moved to a different wheel controls. vehicle. Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, faceplate buttons, and screen buttons. . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single button or by using a single voice command if equipped with Bluetooth phone capability. See Defensive Driving 0 215. To play the infotainment system with the ignition off, see Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 237. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 155

Overview (Base Radio) 1. q Infotainment System Overview . Press to scroll down The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons on the faceplate. through the favorite pages for each source. 2. Favorites/Menu Keys . Press to select favorite stations. . Press and hold to save favorite stations. . Press to select a menu option when displayed. 3. r . Press to scroll up through the favorite pages for each source. 4. MENU . Press to access the menu for the current audio source. . Press to select the highlighted menu option. . Turn to scroll through a list. . Turn to manually select a station. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

156 Infotainment System

5. o BACK 9. RADIO . Press to return to the . Press to change the audio previous screen in a menu. source between AM, FM, or SXM, if equipped. 6. { 10. MEDIA . Press to go to the Home . Press to change the audio Page from any point in the source between USB, AUX, system. See “Home Page” and Bluetooth Audio, later in this section. if equipped. 7. TONE 11. O . Press to open the Tone Settings menu. . Press to turn the audio on. . Press and hold to turn it off. 8. g or l . When on, press to mute the . AM, FM, or SXM (If system. Press again to Equipped): Press to seek to unmute. the previous or next strong station. . Turn to increase or decrease the volume. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 157

Overview (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 1. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See Home Page (Base Radio) 0 158 or Home Page (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 0 160. 2. 7 . Radio: Press and release to go to the previous station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest previous station or channel. . USB/BT Music/Pictures: Press and hold to go to the previous content. Press and hold to fast rewind. 3. O . Press to turn the power on. . Press and hold to turn the power off. . Press to mute the system when on. . Turn to decrease or increase the volume. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

158 Infotainment System

4. 6 Various functions are disabled when SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS the vehicle is moving. screen icon to display the Settings . Radio: Press and release to AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen main page. See “Setting Radio go to the next station or Preferences” following. channel. Press and hold to icon to display the active source fast seek the next strongest page. The sources available are Pandora (If Equipped) station or channel. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB/ iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth Select the PANDORA icon to begin . USB/BT Music/Pictures: Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM Pandora. See Pandora Internet 0 Press and hold to go to the Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or Radio 167. next content. Press and AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with Setting Radio Preferences hold to fast forward. Touchscreen) 0 163, Satellite Radio 0 Select the SETTINGS screen icon 5. # (Base Radio) 164 or Satellite Radio (Base Radio with to display the Settings menu and . Press and release to Touchscreen) 0 165, Auxiliary Jack the following may display: access the phone screen, 0 179,andBluetooth Audio 0 180. Time and Date : See Clock 0 106. answer an incoming call, or access the device home PHONE : Select the PHONE screen Language (Current Language) : icon to display the Phone main screen. Press and hold to This will set the display language in page. See Bluetooth (Overview) access Press to Talk. the radio and instrument cluster. 0 187 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Select to display a list of languages. 0 Controls - Base Radio) 188 or Select BACK to go back to the Home Page (Base Radio) Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 192 o previous menu. Home Page Features or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio with Valet Mode: The infotainment system displays a Touchscreen) 0 197. Home Page to access all of the Using the circular numeric keypad, applications. Turn the MENU knob NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) : enter a four-digit code: to highlight feature icons. Press the Select the NAV screen icon to 1. Turn the MENU knob to MENU knob to access the feature’s display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn highlight a number. options. Navigation. See OnStar Overview 0 397,ifequipped. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 159

2. Press the MENU knob to select Radio Setup Audible Touch Feedback (If it. Do this for each one of the Press the RADIO button and the Equipped) : Select Audible Touch four digits. Select Enter to go to following may display: Feedback to turn feedback off or on. the confirmation screen. Manage Favorites: Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. feature adjusts the volume based on Select LOCK to lock the . Turn the MENU knob and press vehicle speed. The options are Off, system. to select a favorite. Low, Medium-Low, Medium, 4. Enter the four-digit code to . To delete a favorite, press Medium-High, or High. Select the desired volume. unlock the system. Select o the menu key just below the BACK to go back to the DELETE menu item. Maximum Startup Volume : This previous menu. . To move a favorite, press the feature sets the maximum startup menu key just below the volume. If the vehicle is started and Radio : See “Radio Setup” later in the volume is greater than this level, this section. MOVE menu item. Turn the MENU knob to select a new the volume is adjusted to this level. Vehicle : See Vehicle location, then press the To set the maximum startup volume, Personalization 0 139. menu key just below the Turn the MENU knob to increase or decrease. Display : Press the MENU knob to DROP menu item to select turn the display on or off. the new location. Rear Camera (If Equipped) Return to Factory Settings : See . Select o BACK to go back to From the Rear Camera menu item, “Return to Factory Settings” later in the previous menu. the following may display: this section. Number of Favorites Shown : Return to Factory Settings Software Information (If Select Auto and the system will Select Return to Factory Settings Equipped) : Press the MENU knob automatically adjust the number of and the following may display: to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. favorite pages when favorites are Press the MENU knob again to start added and removed, or select a Restore Vehicle Settings : This downloading the vehicle information number from 5–25 to manually option will restore factory vehicle to the USB. adjust the number of favorites personalization settings. Select shown. Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

160 Infotainment System

displays stating all vehicle Home Page (Base Radio Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, customization settings will be SXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/ restored to the factory settings. with Touchscreen) Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. See Select Cancel or Confirm. Touchscreen Buttons AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 Clear All Private Data (If or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with Touchscreen buttons show on the Touchscreen) 0 163, Satellite Radio Equipped) : This option clears all screen when available. When a 0 private information from the vehicle. (Base Radio) 164 or Satellite function is unavailable, the button Radio (Base Radio with Select Clear All Private Data. Select may gray out. When a function is 0 Cancel or Confirm. Touchscreen) 165, USB Port selected, the button may highlight. (Base Radio) 0 170 or USB Port Restore Radio Settings : This Home Page Features (Base Radio with Touchscreen) option will restore factory radio 0 173, Bluetooth Audio 0 180,or settings. Select Restore Radio Auxiliary Jack 0 179. Settings. A screen displays stating Gallery : Touch to view a picture. all personalized radio settings will 0 be restored back to the factory See USB Port (Base Radio) 170 settings. Select Cancel or Confirm. or USB Port (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 0 173. English and Metric Unit Phone : Touch to activate the Conversion phone features (if equipped). See To change the display units between Bluetooth (Overview) 0 187 or English and metric units, see Driver Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Information Center (DIC) (Base Press { to go to the Home Page. Base Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth Level) 0 126 or Driver Information (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 129 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Instrument Cluster (Base Level) Base Radio with 0 110 or Instrument Cluster Touchscreen) 0 197. (Uplevel) 0 112. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 161 Projection : Touch to access Radio Press the MENU knob and the supported devices when connected. following radio settings may display: 0 See USB Port (Base Radio) 170 Tone Settings: or USB Port (Base Radio with AM-FM Radio (Base Touchscreen) 0 173. Radio) . Bass, Midrange, and Treble: Turn the MENU knob and Settings : Touch to access the Playing the Radio highlight. Press the MENU knob Personalization menu. See Vehicle to select. Turn the MENU knob Personalization 0 139. While on the audio main page, press the RADIO button repeatedly to adjust. Climate : Touch to access the to cycle through the available . Balance: Turn the MENU knob Climate menu. See Climate Control sources AM, FM, and SXM (if 0 to highlight. Press the MENU Systems 208 or Automatic equipped) or press the MEDIA 0 knob to select. Turn the MENU Climate Control System 210. button repeatedly to cycle through knob left for more sound from OnStar : If equipped, touch to the available sources Bluetooth® the left speakers or right for access the OnStar menu. See Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX. more sound from the right 0 OnStar Overview 397. The steering wheel controls can speakers. The middle position also be used to adjust the volume. balances the sound between the Software Updates See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104. left and right speakers. See the website for more AM, FM, or SXM (If Equipped) . Fade: Turn the MENU knob to information. highlight. Press the MENU knob To select AM, FM, or SXM (if to select. Turn the MENU knob Website Information equipped), press the RADIO button to the left for more sound from to toggle to the desired broadcast In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com the front speakers and to the source. right for more sound from the In Canada, see rear speakers. The middle www.chevrolet.gm.ca position balances the sound In Mexico, see between the front and rear www.chevrolet.com.mx speakers. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

162 Infotainment System

. DSP:IfequippedwithaBose between Off, Low, Medium-Low, Finding a Station Surround® sound system, it will Medium, Medium-High, and High. Seeking a Station have three DSP modes Press o BACK to go to the including: previous menu. Press g or l to search for the ⇣ Normal: Adjusts the audio to EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain previous or next strongest station. provide the best sound for all configurations, the available choices Tuning a Station seating positions. are Manual and Talk. Turn the MENU knob to manually Driver: Adjusts the audio to ⇣ Options for SXM Only find a station. provide the best sound for the driver. SXM View : SXM view allows the Storing Radio Station Presets channel list to be viewed by channel ⇣ Centerpoint: Creates a name, artist playing on channel, Up to 25 preset stations from all surround sound from nearly or song playing on channel. Turn bands can be stored in the favorite any audio source. the MENU knob to highlight and lists in any order. Up to five stations . EQ (Equalizer):Ifequippedwith press the MENU knob to select. can be stored in each favorite page and the number of favorites can aBosesoundsystem,turnthe Press BACK to go to the o be set. MENU knob to highlight. Turn previous menu. the MENU knob to scroll through AM, FM, or SXM (If Equipped) : SXM Channel List : Select to the options. Press the MENU While on the active source main display a list of SXM channels. Turn knob to select. Press the page, such as AM, FM, or SXM (if o the MENU knob to highlight and equipped), press and hold a BACK button to go to the press the MENU knob to select. previous menu. favorites/soft key button on the Press o BACK to go to the faceplate. Station List : Select to display a list previous menu. of AM or FM stations. Press Mixed-Audio Favorites o Also see the radio settings common BACK to go to the previous menu. for all sources earlier in this section. Media (if equipped) and Broadcast Auto Volume : If equipped, this favorites can be stored. feature adjusts the volume based on To display the favorites page, press the vehicle speed. Select the level q or r on the radio faceplate. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 163

To manage favorites, see “Manage The level of volume compensation Custom Tone Settings Favorites” under Home Page (Base can be selected, or the feature can 1. Touch MENU. Radio) 0 158 or Home Page (Base be turned off. 0 2. Touch Tone Settings. Radio with Touchscreen) 160. 1. Touch MENU from a source screen. 3. Touch Custom. AM-FM Radio (Base 2. Select Auto Volume. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: Radio with Touchscreen) Touch ✓ or +. 3. Select the desired setting. Playing the Radio . Fader or Balance: Adjust 4. Touch 3 to go back to the the front/rear or left/right Audio Source Menu source screen. speakers by dragging the { : Press to go to the Home Page. Tone Settings dot in the vehicle image on O the screen. : Press to turn on, mute, The tone settings can be set for or unmute the system. Press and each radio band and each audio Touch 3 to go back to the source hold to turn off the system. player source. screen. Selecting a Band Preset Tone Settings Selecting an Auxiliary Device Press {,thentouchAUDIO, 1. Touch MENU. Connect the auxiliary device to the AUX input terminal. Play will begin Source, then select AM, FM, 2. Touch Tone Settings. or SXM (if equipped). The last when the system has finished station that was playing starts 3. Select a preset tone setting. reading the information on the playing again. . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: device. System Settings Touch ✓ or +. If the AUX device is already . Fader or Balance: Adjust connected, press {,AUDIO, Auto Volume the front/rear or left/right Source, then select the device. This feature automatically adjusts speakers by dragging the the radio volume to compensate for dot in the vehicle image on road and wind noise. the screen. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

164 Infotainment System

Selecting a Station 3. Touch Q or R to scroll through 3. Touch and hold any of the preset buttons to save the Seek Tuning the list. Touch the station to select it. current radio station to that If the radio station is not known: button of the selected Update Station List favorites page. Press 7 or 6 to automatically 1. From the AM or FM menu, search for available radio stations. To change a preset button, tune to touch MENU, then touch the new desired radio station and Manual Tuning Update Station List. The touch and hold the preset button. t u broadcasting list updating will Continue touching or to begin. Satellite Radio (Base manually change the radio station. 2. During the AM or FM Radio) Direct Tune broadcasting list update, touch SiriusXM® Satellite Radio From the AM or FM menu: Cancel to stop the updates. Service 1. Touch Tune. Storing a Station as a Favorite Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite 2. Enter the station number. Stations from all bands can be radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM stored in any order in the favorite 3. Touch Go or t or u to go to satellite radio subscription can pages. receive SiriusXM programming. the previous or next station. Up to 25 stations can be stored. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Favorite Storing Stations based in the 48 contiguous United S T States and 10 Canadian provinces. 1. Touch or to scroll through To store the station to a position in the favorites. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide the list, touch the corresponding variety of programming and 2. Touch the station to select it. button 1✓5untilabeepisheard. commercial-free music, coast to Station List 1. Select the desired station. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Aservicefeeisrequiredtoreceive 1. From the AM or FM menu, 2. Touch S or T to select the the SiriusXM service. See touch MENU. desired page of saved www.siriusxm.com or call 2. Select Station List. favorites. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 165

1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Selecting a Category www.siriusxm.ca or call based in the 48 contiguous United From Menu, touch Categories, then 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). States and 10 Canadian provinces. touch the desired category or from SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide When SiriusXM is active, the Categories, touch Q or R to find the channel name and number, variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to desired channel. Touch the channel category name, song title, and artist to select it. display on the screen. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Aservicefeeisrequiredtoreceive Selecting a Channel Browsing SiriusXM Channels the SiriusXM service. See www.siriusxm.com or call u t To browse the SiriusXM channels: Touch or and the previous or 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.); or see next channel will be selected. 1. Press the MENU knob. www.siriusxm.ca or call Touch and hold u or t to jump 2. Turn the MENU knob to 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). four channels backward or forward, highlight SXM Channel List. When SiriusXM is active, the then release the button at the channel name and number, 3. Turn the MENU knob to desired channel. highlight the desired SXM category name, song title, and artist Channels. display on the screen. Using the Preset Buttons Listening to SiriusXM Radio Up to seven favorites pages can be Satellite Radio (Base { saved, and each page can store up Radio with Touchscreen) 1. Press . to five channels. 2. Touch AUDIO. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio To change a preset button, tune to 3. Touch Source. the new desired channel and hold Service the button. Vehicles with an SXM Satellite 4. Touch SXM and the most Listening to Preset Channels Radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM® recent listened to SiriusXM channel will display. Satellite Radio subscription can 1. Continue touching S or T to receive SiriusXM programming. Touch 0 to return to the select the desired HOME menu. favorites page. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

166 Infotainment System

2. Touch the preset button to 1. Touch Tone Settings. The tone Explicit Content Filter listen to the channel saved to settings screen is displayed. When on, only a filtered list of that button. See “Tone Settings” under channels will be received. When off, “Base Radio with Touchscreen” Using the SiriusXM Menu all regular SXM programming in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) subscribed to will be received. Operation 0 161 or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter. 1. Touch MENU on the SXM Touchscreen) 0 163. infotainment display. 2. Select On or Off. 2. Touch OK. 2. Touch the menu to select the Radio Reception desired item or to display the Auto Volume Frequency interference and static detail menu item. 1. Touch Auto Volume. See Auto “ can occur during normal radio Volume under Base Radio 3. Touch 0 to return to the ” “ reception if items such as cell phone with Touchscreen in AM-FM previous menu. ” chargers, vehicle convenience Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or accessories, and external electronic Channel List AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with devices are plugged into the Touchscreen) 0 163. 1. Touch SXM Channel List from accessory power outlet. If there is the SXM menu. The channel 2. Touch OK. interference or static, unplug the list is displayed. item from the accessory power Categories Q R outlet. 2. Touch or to find the 1. Touch Categories. desired channel. Tune to the FM channel by selecting it. 2. Touch Q or R to find the FM signals only reach about 16 to desired category. Touch the Tone Settings 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the category to select it. radio has a built-in electronic circuit From the tone settings menu, the that automatically works to reduce sound features can be set up for interference, some static can occur, SiriusXM audio and each audio especially around tall buildings or player sfunctions. ’ hills, causing the sound to fade in and out. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 167

AM cause static interference with the account, or for more information, go radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off to www.pandora.com. Pandora may The range for most AM stations is if this happens. not be available in Canada or greater than for FM, especially at Mexico. night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with Multi-Band Antenna AphoneortabletwithInternet each other. Static can occur when The multi-band antenna is on the connection and the Pandora things like storms and power lines roof of the vehicle. The antenna is application installed is required. interfere with radio reception. When used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Personal cell phone data plans are this happens, try reducing the treble Satellite Radio Service System, and used. Make sure the latest version on the radio. GPS (Global Positioning System), is installed on the device. SiriusXM Satellite Radio if the vehicle has these features. Launching Pandora Keep the antenna clear of Service obstructions for clear reception. Connect an iPhone to the USB port, or connect Android® or BlackBerry® If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Items on the roof of the vehicle can through Bluetooth. See Bluetooth Radio Service provides digital radio interfere with the performance of the reception. Tall buildings or hills can (Overview) 0 187 or Bluetooth radio system and OnStar (if (Infotainment Controls - Base interfere with satellite radio signals, equipped). Make sure the Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth (Voice causing the sound to fade in and multi-band antenna is not Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth out. In addition, traveling or standing obstructed. under heavy foliage, bridges, (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio 0 garages, or tunnels may cause loss Pandora Internet Radio with Touchscreen) 197.Forfirst of the SiriusXM signal for a period time use, set up the stations before of time. If equipped, Pandora® is a free connecting to the vehicle. The Internet radio service that streams Pandora icon will be available on Cell Phone Usage personalized radio stations based the Home Page. Cell phone usage, such as making on artists, tracks, genres, and When Pandora is chosen, the or receiving phone calls, charging, comedians. Create stations using Pandora logo will populate on the or just having the phone on may the Pandora website or Smartphone screen and the system will display application, then use - or , to “Acquiring Pandora Radio Station.” personalize stations. To set up an Launch times can be significant. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

168 Infotainment System

Using an iPhone Pandora Menus , : When selected, Pandora stores 1. Plug the device into the USB Press MENU. this information, changes to the next track, and does not play this track port. The phone screen must Pandora has a menu with the be unlocked. on this station again. This helps following: Pandora choose which tracks 2. Launch Pandora from the Tone Settings : Select to adjust the should not play on this station. This Home Page by selecting the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio feature is only available on user Pandora icon. (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM created stations. If nothing happens when the Radio (Base Radio with - : When selected, Pandora stores available Pandora screen button is Touchscreen) 0 163. this information and - is touched, download the latest Bookmark Artist : Select to Pandora application and retry. highlighted for the remainder of the bookmark the artist. track. This helps Pandora choose The login screen may display on the Bookmark Song : Select to which tracks should play on this device. bookmark the song. station. Using an Android or BlackBerry Auto Volume : This feature sets the d : When selected, Pandora Phone auto volume based on the speed of changes to the next track. The BlackBerry phone must be the vehicle and noise in the vehicle. r or j : Select to play or pause unlocked to launch Pandora service. See AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) playback. 0 161 or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio 1. Pair the phone using Bluetooth. with Touchscreen) 0 163. Pandora Skip Limit 2. Launch Pandora by selecting Pandora Features Pandora limits the number of skips Pandora on the Home Page. allowed on their service. When the Pandora service has features to rate If nothing happens when the skip limit is reached, , or the next available Pandora screen button is tracks, skip tracks, or change stations. arrow will not skip the currently selected, download the latest playing track, but the , feedback Pandora application and retry. } : When selected during a track, a will be recorded. The login screen may display on the choice displays to bookmark the device. artist or track. This sends the bookmark to the Pandora account. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 169

Advertisement on Pandora Unable to Start Pandora Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down Pandora may display If the device is unable to launch Error advertisements. The artist name Pandora: If there is an error trying to rate a and track title will not be displayed . Check that the latest version of track with , or -,themessage and the skip track button will not be Pandora is installed. “Thumbs Down Error” or “Thumbs available. Up Error” will display. Touch OK to . Check that there is an active dismiss. Pandora Troubleshooting account logged into Pandora. Unable to Connect Device to . Have at least one station Loss of Audio Vehicle created. Loss of Pandora audio can happen If the device is unable to connect to . For Android and BlackBerry in different ways: the USB or Bluetooth: devices, check that the device is . Weak or lost data connection. 1. Turn the vehicle off. paired with the vehicle, and . Device needs to be charged. whether the device displays in 2. Take the Remote Keyless Entry the Connected phone sources . Application needs to be (RKE) transmitter at least 6 m list under the Phone icon from relaunched. (20 ft) away from the vehicle. the Home Page. . Connection between phone and 3. Wait about 30 seconds, and try . For an iPhone, check that the radio lost. to connect the device again. USB cable is connected to the . An iPhone is connected to both See Bluetooth (Overview) USB port and the screen is Bluetooth and the USB port. 0 187 or Bluetooth unlocked. (Infotainment Controls - Base Playback can be resumed from Radio) 0 188 or Bluetooth . Close Pandora on the device alossofaudiobydouble (Voice Recognition) 0 192 or and launch again. Devices that tapping the iPhone home button Bluetooth (Infotainment allow multitasking may require then scrolling through the icons Controls - Base Radio with an extra step to quit the Pandora to find an icon that allows a Touchscreen) 0 197. application. See the cell phone change of flow between manufacturer's user guide. Bluetooth and USB cable. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

170 Infotainment System Volume and song selection may No Skips Remaining For This Audio Players be controlled using the Station or Permitted During infotainment controls or the Advertisements : Avoiding Untrusted Media phone/device. If Pandora is . The maximum Pandora skip limit selected and nothing is heard, has been reached according to Devices check the volume setting on the the plan that was obtained. When using media devices such as phone/device and the CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®,SD infotainment system. . Skipping an advertisement was tried. cards, USB devices, and mobile Common Pandora Messages devices, consider the source. See www.pandora.com/help. If the Untrusted media devices could Pandora Error/Please Check service will not work, see your contain files that affect system Device : Not signed in or Pandora dealer for assistance. operation or performance. Avoid use is down for maintenance. if the content or origin cannot be No Stations Available : No stations trusted. are available on the Pandora server through the connected device. USB Port (Base Radio) Action Unavailable. Please Check If equipped, there is a USB port for Device Connection : Afew data and charging in the center conditions for loss of Internet stack, inside the center console, connection are: and/or at the rear of the center . The connected device loses its console. For uplevel radios, see the cellular connection. infotainment manual. . The device does not support Playing from a USB Internet connectivity. AUSBmassstoragedeviceor . The device is not in the vehicle. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) . The Bluetooth signal is lost. device can be connected to the USB port. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 171

® ® The USB port uses the USB 2.0 . Z Playing from an iPod /iPad / standard. External devices such as iPhone® iPhones/iPods® and USB storage USB Menu devices may be connected. For supported devices, see your Press MENU to display the USB dealer. USB MP3 Player and USB Drives menu and the following may display: There may be problems with . The USB MP3 players and USB Browse : Select to display the files operation and function in the drives connected must comply and folders on the USB device. following situations: with the USB Mass Storage Tone Settings : Select to adjust . When connecting a device with Class specification (USB MSC). Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, amorerecentversionofthe . Hard disk drives are not Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See firmware installed than is supported. “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio supported by the infotainment 0 (Base Radio) 161 or AM-FM system. . Supported file system is FAT32. Radio (Base Radio with To play a USB device: Touchscreen) 0 163. . When connecting a device on which firmware from other 1. Connect the USB. Auto Volume : If equipped, see providers is installed. Auto Volume in AM-FM Radio 2. Press MEDIA on the faceplate “ ” (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM To connect and control a device: until the connected device is Radio (Base Radio with shown. 1. Connect one end of the Touchscreen) 0 163. standard USB cable to the While the USB source is active, EQ : If equipped, this feature device's dock connector. press the corresponding faceplate adjusts the equalizer settings. See button for the icons on the screen to 2. Connect the other end to the “EQ (Equalizer) Settings” in AM-FM USB port in the center stack. operate USB function: Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or 3. Press MEDIA to select the . t AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with Touchscreen) 0 163. source. . u The music information displays on the radio’sdisplayandbegins . j / r playing through the vehicle’saudio system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

172 Infotainment System

The device battery recharges EQ : If equipped, this feature 3. Turn MENU to highlight and automatically while the vehicle is on. adjusts the Equalizer settings. See press to select an album name When the vehicle is off while a “EQ (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio to view a list of all songs on the device is connected using the USB (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM album. cable, the device battery stops Radio (Base Radio with 0 4. Turn MENU to highlight and charging and the device will Touchscreen) 163. press to select the song from automatically turn off. Browse Device Media the list to begin playback. If the device is an unsupported Albums: model, it can still be listened to in Use the following to browse: the vehicle by connecting to the Playlists: 1. Turn MENU to highlight and auxiliary input jack using a standard press to view the albums 1. Turn MENU to highlight and stored on the device. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. press to view the playlists Menu stored on the device. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and press to select an album name Press MENU to display the device 2. Turn MENU to highlight and to view a list of all songs on the Menu and the following may display: press to select a playlist name album. to view a list of all songs in the Browse : Select to display the files playlist. 3. Turn MENU to highlight and or songs on the device. See press to select the song from “Browse Device Media” later in this 3. Turn MENU to highlight and the list to begin playback. section. press to select the song from the list to begin playback. Genres: Tone Settings : Select to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Artists: 1. Turn MENU to highlight and Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See press to view the genres stored 1. Turn MENU to highlight and on the device. “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio press to view the artists stored 0 (Base Radio) 161 or AM-FM on the device. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and Radio (Base Radio with press to select a genre name Touchscreen) 0 163. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and to view a list of artists of that press to select an artist name genre. to view a list of all albums by the artist. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 173

3. Turn MENU to highlight and Using the USB Port The USB port can play both lower press to select to view albums and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, The infotainment system can play by that artist. and .wav files stored on a USB music by connecting an auxiliary storage device. 4. Turn MENU to highlight and device to the USB port. press to select an album to Supported Apple® Devices view songs. USB Support To view supported devices in the The USB port uses the USB 2.0 5. Turn MENU to highlight and U.S., see www.my.chevrolet.com/ standard. External devices such as press to select the song from ® learned. the list to begin playback. iPhones/iPods and USB storage devices may be connected. To view supported devices in Songs: Canada, see USB Supported Devices 1. Turn MENU to highlight and www.chevroletowner.ca. press to view a list of all songs . USB flash drives For supported devices in Mexico, stored on the device. . Portable USB hard drives see your dealer. 2. Turn MENU to highlight and . iPod/iPhone devices USB Supported File and Folder press to select the song from Structure the list to begin playback. Not all iPods and USB drives are compatible with the USB port. The infotainment system supports: USB Port (Base Radio Make sure the iPod has the latest . FAT16. firmware from Apple® for proper with Touchscreen) . FAT32. operation. iPod firmware can be If equipped, there is a USB port for updated using the latest iTunes® . exFAT. data and charging in the center application. See www.apple.com/ stack, inside the center console, itunes. Connecting a USB Storage and/or at the rear of the center Device or iPod/iPhone For help with identifying your iPod, console. For uplevel radios, see the go to www.apple.com/support. To connect a USB storage device, infotainment manual. connect the device to the USB port. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

174 Infotainment System

To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . MP3 files that can be played: Bit . Connection with i-Stick Type one end of the device’scabletothe rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps. USB storage devices may be iPod/iPhone and the other end to Sampling frequency: 48 kHz, faulty due to vehicle vibration. the USB port. 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05 . Do not touch the USB The iPod/iPhone charges while it is kHz, and 16 kHz. connecting terminal. connected to the vehicle if the . Files with a bit rate above . Only USB storage devices vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or 128 kbps will result in higher formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT ON/RUN. See Ignition Positions quality sound. 0 file systems are recognized. 233.Whenthevehicleisturned . ID3 Tag information for MP3 NTFS and other file systems are off, the iPod/iPhone automatically files, such as the album name not recognized. powers off and will not charge or and the artist, can be played. draw power from the vehicle's . The time it takes to process files battery. . To display album title, track title, will depend on the USB storage and artist information, the file device type and capacity, and For more information on USB should be compatible with the the type of files stored. usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats. Information” following. . Some USB storage device files Using a USB Storage Device or may not be compatible. Audio System Information iPod/iPhone . Up to two USB devices and one The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type iPod can be played through a the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect USB hub. All devices may not be storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor. supported, depending on the products. . Do not connect and reconnect performance of the USB hub. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files the USB device repeatedly in a If there is not enough power short time, as this may cause supply, it may not operate . Music files with .mp3, .wma, normally. .ogg, and .wav file name static electricity and problems extensions can be played. using the device. . Use a USB device with a metal connecting terminal. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 175

. Do not disconnect the USB Normal usage cannot be . The iPod/iPhone playback storage device while it is playing. guaranteed for a storage device functions and the information This may cause damage to the that exceeds this limit. The iPod/ displayed may be different when product or affect the iPhone can play all music files played on the infotainment performance of the USB device. that are supported. The music system. . Disconnect the USB storage file lists will only display up to device when the ignition is 5,000 files on the screen. These turned off. If the ignition is turned files are sorted in alphabetical on while the USB device is order. connected, the USB device may . Some iPod/iPhone models may be damaged or may not operate not support the connectivity or normally. functionality of this product. . USB storage devices can only . Only connect the iPod/iPhone be connected for playing music, with connection cables viewing photo files, supported by iPod/iPhone . Refer to the table for the or upgrading. products. Other connection classification items related to the . Do not use the USB terminal to cables cannot be used. search function provided by the charge USB accessory . The iPod/iPhone may be iPod/iPhone. equipment. The heat generated damaged if it is connected to the USB Player may cause performance issues vehicle with the ignition on. or damage. When not in use, disconnect the Playing Music from a USB Device . Music files to which Digital Right iPod/iPhone. . Connect the USB device to the Management (DRM) is applied . When the iPod/iPhone is USB port. cannot be played. connected to the USB port by . Play will start automatically after . USB storage device with a using the iPod/iPhone cable, the the system has finished reading capacity limit of 5,000 files, such Bluetooth music is not the USB device. as music, photo, video, and supported. 15 stages of folder structure. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

176 Infotainment System

. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select Playing a File Randomly connected, an error message another function, then remove the Z displays and the system will USB device. Touch during playback. switch to the previous audio Pause . ON: Plays all files randomly. function. . OFF: Returns to normal . Touch j to pause. playback. . Touch r to resume. Using the USB Music Menu Changing to Next/Previous Files . Touch Menu during playback. . Touch l to change to the next file. . Touch g within five seconds of the playback time to play the If the USB device is already previous file. connected: Returning to the Beginning of the Current File 1. Press {. Touch g after five seconds of the 2. Touch AUDIO. playback time. . Touch the desired menu. 3. Touch Source. Scanning Forward or Backward Browse Music 4. Touch USB. 1. Touch Browse Music. Touch and hold g or l during To stop the USB device and select playback to rewind or fast forward. 2. Touch the desired music. another media source, touch Release the button to resume Source, then select the other playback at normal speed. source. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 177

Tone Settings iPod/iPhone Player To remove the device, select . Touch Tone Settings. The Tone This feature is limited to models another function, then remove the Settings menu is displayed. See supporting the iPod/iPhone device. “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio connection. Pause 0 (Base Radio) 161 or AM-FM Playing Music Files Radio (Base Radio with . Touch j to pause. 0 . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the Touchscreen) 163. . Touch to resume. USB port. r Auto Volume . Play will start from the previously Changing to Next/Previous Song . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto played point after the system . Touch l to change to the Volume menu is displayed. See has finished reading the USB “Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio next song. 0 device. (Base Radio) 161 or AM-FM . Touch g within two seconds of Radio (Base Radio with . If a non-readable USB device is the playback time to play the Touchscreen) 0 163. connected, an error message displays and the system will previous file. Traffic Program (If Equipped) switch to the previous audio Returning to the Beginning of the . Touch On or Off. function. Current File MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) If the iPod/iPhone is already Touch g after two seconds of the connected: . Connect a MTP supported playback time. device. 1. Press {. Scanning Forward or Backward . Play will start automatically after 2. Touch AUDIO. Touch and hold g or l during the system has finished reading playback to rewind or fast forward. the MTP device. 3. Touch Source. Release the button to resume 4. Touch iPod. . If a non-readable MTP device is playback at normal speed. connected, an error message To stop the device and select Playing a File Randomly displays and the system will another media source, touch switch to the previous audio Source, then select the other Touch Z during playback. function. source. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

178 Infotainment System

. ON: Plays all files randomly. Picture System Information Some features are disabled while the vehicle is in motion. . OFF: Returns to normal The infotainment system can view playback. picture files stored on a USB Viewing a Slide Show Using the iPod Menu storage device and devices that support Media Transfer 1. Touch z from the picture . Touch Menu during playback. Protocol (MTP). screen. . Touch the appropriate . Supported file extensions: .jpg, 2. Touch the screen to cancel the play mode. .bmp, .png, .gif. slide show during the slide show playback. Browse Music . Animated GIF files are not 1. Touch Browse Music. supported. Viewing a Previous or Next Picture 2. Touch the desired music. . Some files may not operate due to a different recording format or Touch S or T from the picture Tone Settings the condition of the file. screen. . Touch Tone Settings. The Tone Viewing Pictures Settings menu is displayed. See Rotating a Picture “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio 1. Connect the USB device to the Touch w from the picture screen. (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM USB port. Radio (Base Radio with 2. Touch the screen to open to full Enlarging a Picture Touchscreen) 0 163. screen. Touch the screen again Touch x from the picture screen. Auto Volume to return to the previous screen. Using the USB Picture Menu . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto Volume menu is displayed. See If the USB device is already 1. Touch MENU from the picture “Auto Volume” in AM-FM Radio connected: screen. 0 (Base Radio) 161 or AM-FM { 2. Touch the appropriate menu: Radio (Base Radio with 1. Touch . Touchscreen) 0 163. 2. Touch GALLERY. . Slide Show Time: Allows selection of the slide show interval. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 179

. Clock, Temp. Display: Base Radio Auto Volume : If equipped, see Allows selection of On or “Auto Volume” under “Base Radio” Off to show the clock and Playing from the AUX Jack in AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 temperature on the full An auxiliary device is played or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with screen. through the audio system and Touchscreen) 0 163. . Display Settings: Adjusts controlled through the device itself. DSP : If equipped, this feature for Brightness and Contrast. If an auxiliary device has already adjusts the pre-defined settings. 0 been connected, but a different See “DSP” in AM-FM Radio (Base 3. Touch to exit. source is currently active, press the Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM Radio MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly (Base Radio with Auxiliary Jack to scroll through all of the available Touchscreen) 0 163. If equipped, an AUX jack is located audio source screens, until the AUX EQ : If equipped, this feature on the center stack or in the center source screen is shown. adjusts the pre-defined equalizer console storage. See Center AUX Menu settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in Console Storage 0 101. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 Press the MENU knob to display the Possible auxiliary audio sources or AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with AUX menu and the following may Touchscreen) 0 163. include: display: . Laptop computer Tone Settings : Select to adjust Base Radio with Touchscreen . Audio music player Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Play will begin when the system has Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See finished reading the information on This jack is not an audio output. Do “Tone Settings” in AM-FM Radio the device. not plug headphones into the (Base Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary Radio (Base Radio with Playing Music devices should be set up while the Touchscreen) 0 163. To play the music from the device, vehicle is in P (Park). if the device is already connected: Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable { from the auxiliary device to the 1. Press . auxiliary input jack. 2. Touch AUDIO. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

180 Infotainment System

3. Touch Source. (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio Touch o BACK to go back to the 0 4. Touch AUX. with Touchscreen) 197 for help previous menu. pairing a device. To adjust the tone settings, see Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select Volume and song selection may be “Audio Settings” in “System to go to the Bluetooth page to add controlled by using the infotainment Settings” under AM-FM Radio (Base or delete devices. Radio) 0 161 or AM-FM Radio controls or the phone/device. If Bluetooth Audio is selected and When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the (Base Radio with radio may not be able to launch the Touchscreen) 0 163. nothing is heard, check the volume setting on both the phone/device audio player on the connected To adjust the auto volume settings, and the infotainment system. device to start playing. When the see “Auto Volume” under “Base vehicle is not moving, use the Launch music by touching the Radio with Touchscreen” in AM-FM phone to begin playback. Radio (Base Radio) 0 161 or MEDIA screen button on the Home Page. All devices launch audio differently. AM-FM Radio (Base Radio with When selecting Bluetooth Audio as 0 Touchscreen) 163. To play music via Bluetooth: asource,theradiomayshowas 1. Power on the device, and pair paused on the screen. Press play Bluetooth Audio to connect the device. on the device or press r to begin If equipped, music may be played 2. Once paired, go into the audio playback. from a paired Bluetooth device. See application from the Home Some phones support sending “Pairing” under “Bluetooth Page or via the application tray. Bluetooth music information to (Infotainment Controls - Base Select MEDIA until Bluetooth display on the radio. When the radio Radio)” or “Bluetooth (Infotainment displays. receives this information, it will Controls - Base Radio with check to see if any is available and Touchscreen)” in Bluetooth Bluetooth Audio Menu 0 display it. For more information (Overview) 187 or Bluetooth Touch the MENU screen button to about supported Bluetooth features, (Infotainment Controls - Base display the Bluetooth Audio menu. 0 see www.gm.com/bluetooth in the Radio) 188 or Bluetooth (Voice The following may be available: U.S. and Canada only. Recognition) 0 192 or Bluetooth Tone: Turn the MENU knob to adjust the tone settings. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 181 Voice Recognition destination entry and voice keypad, instrument cluster displays can be completed in a single the selections and visual If equipped, voice recognition allows command. If the task takes more dialog content. for hands-free operation within the than one command to complete, the . If voice recognition is audio and phone applications. This first command would be to indicate started from the feature can be started by pressing the kind of task that is to be infotainment display, the on the steering wheel or by g performed. The system replies with selections and visual dialog selecting g on the infotainment prompts that lead through a dialog content appear on both the display. to enter the necessary information. infotainment display and However, not all features within Voice recognition can be used when the instrument cluster these areas are supported by voice the ignition is on or when Retained display. commands. Generally, only complex Accessory Power (RAP) is active. 2. The audio system mutes and tasks that require multiple manual See Retained Accessory Power 0 the system plays a prompt interactions to complete are (RAP) 237. followed by a beep. supported by voice commands. Using Voice Recognition 3. Wait until after the beep For example, tasks that take more Voice recognition becomes available completes, then clearly speak than one or two button presses such once the system has been one of the commands as selecting a song or artist to play initialized. This begins when the described in this section. from a media device would be ignition is turned on. Initialization Press g to interrupt any voice supported by voice commands. may take a few moments. Other tasks, like adjusting the recognition system prompt. For volume or seeking up or down are 1. Press g on the steering wheel example, if the prompt seems audio features that are easily to activate voice recognition, to be taking too long to finish, performed by pressing one or two or select g on the infotainment press g again and the beep buttons, and are not supported by display. should happen right away. voice commands. . If voice recognition is There are two voice prompt modes In general there are flexible ways to started from the steering supported: speak commands for completing the wheel control, the tasks. Most of them, except Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

182 Infotainment System

. Long verbal prompts: The longer An example of this type of manual Helpful Hints for Speaking prompts provide more intervention is pressing displayed Commands information regarding the number list entry instead of supported actions. speaking the number associated Voice recognition can understand with the entry desired. commands that are either naturally . Short prompts: The short stated in sentence form (English prompts provide simple Canceling Voice Recognition only), or direct commands that state instructions about what can be the application and the task. stated. . Touch the Home screen button to terminate the voice For languages that do not support If a command is not spoken, the recognition session which was natural language commands in voice recognition system says a initiated by touching on the sentence form, use the direct help prompt. g infotainment display. commands shown as examples on Prompts and Screen Displays the display screen. . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” While a voice recognition session is to terminate the voice For best results: active, there will be corresponding recognition session and display . Listen for the prompt and wait buttons on screens displayed. the screen from which voice for the beep before saying a Manual interaction in the voice recognition was initiated. command or reply. recognition session is permitted. . Say Help or look at the screen Interaction during a voice session . Press i on the steering wheel “ ” display for commands. may be completed entirely using to terminate the voice session voice commands, or some and display the screen from . Voice recognition system prompt selections may expedite a session. which voice recognition was can be interrupted during a If a selection is made using a initiated. prompt by pressing g again. manual control, the dialog will progress in the same way as if the For example, if the prompt selection was made through a voice seems to be taking too long to command. Once the system is able finish, or if what is being to complete the task, or the session prompted causes a need for an is terminated, the voice recognition immediate reply, press g again dialog stops. and wait for the beep. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 183

. Speak the command naturally, If the phone number has been If manual selection takes more than not too fast, not too slow. Use saved with a name and a place, the 15 seconds, the session terminates direct commands without a lot of direct command should include and prompts that it has timed out. extra words. both, for example “Call Dave Smith The screen returns back to the . Usually Phone and Audio at work.” screen where voice recognition was initiated. commands can be spoken in a Using Voice Recognition for single command. List Options The Back Command For example, “Call Dave Smith When a list is displayed, a voice Say “Back” or press the Back button at work,”“Play” followed by the prompt will ask to confirm or select to go to the previous screen. artist or song name, or “Tune” an option from that list. A selection If in voice recognition, and “Back” is followed by the radio station can be made by manually selecting number. stated all the way through to the the item, or by speaking the line initial screen, then “Back” is stated There is no need to memorize number for the item to select. one more time, the voice recognition specific command words. Direct When a screen contains a list, session will cancel. commands might be more clearly options may be available but not Help understood by the system. An displayed. The list on a voice example of a direct command would recognition screen functions the Say “Help” on any voice recognition be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of same as a list on other screens. screen and the help prompt for the these direct commands are Scrolling can be used to help screen is played. Additionally, a displayed on most of the screens display other entries from the list. pop-up displays a text version of the while a voice session is active. help prompt. Depending on how If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is Manually scrolling or paging the list voice recognition was initiated, the stated, the system understands that on a screen during a voice Help pop-up will appear either on aphonecallisrequestedandwill recognition session suspends the the instrument cluster or the respond with questions until enough current voice recognition event and infotainment display. Press the details are gathered. plays the prompt “Make your Dismiss button to make the pop-up selection from the list using the go away. manual controls or press the Back button to try again.” Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

184 Infotainment System

Pressing g while the help prompt is “Tune to FM” : “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to playing will terminate the prompt Tune to the radio station whose enter a specific album name. frequency is identified in the and a beep will be heard. Doing this “Play Album ” : will stop the help prompt so that a command (like “one o one Begin playback of the identified voice command can be used. point one”). album name in the command. Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SXM (if enter a specific song name. Radio equipped) radio station whose Select the screen button to channel number is identified in the “Play Song ” : Begin g playback of the identified song launch audio voice recognition. command. name in the command. If the voice button is pressed in a “Tune to SXM ” : Tune to the SXM (if “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to for radio and media features are equipped) radio station whose enter a specific genre. available. channel name is identified in the “Play Genre ” : command. “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to Begin playback of the media AM and tune to the last AM radio Voice Recognition for Audio selection identified in the command. station. My Media “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific playlist name. “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to If browsing My Media when the FM and tune to the last FM radio voice button is selected, the voice “Play Playlist ” : station. recognition commands for My Media Begin playback of the identified “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to features are available. playlist in the command. SXM (if equipped) and tune to the “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to “Play ” : Play last SiriusXM channel. enter a specific Artist name. music from a specific device identified by name. The device “Tune to AM” : Play Artist : “ ” name is the name displayed on the Tune to the radio station whose Begin playback of the media screen when the device is first frequency is identified in the selection identified in the command. command (like “nine fifty”). selected as an audio source. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 185

“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to Handling Large Amounts of Media the content cannot be accessed enter a specific name. Content directly with one command like “Play .” “Play Chapter ” : It is expected that large amounts of Begin playback of the media media content will be brought into The restriction is that the command selection identified in the command. the vehicle. It may be necessary to “Play Song” must be spoken first; handle large amounts of media the system will then ask for the song “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name. content in a different way than name. The reply command would be smaller amounts of media. The to say the name of the song to play. “Play Audiobook : Begin playback of the Similar limits exist for album ” voice recognition by not allowing content. If there are more than media selection identified in the selection of song titles by voice at command. 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000, the highest level if the number of the content cannot be accessed “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to songs exceeds the maximum limit. directly with one command like, enter a specific name. Voice command option changes “Play .” The “Play Episode ” : Begin playback of the . Song files including other spoken; the system will then ask for media selection identified in the individual files of all media types the album name. The reply would command. such as audiobook chapters, be to say the name of the album to play. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to podcast episodes, and videos. enter a specific name. . Album type folders including Once the number of songs has exceeded approximately 8,000, “Play Podcast ” : Begin playback of the songs directly through voice media selection identified in the There are no restrictions if the commands. There will still be command. number of song files and albums is access to the media content by “My Media” : Begin a dialog to less than 4,000. When the number using commands for playlists, enter the desired media content. of song files connected to the artists, and genres. system is between 4,000 and 8,000, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

186 Infotainment System

The access commands for playlists, “Pair Phone” : Begins the Bluetooth Speech Recognition artists, and genres are prohibited Bluetooth pairing process. Follow (If Equipped) after the number of this type of instructions on the radio display. media exceeds 4,000. Voice Pass-Thru allows access to “Switch Phone” : Select a different the speech recognition commands The system will provide feedback phone for outgoing calls. on the cell phone. See your cell the first time voice recognition is “Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog phone manufacturer’suserguideto initiated if it has become apparent to enter special numbers like see if the cell phone supports this that any of these limits are reached international numbers. The numbers feature. during a device initializing process. can be entered in groups of digits Activating this function will start the Voice Recognition for the with each group of digits being Bluetooth Speech Recognition on a Phone repeated back by the system. If the connected phone. group of digits is not correct, the The steering wheel controls are “Call ” : Initiate a command “Delete” will remove the call to an entered contact. The last group of digits and allow them used to operate this function. command may include location if to be re-entered. Once the entire Press and hold g to activate. the contact has location numbers number has been entered, the stored. Avoicesessionbeginssothatvoice command “Call” will start dialing the commands can be given to Siri® or “Call At Home,” number. many other controls provided by the “At Work,”“On Mobile,” or “On “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice cell phone. Other” : Initiate a call to an entered mail numbers. contact and location at home, at Press @ to exit or press i to work, on mobile device, or on Voice Recognition for OnStar close and return to the previous another phone. (If Equipped) application prior to the start of Voice Pass-Thru. “Call ” : Initiate a “OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice call to a standard phone number Recognition. seven or 10 digits in length, and also 911, 411, or 611. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 187 Phone duplicate or rarely used entries. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system If possible, program speed dial can use a Bluetooth-capable cell Bluetooth (Overview) or other shortcuts. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to . Review the controls and make and receive phone calls. The Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment infotainment system and voice may differ between infotainment system. recognition are used to control the systems. The base radio and base system. The system can be used radio with touchscreen instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. while in ON/RUN or ACC/ are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with ACCESSORY. The range of the infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m on the uplevel radios. this section. (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions and not all phones work Bluetooth-capable systems can . If the cell phone has voice dialing capability, learn to use with the Bluetooth system. See interact with many cell phones, www.gm.com/bluetooth or see your allowing: that feature to access the address book or contact list. dealer for more information about . Placement and receipt of calls in compatible phones. ahands-freemode. . See “Deleting a Paired Phone” and/or “Deleting a Bluetooth Bluetooth Controls . Sharing of the cell phone’s Device” in this section. address book or contact list with Use the controls on the infotainment the vehicle. display, center stack, and the { Warning steering wheel to operate the To minimize driver distraction, Bluetooth system. before driving, and with the vehicle When using a cell phone, it can parked: be distracting to look too long or Steering Wheel Controls . Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the See Steering Wheel Controls 0 104. features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system. Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

188 Infotainment System

Infotainment System Controls Noise : The system may not Bluetooth (Infotainment For information about how to recognize voice commands if there Controls - Base Radio) navigate the menu system using the is too much background noise, such infotainment controls, see Overview as noise from open windows or loud For information about how to (Base Radio) 0 155 or Overview talking inside the vehicle. navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Overview (Base Radio with When to Speak : Atonesoundsto 0 Touchscreen) 0 157. indicate that the system is ready for (Base Radio) 155 or Overview avoicecommand.Waitforthetone (Base Radio with MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. Touchscreen) 0 157. Press to select the highlighted list and then speak. option. How to Speak : Speak clearly in a Switching to Handset or Hands-Free Mode { : Press to go to the Home Page. calm and natural voice. See Home Page (Base Radio) Audio System To switch between handset mode 0 158 or Home Page (Base Radio and hands-free mode, use the with Touchscreen) 0 160. When using the Bluetooth system, OnStar command, “transfer call.” sound comes through the vehicle's # : Select to enter the phone main front audio system speakers and Pairing menu. See Bluetooth (Overview) overrides the audio system. Use the ABluetooth-enabledcellphone 0 187 or Bluetooth (Infotainment O knob during a call to change the Controls - Base Radio) 0 188 or must be paired to the Bluetooth volume level. The system maintains system and then connected to the Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) 0 192 aminimumvolumelevel. or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - vehicle before it can be used. See Base Radio with Bluetooth Audio Quality your cell phone manufacturer's user Touchscreen) 0 197. guide for Bluetooth functions before Turn off the Echo and Noise pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth Voice Recognition cancellation feature on your phone, phone is not connected, calls can if supported, for the best hands-free be made using OnStar Hands-Free If equipped, the voice recognition performance. Calling, if available. See OnStar system uses commands to control Overview 0 397,ifequipped. the system and dial phone numbers. See www.gm.com/bluetooth or see your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 189

Pairing Information press the MENU knob to select the new connected phone after . Up to five cell phones can be the PHONE screen button. If a the pairing process is paired to the Bluetooth system. device has been previously complete. paired, the main Phone menu 6. If the phone prompts to accept . The pairing process is disabled will be shown. If no devices when the vehicle is moving. connection or allow phone have been paired, Step 2 can book download, select Always . Pairing only needs to be be skipped. Accept and Allow. The phone completed once per phone, 2. Turn the MENU knob and book may not be available if unless the pairing information on press to select Manage not accepted. the cell phone changes or the Phones. cell phone is deleted from the 7. Repeat Steps 1–6topair system. 3. Press the button just below the additional phones or devices. PAIR screen button. A four-digit . Only one paired cell phone can Personal Identification Number Listing All Paired and Connected Phones be connected to the Bluetooth (PIN) appears on the display. system at a time. The PIN is used in Step 5. 1. To list all paired devices, from the Home Page turn the MENU . If multiple paired cell phones are 4. Start the pairing process on the knob, then press to select the within range of the system, the cell phone to be paired to the PHONE screen button. system connects to the first vehicle. See your cell phone available paired cell phone in the manufacturer's user guide for 2. Turn the MENU knob and order that they were newly information on this process. press to select Manage paired to the system. To connect Phones. to a different paired phone, see 5. Locate the device named “Your Vehicle in the list on the cell “Connecting to a Different ” Deleting a Paired Phone phone. Follow the instructions Phone” later in this section. 1. From the Home Page, turn the on the cell phone to enter the MENU knob, then press to Pairing a Phone or Device PIN provided in Step 3. If a six select the PHONE screen digit code is shown on the 1. From the Home Page, turn the button. MENU knob to access the phone and the vehicle screen, PHONE screen button, then confirm the codes are the same. The system recognizes Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

190 Infotainment System

2. Turn the MENU knob and 4. Press the button just below the Making a Call Using Contacts press to select Manage CONNECT screen button to and Recent Calls Phones. connect to the highlighted device. For cell phones that support the 3. Turn the MENU knob to Contacts and Recent Calls feature, highlight the phone to be Phone Menu the Bluetooth system can use the deleted. contacts stored on your cell phone Once a phone is connected and to make calls. See your cell phone 4. Press the button below the selected, the following may display: DELETE screen button to manufacturer’suserguideor delete the highlighted device. Recent Calls : Turn the MENU contact your wireless provider to knob to highlight Recent Calls and find out if this feature is supported 5. A confirmation screen is press to select. by your phone. displayed. Press the button just below the DELETE screen Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to If the phone prompts to allow phone button to confirm deletion. highlight Contacts and press to book download during the pairing select. process, select Always Accept and Connecting to a Different Phone Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to Allow. The phone book may not be 1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight Keypad and press to available if not accepted. MENU knob, then press to select. When a cell phone supports the select the PHONE screen Active Call : Turn the MENU knob phone book feature, the Contacts button. to highlight Active Call and press to and Recent Calls menus are 2. Turn the MENU knob and select and display the active call automatically available. press to select Manage screen. The Contacts menu allows you to Phones. Manage Phones : Turn the MENU access the phone book stored in the 3. Turn the MENU knob to knob to highlight Manage Phones cell phone to make a call. highlight the phone to be and press to select. The Recent Calls menu allows you connected. to access the phone numbers from the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Missed Calls menus on the cell phone to make a call. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 191

To make a call using the 2. Turn the MENU knob to Accepting or Declining a Call Contacts menu: highlight Recent Calls and When an incoming call is received, press to select. 1. From the Home Page, turn the the infotainment system mutes and MENU knob, then press to If necessary, select between aringtoneisheardinthevehicle. select the PHONE screen Missed, Recent, and Sent calls button. by pressing the button below Accepting a Call 2. Turn the MENU knob to the appropriate screen button. To accept a call, do one of the highlight Contacts and press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to following: select. highlight the contact or the . Press the button just below the 3. Turn the MENU knob to phone number. ANSWER screen button. highlight the letter group and 4. Press the MENU knob to call . Press g on the steering wheel press to select. the contact. controls. 4. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using the Declining a Call highlight the contact and press Keypad to select. To decline a call, do one of the To make a call: following: 5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired number, 1. From the Home Page, turn the . Press the button just below the then press the MENU knob to MENU knob, then press to IGNORE screen button. call the contact. select the PHONE screen button. . Press i on the steering wheel To make a call using the Recent controls. Calls menu: 2. Turn the MENU knob and press to select Keypad. . Do nothing. 1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to 3. Turn the MENU knob to Call Waiting highlight the first digit and select the PHONE screen Call waiting must be supported on button. press to select. Continue this process through the number. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by To call, press the button just the wireless service carrier to work. below the CALL screen button. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

192 Infotainment System

Accepting a Call Waiting Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency voice features. For additional To accept a call waiting call, do one (DTMF) Tones information, say “Help” while you are in a voice recognition menu. of the following: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can . Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is Pairing SWITCH screen button. used when calling a menu-driven phone system. Pairing a Phone . Press on the steering wheel g 1. When a call is active, press the 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds controls. button just below the KEYPAD “Ready,” followed by a tone. Declining a Call Waiting Call screen button. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” To decline a call waiting call, do one 2. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Say “Pair.” The system of the following: highlight the first digit and responds with instructions and press to select. . Press the button just below the afour-digitPersonal IGNORE screen button. If not initially in the phone Identification Number (PIN). application, from the Home Page, The PIN is used in Step 5. . Press i on the steering wheel turn the MENU knob, then press to 4. Start the pairing process on the controls. select the PHONE screen button. cell phone that you want to . Do nothing. From the PHONE main menu, turn pair. For help with this process, the MENU knob to highlight Active see your cell phone Ending a Call Call and press to select. manufacturer's user guide. To end a call, do one of the 5. Locate the device named “Your following: Bluetooth (Voice Vehicle” in the list on the cell . Press the button just below the Recognition) phone. Follow the instructions END screen button. Using Voice Recognition on the cell phone to enter the PIN provided in Step 3. The . Press i on the steering wheel To use voice recognition, press g system may respond with a six controls. on the steering wheel. Use the digit code to be confirmed on commands below for the various the cell phone (instead of entering a four digit code). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 193

Check that the same digits are Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” shown on the cell phone and If the phone name to delete is . If another cell phone is say "Yes" to confirm. Select unknown, see “Listing All Paired found, the response will be Confirm on the cell phone as and Connected Phones.” “ is now well. After the PIN is connected.” successfully entered, the 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds system prompts you to provide “Ready,” followed by a tone. This can be repeated to anameforthepairedcell connect any of the up to phone. This name will be used 2. Say “Bluetooth.” five paired phones. to indicate which phones are 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks . If another cell phone is not paired and connected to the for which phone to delete. found, the original phone vehicle. The system responds 4. Say the name of the phone to remains connected. with “ has been delete. successfully paired” after the Storing and Deleting Phone pairing process is complete. Connecting to a Different Phone Numbers 6. Repeat Steps 1✓5topair To connect to a different cell phone, The following commands are used additional phones. the Bluetooth system looks for the to delete and store phone numbers. next available cell phone in the Store : This command will store a Listing All Paired and Connected order in which all available cell phone number or a group of Phones phones were paired. This may need numbers as a name tag. The system can list all cell phones to be repeated depending on how paired to it. If a paired cell phone is many cell phones have been Digit Store : This command allows also connected to the vehicle, the connected. aphonenumbertobestoredasa system responds with “is connected” name tag by entering the digits one after that phone name. 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds at a time. “Ready,” followed by a tone. 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds Delete : This command is used to 2. Say “Bluetooth.” delete individual name tags. “Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 3. Say “List.” Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

194 Infotainment System

Delete All Name Tags : This 3. Say each digit, one at a time. Listing Stored Numbers command deletes all stored name After each digit is entered, the The list command will list all the tags in the Hands-Free Calling system repeats back the digit it stored numbers and name tags. Directory and the Destinations heard followed by a tone. After Directory. the last digit has been entered, Using the “List” Command say “Store,” and then follow the Using the “Store” Command directions given by the system 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds to save a name tag for this “Ready,” followed by a tone. “Ready,” followed by a tone. number. 2. Say “Directory.” 2. Say “Store.” Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” 3. Say the entire phone number 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds 4. Say “List.” or a group of digits all at once “Ready,” followed by a tone. with no pauses, then follow the Making a Call 2. Say Delete. directions given by the system “ ” Calls can be made using the to save a name tag for this 3. Say the name tag you want to following commands. number. delete. Dial or Call : The dial or call Using the “Digit Store” Command Using the “Delete All Name Tags” command can be used interchangeably to dial a phone If an unwanted number is Command number or a stored name tag. recognized by the system, say This command deletes all stored “Correction” at any time to clear the name tags in the Hands-Free Digit Dial : This command allows a last number. Calling Directory and the phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time. To hear all of the digits recognized Destinations Directory. by the system, say “Verify” at To delete all name tags: Re-dial : This command is used to any time. dial the last number used on the cell 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds phone. 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds “Ready,” followed by a tone. Ready, followed by a tone. “ ” 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” 2. Say “Digit Store.” Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 195

Using the “Dial” or “Call” If an unwanted number is Once connected, the person called Command recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio “Correction” at any time to clear the speakers. 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds last number. “Ready,” followed by a tone. Receiving a Call To hear all of the numbers 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” recognized by the system, say When an incoming call is received, the audio system mutes and a ring 3. Say the entire number without “Verify” at any time. tone is heard in the vehicle. pausing or say the name tag. 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds . Press to answer the call. Once connected, the person called “Ready,” followed by a tone. g will be heard through the audio . Press to ignore a call. speakers. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” i 3. Say each digit, one at a time. Call Waiting Calling Emergency After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it Call waiting must be supported on 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds the cell phone and enabled by the “Ready,” followed by a tone. heard followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, wireless service carrier. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” say “Dial.” . Press g to answer an incoming 3. Say [emergency number]. Once connected, the person called call when another call is active. 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” will be heard through the audio The original call is placed speakers. on hold. Using the “Digit Dial” Command Using the Re-dial Command . Press again to return to the The digit dial command allows a “ ” g original call. phone number to be dialed by 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds entering the digits one at a time. “Ready,” followed by a tone. . To ignore the incoming call, no After each digit is entered, the action is required. system repeats back the digit it 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” heard followed by a tone. The system dials the last . Press i to disconnect the number called from the current call and switch to the call connected cell phone. on hold. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

196 Infotainment System

Three-Way Calling To Transfer Audio from the To access contacts stored in the cell Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone phone: Three-way calling must be supported on the cell phone and During a call with the audio in the 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds enabled by the wireless service vehicle: “Ready,” followed by a tone. carrier. 1. Press g. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 1. While on a call, press . g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” 3. Say “Voice.” The system responds OK, accessing 2. Say “Three-way call.” To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth “ .” 3. Use the “Dial” or “Call” System from a Cell Phone The cell phone's normal prompt command to dial the number of During a call with the audio on the the third party to be called. messages will go through their cycle cell phone, press g.Theaudio according to the phone's operating 4. Once the call is connected, transfers to the vehicle. If the audio instructions. press g to link all callers does not transfer to the vehicle, use together. the audio transfer feature on the cell Dual Tone Multi-Frequency phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones Ending a Call manufacturer's user guide for more The Bluetooth system can send Press i to end a call. information. numbers and the numbers stored as Voice Pass-Thru name tags during a call. You can Transferring a Call use this feature when calling a Audio can be transferred between Voice pass-thru allows access to the menu-driven phone system. the Bluetooth system and the cell voice recognition commands on the Account numbers can also be phone. cell phone. See your cell phone stored for use. manufacturer's user guide to see if The cell phone must be paired and the cell phone supports this feature. Sending a Number or Name Tag connected with the Bluetooth During a Call system before a call can be transferred. The connection process 1. Press g.Thesystemresponds can take up to two minutes after the “Ready,” followed by a tone. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. 2. Say “Dial.” Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 197

3. Say the number or name tag phone is not connected, calls will be When the Bluetooth device and to send. made using OnStar Hands-Free infotainment system are Calling, if available. See OnStar successfully paired, the phone book Clearing the System Overview 0 397. is downloaded automatically. This is Unless information is deleted out of dependent on the type of the phone Pairing Information the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it paired. If the automatic download will be retained indefinitely. This . ABluetoothphonewithMP3 does not occur, proceed with the includes all phone pairing capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the information. For information on how the vehicle as a phone and an phone. to delete this information, see MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone - SSP and No Deleting a Paired Phone. “ ” . Up to 10 cell phones can be Paired Device paired to the Bluetooth system. Bluetooth (Infotainment When there is no paired device on . The pairing process is disabled the infotainment system and Simple Controls - Base Radio when the vehicle is moving. Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported: with Touchscreen) . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press {. To use infotainment controls to completed once, unless the access the menu system, see pairing information on the cell 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the 0 Overview (Base Radio) 155 or phone changes or the cell phone center stack, or press g on the is deleted from the system. Overview (Base Radio with steering wheel without OnStar. 0 Touchscreen) 157. Only one paired cell phone can . 3. Touch Search Device. Pairing be connected to the Bluetooth system at a time. 4. Touch the desired device to ABluetooth-enabledcellphone pair on the searched list . If multiple paired cell phones are must be paired to the Bluetooth screen. system and then connected to the within range of the system, the 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up vehicle before it can be used. See system connects to the first screen of the Bluetooth device your cell phone manufacturer's user available paired cell phone in the and infotainment system. guide for Bluetooth functions before order that they were first paired pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth to the system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

198 Infotainment System

6. When the Bluetooth device and 7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 4. Touch the desired device to infotainment system are screen of the Bluetooth device pair on the searched list successfully paired, the phone and infotainment system. screen. screen is displayed on the . The connected phone is 5. Input the Personal infotainment system. highlighted by 5. Identification Number (PIN) Pairing a Phone - SSP and Paired code (default: 1234) to the Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Bluetooth device. When the and phone music functions are Bluetooth device and When a paired device is on the enabled. infotainment system are infotainment system and SSP is successfully paired, the supported: . 5 indicates only the hands-free PHONE screen is displayed on 1. Press {. function is enabled. the infotainment system. 2. Touch Settings. . Z indicates only Bluetooth When the connection fails, a failure music is enabled. message is displayed on the 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device infotainment system. Management. Pairing a Phone - No SSP and No Paired Device If a Bluetooth device was previously 4. Touch the desired device to connected, the infotainment system pair. When the Bluetooth When there is no paired device on executes the auto connection. device and infotainment system the infotainment system and SSP is However, if the Bluetooth setting on are successfully paired, Z / 5 not supported: the Bluetooth device is turned off, a is displayed on the pair device 1. Press {. failure message is displayed on the screen. If no desired device is infotainment system. available go to Step 5. 2. Touch PHONE, press # on the Pairing a Phone - No SSP and 5. Touch Search Device to search center stack, or press g on the Paired Device for the desired device. steering wheel without OnStar. When a paired device is on the 6. Touch the desired device to 3. Touch Search Device. infotainment system and SSP is not pair on the searched list supported: screen. 1. Press {. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 199

2. Touch Settings. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device and phone music functions are 1. Press {. Management. enabled. 2. Touch Settings. 4. Touch the desired device to . 5 indicates only the hands-free pair. When the Bluetooth function is enabled. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device device and infotainment system Management. are successfully paired, Z / 5 . Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device is displayed on the pair device music is enabled. to be disconnected. screen. If no desired device is Connecting a Paired Bluetooth 5. Touch Disconnect. available go to Step 5. Device Deleting a Bluetooth Device 5. Touch Search Device to search 1. Press {. for the desired device. 1. Press {. 2. Touch Settings. 6. Touch the desired device to 2. Touch Settings. pair on the searched list 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device screen. Management. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device Management. 7. Input the Personal 4. Touch the device to be Identification Number (PIN) connected. 4. Touch the device to delete. code (default: 1234) to the Checking the Bluetooth 5. Touch Y. Bluetooth device. When the Connection Bluetooth device and 6. Touch Delete. infotainment system are 1. Press {. Bluetooth Music successfully paired, Z / 5 is 2. Touch Settings. Before playing Bluetooth music, displayed on the pair device read the following information. screen. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device Management. . AcellphoneorBluetoothdevice . The connected phone is 4. The paired device will show. that supports Advanced Audio highlighted by 5. Distribution Profile (A2DP) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

200 Infotainment System

versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example, Returning to the Beginning of the registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth Current Song product. hands-free while playing Phone music, the music is Touch g after two seconds of . From the cell phone or Bluetooth playback time. device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from type to set/connect the item as a the car is not possible when Search stereo headset. there are no music files stored in the cell phone. Touch and hold g or l to rewind . e will appear on the screen if or fast forward. Playing Bluetooth Music the stereo headset is Playing Music Randomly successfully connected. 1. Press {. Touch Z during playback. Touch . The sound played by the 2. Touch AUDIO. Bluetooth device is delivered again to return to normal play. 3. Touch Source. through the infotainment system. This function may not be supported 4. Touch Bluetooth. . Bluetooth music can be played depending on the Bluetooth device. only when a Bluetooth device Pause Do not change the track too quickly has been connected. To play when playing Bluetooth music. Bluetooth music, connect the Touch j to pause. Bluetooth phone to the Conditions that may occur when Touch to resume. infotainment system. r playing Bluetooth music: . If the Bluetooth device is Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data from the Bluetooth device to the disconnected while playing Touch l. phone music, the music is infotainment system. discontinued. The audio Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth streaming function may not be device is not in the waiting supported in some Bluetooth Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not phones. Only one function can playback time to play the automatically play. be used at a time between the previous song. Bluetooth hands-free or Phone Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 201

. The infotainment system Text Menu Viewing Sender Information transmits the order to play from Inbox : Select to display incoming If equipped, select the name of the the Bluetooth device in the messages. To view a message, sender to view sender information if Bluetooth music play mode. select the name of the sender. this information matches contact If this is done in a different Select LISTEN to listen to the text information already stored. mode, then the device transmits the order to stop. Depending on message. Press o BACK on the Select a Predefined Message : the Bluetooth device options, center stack to return to the Select from a set of quick this order to play/stop may take previous menu. messages. Select the message time to activate. Settings : See “Text Settings” later to send. . If the Bluetooth music playback in this section. Predefined Messages is not functioning, then check to Reply : Select to reply using a These are short text messages that see if the Bluetooth device is in predefined text message. See “Text can be used to send so responses the waiting screen mode. Settings.” will not have to be typed. . Sounds may be cut off during Call : Select to place a call to the The messages can be deleted or a the Bluetooth music playback. sender of the text message. new message can be added. . The infotainment system outputs Viewing a Text Message To add a new message: the audio from the cell phone or Bluetooth device as it is While viewing a text message: 1. Select Text Settings, then transmitted. . Select Reply to reply using a select Manage Predefined predefined text message. Messages. Text Messaging . Select Call to place a call to the 2. While in the predefined If equipped, the infotainment system sender of the text message. messages list view, select Add may allow text messages to be New Predefined Message and received and replied to. Received akeyboarddisplays. messages can also be read aloud. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

202 Infotainment System 3. Type a new message and Trademarks and iPod shuffle®,andiPodtouch® are select NEW MSG when done trademarks of Apple Inc., registered to add the message. Press o License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries. BACK on center stack to go FCC Information back to the predefined See Radio Frequency messages list. Select z to Statement 0 393. delete one character at a time. Memory Full This message may display if there is no more room on the phone to store Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, messages. taxes, one time activation fee, and other fees may apply. Subscription Text Settings fee is consumer only. All fees and Text Alerts : When on, this feature "Made for iPod" and "Made for programming subject to change. will display an alert when a new text iPhone" mean that an electronic Subscriptions subject to Customer message has been received. Select accessory has been designed to Agreement available at on or off. connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM® service only available in the Manage Predefined Messages : iPhone and has been certified by 48 contiguous United States and Select to add, change, or delete the developer to meet Apple Canada. predefined messages. performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this In Canada: Some deterioration of device or its compliance with safety service may occur in extreme and regulatory standards. Please northern latitudes. This is beyond note that the use of this accessory the control of SiriusXM® Satellite with iPod or iPhone may affect Radio. wireless performance. iPhone®, iPod®,iPodclassic®,iPodnano®, Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an “XL” preceding the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 203

channel name. Channel blocking is General Requirements: Schedule I: Gracenote EULA available for SiriusXM Satellite 1. A License Agreement from Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM® is required for any SiriusXM: product that incorporates . USA Customers — See SiriusXM Technology and/or for www.siriusxm.com or call use of any of the SiriusXM 1-888-601–6296. marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the . Canadian Customers — See www.siriusxm.ca or call SiriusXM Service Area. Music recognition technology and 1-877-438-9677. 2. For products to be distributed, related data are provided by Gracenote®.Gracenoteisthe It is prohibited to copy, decompile, marketed, and/or sold in industry standard in music disassemble, reverse engineer, Canada, a separate agreement recognition technology and related hack, manipulate, or otherwise is required with Canadian content delivery. For more make available any technology or Satellite Radio Inc. (operating information visit software incorporated in receivers as SiriusXM Canada). ® www.gracenote.com. compatible with the SiriusXM Other Information Music-related data from Gracenote, Satellite Radio System or that ® The Bluetooth word mark and Inc., copyright © 2000 to present support the SiriusXM website, the ® Online Service or any of its content. logos are owned by the Bluetooth Gracenote. Gracenote Software, Furthermore, the AMBER voice SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks copyright © 2000 to present compression software included in by General Motors is under license. Gracenote. One or more patents this product is protected by Other trademarks and trade names owned by Gracenote may apply to intellectual property rights including are those of their respective owners. this product and service. See the patent rights, copyrights, and trade Gracenote website for a secrets of Digital Voice non-exhaustive list of applicable Systems, Inc. Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

204 Infotainment System

are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections rights. Under no circumstances will trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to Gracenote become liable for any United States and/or other Gracenote. payment to you for any information countries. You agree that you will use that you provide. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its rights Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers under this Agreement against you This application or device contains for your own personal directly in its own name. software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree The Gracenote service uses a Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or unique identifier to track queries for The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or statistical purposes. The purpose of "Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third arandomlyassignednumeric application to do disc or file party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identifier is to allow the Gracenote identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, service to count queries without music-related information, including THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, knowing anything about who you name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, are. For more information, see the information ("Gracenote Data") from EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY web page for the Gracenote Privacy online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Policy for the Gracenote service. databases (collectively, "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive The Gracenote Software and each functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, item of Gracenote Data are licensed Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if representations or warranties, application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your express or implied, regarding the license terminates, you agree to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. This application or device may cease any and all use of the Gracenote reserves the right to contain content belonging to Gracenote Data, the Gracenote delete data from the Gracenote Gracenote’sproviders.Ifso,allof Software, and Gracenote Servers. Servers or to change data the restrictions set forth herein with Gracenote reserves all rights in categories for any cause that respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No also apply to such content and such Software, and the Gracenote warranty is made that the Gracenote content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership Software or Gracenote Servers are Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 205

error-free or that functioning of ©2013.Gracenote,Inc.AllRights Open Source SW Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved. The open source code used in this Servers will be uninterrupted. PANDORA device can be downloaded at the Gracenote is not obligated to webpage shown in the information provide you with new enhanced or PANDORA, the PANDORA logo, at the center stack display. Further additional data types or categories and the Pandora trade dress are information concerning the OSS that Gracenote may provide in the trademarks or registered trademarks licenses is shown in the center future and is free to discontinue its of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with stack display. services at any time. permission. QNX GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL Unicode WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR Portions of this software are Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode, IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT copyright © 2008-2013, QNX Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed LIMITED TO, IMPLIED Software Systems. All rights under the Terms of Use in http:// WARRANTIES OF reserved. www.unicode.org/copyright.html. MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS Part C EULA FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, Free Type Project – TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. Copyright 2013, Software Systems Portions of this software are GRACENOTE DOES NOT GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights copyright © 2013 The FreeType WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT Reserved. Project (http://www.freetype.org). All WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR rights reserved. The product you have purchased USE OF THE GRACENOTE ("Product") contains Software SOFTWARE OR ANY iType (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO iType is a trademark of Monotype "Software") which is distributed by CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S. or on behalf of the Product LIABLE FOR ANY Patent & Trademark Office and may manufacturer "Manufacturer") under CONSEQUENTIAL OR be registered in certain other license from Software Systems Co. INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR jurisdictions. ("QSSC"). You may only use the ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST Software in the Product and in REVENUES. compliance with the license terms below. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

206 Infotainment System

Subject to the terms and conditions Product or the Software in ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE of this License, QSSC hereby contravention of applicable export OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS grants you a limited, non-exclusive, control laws. LICENSE. non-transferable license to use the EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT Software in the Product for the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY purpose intended by the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Manufacturer. If permitted by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR Manufacturer, or by applicable law, SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN you may make one backup copy of WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS the Software as part of the Product CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, AFFILIATES OR THEIR software. QSSC and its licensors EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU reserve all license+C31 rights not INCLUDING, WITHOUT UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, expressly granted herein, and retain LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING all right, title and interest in and to OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR all copies of the Software, including NON-INFRINGEMENT, OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, all intellectual property rights MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, therein. Unless required by FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, applicable law you may not ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES reproduce, distribute or transfer, PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS or de-compile, disassemble or MANUFACTURER OR ITS ARESULTOFTHISLICENSEOR otherwise attempt to unbundle, DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY reverse engineer, modify or create FROM THIS LICENSE ARE TO USE THE PRODUCT derivative works of, the Software. OFFERED BY THE (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED You agree: (1) not to remove, cover MANUFACTURER OR ITS TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF or alter any proprietary notices, DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, labels or marks in or on the NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES PRODUCT FAILURE OR Software, and to ensure that all OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL copies bear any notice contained on ASSUME ANY RISKS OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES the original; and (2) not to export the OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Infotainment System 207

LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. WMA This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft. For more information on the Software, including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or see [email protected]. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

208 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems . . . . . 208 Automatic Climate Control System ...... 210 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 212 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 213

1. Fan Control TEMP : Turn clockwise or 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls vehicle. 4. Defrost 9 : Turn clockwise or 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. There is 6. Rear Window Defogger (If about a five second delay when the Equipped) fan is turned on. Turn the knob all 7. Air Recirculation the way counterclockwise to turn the fan off. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Climate Controls 209

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press and the air conditioning compressor Rear Window Defogger Y, \, [ ,or to change the will run, unless the outside - : If equipped, press to turn the direction of the airflow. An indicator temperature is close to freezing. K rear window defogger on or off. An light comes on in the selected mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the indicator light on the button comes button. windows are clear. on to show that the rear window Y : Air is directed to the instrument See Air Vents 0 212. defogger is on. panel outlets. The rear window defogger only \ @ : Press to turn on recirculation. : Air is divided between the An indicator light comes on. Air is works when the ignition is in ON/ instrument panel and floor outlets. recirculated to quickly cool the RUN. The defogger also turns off if [ : Air is directed to the floor inside of the vehicle. It can also be the ignition is turned to ACC/ outlets, with some air directed to the used to help reduce outside air and ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. windshield, outboard instrument odors that enter the vehicle. Caution panel, and side window outlets. 8 : If equipped, press to turn on - : This mode clears the windows outside air. An indicator light comes Using a razor blade or sharp of fog or moisture. Air is directed to on. Outside air is circulated object to clear the inside rear the windshield, with some air throughout the vehicle. window can damage the rear directed to the floor, outboard A/C : Press to turn the air window defogger. Repairs would instrument panel outlets, and side conditioning system on or off. An not be covered by the vehicle window outlets. indicator light comes on to show warranty. Do not clear the inside 0 : Press to clear the windshield that the air conditioning is enabled. rear window with sharp objects. of fog or frost more quickly. Air is If the fan is turned off, the air directed to the windshield and side conditioner will not run. The A/C window vents, with some air light will stay on even if the outside Heated Mirror : If equipped with directed to the outboard instrument temperatures are below freezing. heated outside mirrors, the mirrors panel. The system automatically heat to help clear fog or frost from forces outside air into the vehicle the surface of the mirror when the rear window defog button is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

210 Climate Controls

Automatic Climate Control System When AUTO is lit, all functions operate automatically. Each function With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be can also be manually set. Functions controlled. not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled. To place the system in full automatic operation: 1. Press AUTO. 2. Set the temperature. To find your comfort setting, start with 22 °C (72 °F) and allow the system time to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature as needed for best comfort. To improve fuel efficiency and to 1. Fan Control Automatic Operation cool the vehicle faster, recirculation 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) The system automatically heats or may be automatically selected in warm weather. 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls cools the vehicle to the desired temperature: The recirculation light will not come 4. Defrost . Fan Speed on when automatically controlled. 5. Temperature Control . Air Delivery Mode Press @ to manually select 6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) recirculation; press it again to select . Air Conditioning outside air. 7. Rear Window Defogger . Recirculation 8. Air Recirculation 9. Power Button Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Climate Controls 211

Do not cover the solar sensor on the Air Delivery Mode Controls : conditioning compressor will run, top of the instrument panel near the Press Y, \, [ ,or- to change unless the outside temperature is windshield. This sensor regulates the direction of the airflow. An close to freezing. air temperature based on sun load. indicator light comes on in the 0 : Press to clear the windshield See “Sensors” later in this section. selected mode button. of fog or frost more quickly. Air is Manual Operation Changing the mode cancels the directed to the windshield and the side window vents, with some air O : Press to turn the climate control automatic operation and the system goes into manual mode. directed to the outboard instrument system on or off. When the system panel outlets. The system is turned off, air will stop flowing into Press AUTO to return to automatic automatically forces outside air into the cabin. Press O again or adjust operation. the vehicle and the air conditioning any of the climate controls to turn Y : Air is directed to the instrument compressor will run, unless the the system back on and the airflow panel outlets. outside temperature is below will continue based on the selected \ freezing. climate control settings. : Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets. Do not drive the vehicle until all A : Turn clockwise or [ windows are clear. counterclockwise to increase or : Air is directed to the floor See Air Vents 0 212. decrease the fan speed. There is outlets, with some to the windshield, about a five second delay when the outboard instrument panel outlets, A/C : Press to turn the air fan is turned on. Press the knob to side window outlets, and second conditioning system on or off. An turn the fan off. Press AUTO to row floor outlets. indicator light comes on to show return to automatic operation. - : This mode clears the windows that the air conditioning is enabled. The A/C light will stay on even if the Temperature Control : Turn the of fog or moisture. Air is directed to outside temperatures are below knob clockwise or counterclockwise the windshield, floor outlets, freezing. If the fan is turned off, the to increase or decrease temperature outboard instrument panel outlets, air conditioner will not run. Press setting. and side window outlets. The system automatically forces outside AUTO to return to automatic air into the vehicle and the air operation. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

212 Climate Controls

@ : Press to turn on recirculation. K : Press to turn the rear window Air Vents An indicator light comes on. Air is defogger on or off. An indicator light recirculated to quickly cool the on the button comes on to show that Adjustable air vents are in the inside of the vehicle. It can also be the rear window defogger is on. center and on the side of the instrument panel. Use the sliding used to help reduce outside air and The rear window defogger only odors that enter the vehicle. The air knobs on the air vents to change works when the ignition is in ON/ the direction of the airflow. Slide the conditioning compressor also comes RUN. The defogger also turns off if on when this mode is activated. knob up or down to open or close the ignition is turned to ACC/ off the airflow. Press AUTO to return to automatic ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. operation. Air vents blow warm air on the side windows in cold weather. If Floor, Auto Defog : The climate control Caution system may have a sensor to Defog, or Defrost modes are automatically detect high humidity Using a razor blade or sharp selected, a small amount of air will inside the vehicle. When high object to clear the inside rear come from the vents close to the window. If the airflow is shut off humidity is detected, the climate window can damage the rear using the sliding knobs, warm air control system may adjust air window defogger. Repairs would will be directed to the other delivery modes, outside air supply, not be covered by the vehicle and turn on the air conditioner. If the instrument panel vents. This is warranty. Do not clear the inside normal operation. climate control system does not rear window with sharp objects. detect possible window fogging, it Use the sliding knobs to turn vent returns to normal operation. To turn airflow on or off based on the mode Auto Defog off or on, see “Climate Heated Mirror : If equipped with selected. and Air Quality” under Vehicle heated outside mirrors, the mirrors Personalization 0 139. heat to help clear fog or frost from Operation Tips the surface of the mirror when the Rear Window Defogger . Clear away any ice, snow, rear window defog button is or leaves from air inlets at the The rear window defogger uses a pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39. base of the windshield that could warming grid to remove fog from the block the flow of air into the rear window. vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Climate Controls 213 . Keep the path under the front Maintenance seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. Passenger Compartment . Use of non-GM approved hood Air Filter deflectors can adversely affect The passenger compartment air the performance of the system. filter reduces dust, pollen, and other Check with your dealer before airborne irritants from outside air adding equipment to the outside that is pulled into the vehicle. The of the vehicle. filter will need to be replaced periodically. See Maintenance Schedule 0 366. Using the climate control system without an air filter installed is not recommended. Water or other debris could enter the system and result in leaks or noises. Always install a new filter when removing the old filter. For more information on filter replacement, see your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

214 Driving and Operating

Shifting out of Park ...... 239 Cruise Control Driving and Parking ...... 239 Cruise Control ...... 259 Operating Parking over Things That Burn ...... 240 Driver Assistance Systems Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 261 Engine Exhaust Driving Information Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Engine Exhaust ...... 240 System ...... 263 Distracted Driving ...... 215 Running the Vehicle While Lane Departure Defensive Driving ...... 215 Parked ...... 241 Warning (LDW) ...... 264 Drunk Driving ...... 215 Control of a Vehicle ...... 216 Automatic Transmission Fuel Braking ...... 216 Automatic Transmission ...... 241 Fuel ...... 266 Steering ...... 216 Manual Mode ...... 244 California Fuel Off-Road Recovery ...... 217 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 245 Requirements ...... 267 Loss of Control ...... 217 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 267 Off-Road Driving ...... 218 Manual Transmission Fuel Additives ...... 267 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 222 Manual Transmission ...... 246 Filling the Tank ...... 267 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 223 Drive Systems Filling a Portable Fuel Winter Driving ...... 224 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 247 Container ...... 269 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 225 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 226 Brakes Trailer Towing Truck-Camper Loading Antilock Brake General Towing Information ...... 232 System (ABS) ...... 254 Information ...... 270 Parking Brake ...... 254 Driving Characteristics and Starting and Operating Brake Assist ...... 255 Towing Tips ...... 270 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 232 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 255 Trailer Towing ...... 272 Ignition Positions ...... 233 Towing Equipment ...... 275 Starting the Engine ...... 234 Ride Control Systems Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ... 277 Engine Heater ...... 235 Traction Control/Electronic Retained Accessory Stability Control ...... 256 Conversions and Add-Ons Power (RAP) ...... 237 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 258 Add-On Electrical Shifting Into Park ...... 238 Equipment ...... 278 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 215 Driving Information . Designate a front seat Refer to the infotainment section for passenger to handle potential more information on using that Distracted Driving distractions. system and the navigation system, . Become familiar with vehicle if equipped, including pairing and Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as using a cell phone. and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Defensive Driving judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Defensive driving means always activities divert your attention away “ Program all trip information into expect the unexpected. The first from the road. Many local ” any navigation device prior to step in driving defensively is to wear governments have enacted laws driving. the safety belt. See Safety regarding driver distraction. Become Belts 0 51. familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked your area. to retrieve items that have fallen . Assume that other road users to the floor. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and To avoid distracted driving, keep other drivers) are going to be your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend careless and make mistakes. hands on the steering wheel, and to children. Anticipate what they might do focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate and be ready. . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. . Allow enough following distance demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations between you and the driver in Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a front of you. place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone. phone calls. . Focus on the task of driving. . Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning take notes, or look up Drunk Driving information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too Death and injury associated with electronic devices. long or too often could cause a drinking and driving is a global crash resulting in injury or death. tragedy. Focus your attention on driving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

216 Driving and Operating

Average driver reaction time is Steering { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power (66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency. judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance asmallamountofalcohol.You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required. include: can have a serious — or even If power steering assist is lost due fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require of you. increased effort. Do not drink and drive or ride with adriverwhohasbeendrinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a problem. Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic. with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it If the engine ever stops while the who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is vehicle is being driven, brake held against that position for an normally but do not pump the extended period of time, power brakes. Doing so could make the Control of a Vehicle steering assist may be reduced. pedal harder to push down. If the Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced. Once the power assist is used up, it Braking Normal use of the power steering can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down. time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering push the brake pedal is perception messages under Steering System time. Actually doing it is Messages 0 137.Seeyourdealerif reaction time. there is a problem. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 217

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not gently into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a . There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Acceleration Skid — too much . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: throttle causes the driving steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin. 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and ahand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to . The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not (ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the pavement. overdriving those conditions. But braking. skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow right front tire contacts the these suggestions: pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

218 Driving and Operating

The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this occurs. tires must not be driven off-road manual. . Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air driving according to weather contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. driving. control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the (HDC) 0 258. snow, ice, gravel, or other speed. material on the road. Learn to . Know the local laws that apply to recognize warning clues — such { Warning off-road driving. as enough water, ice, or packed To gain more ground clearance if snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction remove the front fascia lower air down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the . Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy. acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Caution by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear safety belts. sudden changes could cause Operating the vehicle for the tires to slide. extended periods without the front Before Driving Off-Road Remember: Antilock brakes help fascia lower air dam installed can avoid only the braking skid. . Have all necessary maintenance cause improper airflow to the and service work completed. engine. Reattach the front fascia Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, air dam after off-road driving. and check inflation pressure in Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare, used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped. without four-wheel drive and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 219

Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued) 0 226 and Tires 0 316. of control. Driving across hills can { Warning Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be injured or killed. Do not drive on . Unsecured cargo on the . Always use established trails, steep hills. load floor can be tossed roads, and areas that have been about when driving over set aside for public off-road rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the passengers can be struck posted regulations. steepness, traction, and by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the . Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before driving further. area as far forward and as . Do not park over things that low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills: heaviest things should be That Burn 0 240. . Use a low gear and keep a firm on the floor, forward of the grip on the steering wheel. rear axle. Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed. . Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill. to roll over. You can be . Slow down when approaching seriously or fatally injured if { Warning the top of the hill. the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more can cause the vehicle to stall. visible. Driving down hills can cause loss (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

220 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving to the top of a hill at high on the transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving control. embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to If the vehicle stalls on a hill: seriously injured or killed. As you P(Park).Shiftthetransfercaseto near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the and stay alert. vehicle, and then apply the parking brake. . When driving down a hill, keep . Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight 2. Shift into P (Park) and then backward with either the down. Use a low gear because restart the engine. transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the N(Neutral).Thebrakescould brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under R(Reverse),releasethe control. control. parking brake, and back straight down. { Warning { Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle around. If the hill is steep If the vehicle has the two-speed Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle, automatic or electronic transfer ahillcancauseyourbrakesto it is steep enough to cause case, shifting the transfer case to overheat and fade. This could it to roll over. N(Neutral)cancauseyour cause loss of control and you or vehicle to roll even if the others could be injured or killed. . If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down transmission is in P (Park). This is Apply the brakes lightly when the hill. because the N (Neutral) position (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 221

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could N(Neutral)usingonlythe cause a downhill slide or a { Warning brake. The vehicle can roll rollover. Getting out of the vehicle on the backward quickly and you . Surface conditions can be a could lose control. downhill side when stopped problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous. . If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something vehicle and stay well clear of the straight down the hill. that will trip it arock,arut, — rollover path. 3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over. restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, P(Park),andturnthe severe. If a rock is driven across or Ice vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in mud 3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut — the deeper the mud, the lower seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt the gear. Keep the vehicle moving even more. to avoid getting stuck. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it . If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires . Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and Ahillthatcanbedrivenstraight braking. Drive at a reduced speed up or down might be too steep to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt drive across. Driving across an maneuvers. incline puts more weight on the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

222 Driving and Operating

Traction is reduced on hard packed After Off-Road Driving snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued) Remove any brush or debris that control. Reduce vehicle speed when has collected on the underbody or driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the chassis, or under the hood. These and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard. { Warning After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and checked. These substances can Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution or rivers can be dangerous. Ice cause glazing and uneven braking. conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing Check the body structure, steering, vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover suspension, wheels, tires, and you and your passengers could the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and cooling drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe. Deep water can damage the system for any leakage. surfaces only. axle and other vehicle parts. More frequent maintenance service is required. See the Maintenance Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, Schedule 0 366. drive slowly through it. At faster { Warning speeds, water splashes and the vehicle can stall. When going Driving on Wet Roads Driving through rushing water can through water, the brakes get wet Rain and wet roads can reduce be dangerous. Deep water can and it may take longer to stop. See vehicle traction and affect your sweep your vehicle downstream “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this ability to stop and accelerate. and you and your passengers section. Always drive slower in these types could drown. If it is only shallow of driving conditions and avoid water, it can still wash away the driving through large puddles and ground from under your tires. deep-standing or flowing water. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 223

Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads { Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast . Keep the vehicle serviced and in pulling to one side. You could good shape. lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes, After driving through a large contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and puddle of water or a car/vehicle transmission. wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to pedal until the brakes work . Shift to a lower gear when going slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills. normally. Other Rainy Weather Tips Flowing or rushing water creates { Warning strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope happens, you and other vehicle can cause brake overheating, can occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking. very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower through flowing water. . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope. . Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires 0 316. . Turn off cruise control. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

224 Driving and Operating

Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance { Warning and watch for slippery spots. Icy Driving on Snow or Ice patches can occur on otherwise Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) Snow or ice between the tires and clear roads in shaded areas. or with the ignition off is The surface of a curve or an dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can overpass can remain icy when overheating of the brakes and the surrounding roads are clear. loss of steering. Always have the occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid Avoid sudden steering engine running and the vehicle driving on wet ice or in freezing rain maneuvers and braking while in gear. until roads can be treated. on ice. . Turn off cruise control. For Slippery Road Driving: . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating Blizzard Conditions swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to Stop the vehicle in a safe place and center line. spin and makes the surface signal for help. Stay with the vehicle under the tires slick. . Be alert on top of hills; unless there is help nearby. something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See If possible, use Roadside (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic Assistance. See Roadside 0 Stability Control 0 256. Assistance Program 387.Toget . Pay attention to special road help and keep everyone in the signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System vehicle safe: winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the . Turn on the hazard warning and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner flashers. than when on dry pavement. . Tie a red cloth to an outside See Antilock Brake System mirror. (ABS) 0 254. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 225

If the Vehicle Is Stuck { Warning Warning (Continued) Slowly and cautiously spin the Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest wheels to free the vehicle when under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.” See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO, Out” later in this section. carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 240. The Traction Control System (TCS) cannot be seen or smelled. It can can often help to free a stuck cause unconsciousness and even vehicle. See Traction Control/ death. To save fuel, run the engine for 0 short periods to warm the vehicle Electronic Stability Control 256. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see partially close the window. Moving “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out” . Clear snow from the base of following. the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps. blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive, { Warning . Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the (2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the If the vehicle's tires spin at high that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle speed, they can explode, and you to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery or others could be injured. The charged to restart the vehicle and to . Fully open the air outlets on vehicle can overheat, causing an signal for help with the headlamps. engine compartment fire or other or under the instrument Do this as little as possible, to damage. Spin the wheels as little panel. save fuel. as possible and avoid going Adjust the climate control . above 56 km/h (35 mph). system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set (Continued) For information about using tire chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 335. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

226 Driving and Operating

Rocking the Vehicle to Get Recovery Hooks It Out Caution Turn the steering wheel left and { Warning Do not drive through standing right to clear the area around the water if it is deep enough to cover Never pull on recovery hooks front wheels. For four-wheel-drive the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust from the side. The hooks could vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive pipe. Deep water can damage the break and you and others could High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back axle and other vehicle parts. and forth between R (Reverse) and be injured. When using recovery aforwardgear,spinningthewheels hooks, always pull the vehicle as little as possible. To prevent from the front. There are recovery hooks at the transmission wear, wait until the front of the vehicle. Use them if the wheels stop spinning before shifting vehicle is stuck off-road and needs gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in to be pulled some place to continue the forward and reverse directions driving. causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get Vehicle Load Limits the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how might need to be towed out. See much weight the vehicle can Towing the Vehicle 0 351.Recovery hooks can be used, if the vehicle carry. This weight is called the has them. vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 227

Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended { Warning Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). Do not load the vehicle any For more information on tires 0 heavier than the Gross and inflation see Tires 316 0 Vehicle Weight Rating and Tire Pressure 323. (GVWR), or either the There is also important loading maximum front or rear Gross information on the vehicle Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Certification/Tire label. It may This can cause systems to show the Gross Vehicle Weight break and change the way the Rating (GVWR) and the Gross vehicle handles. This could Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for cause loss of control and a the front and rear axles. See crash. Overloading can also “Certification/Tire Label” later in reduce stopping distance, Label Example this section. damage the tires, and shorten Avehicle-specificTireand Steps for Determining Correct the life of the vehicle. “ Loading Information label is Load Limit– attached to the B-pillar or on the 1. Locate the statement "The forward edge of the rear door. combined weight of The Tire and Loading occupants and cargo should Information label shows the never exceed XXX kg or number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s positions (1), and the maximum placard. vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and The Tire and Loading passengers that will be Information label also shows the riding in your vehicle. size of the original equipment Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

228 Driving and Operating

3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and weight of the driver and manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available (700 lb) XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load 4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.” the available amount of See Trailer Towing 0 272 for cargo and luggage load important information on towing capacity. For example, if the atrailer,towingsafetyrules,and "XXX" amount equals trailering tips. 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = Example 2 650 lbs.) 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 5. Determine the combined Example 2 = 453 kg weight of luggage and cargo (1,000 lb) being loaded on the vehicle. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight That weight may not safely @68kg(150lb)◊5= exceed the available cargo Example 1 340 kg (750 lb) and luggage load capacity 3. Available Cargo Weight = calculated in Step 4. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 113 kg (250 lb) Example 1 = (453 kg) 6. If your vehicle will be towing (1,000 lb) atrailer,loadfromyour 2. Subtract Occupant Weight trailer will be transferred to @68kg(150lb)◊2= 136 kg (300 lb) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 229

of the driver, passengers, and The GVWR includes the weight cargo should never exceed the of the vehicle, all occupants, vehicle's capacity weight. fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at aweighstation.Yourdealercan Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline. (1,000 lb) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example { Warning @91kg(200lb)◊5= 453 kg (1,000 lb) Avehicle-specificCertification/ In the case of a sudden stop 3. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is attached to the or collision, things carried in 0kg(0lb) B-pillar or on the forward edge the bed of your truck could of the rear door. The label may shift forward and come into Refer to the Tire and Loading show the size of the vehicle's the passenger area, injuring Information label for specific original tires and the inflation you and others. If you put information about the vehicle's pressures needed to obtain the things in the bed of your truck, capacity weight and seating gross weight capacity of the you should make sure they positions. The combined weight vehicle. This is called Gross are properly secured. Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

230 Driving and Operating

Using heavier suspension { Warning components to get added Warning (Continued) Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change the . When you carry heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the Vehicle Weight Rating to help load the vehicle the vehicle, secure it (GVWR), or either the right way. whenever you can. maximum front or rear Gross { Warning . Do not leave a seat Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). folded down unless you This can cause systems to Things you put inside the need to. break and change the way the vehicle can strike and injure vehicle handles. This could people in a sudden stop or There is also important loading cause loss of control and a turn, or in a crash. crash. Overloading can also information for off-road driving in reduce stopping distance, . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading the damage the tires, and shorten area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“ the life of the vehicle. spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving 0 218. . Never stack heavier Two-Tiered Loading things, like suitcases, Depending on the model of the Caution inside the vehicle so that pickup, an upper load platform some of them are above can be created by positioning Overloading the vehicle may the tops of the seats. cause damage. Repairs would not three or four 5 cm (2 in) by be covered by the vehicle . Do not leave an 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks warranty. Do not overload the unsecured child restraint across the width of the pickup vehicle. in the vehicle. box. The planks must be (Continued) inserted in the pickup box depressions. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 231

When using this upper load Add-On Equipment Maximum platform, be sure the load is When carrying removable items, *Equipment Weight securely tied down to prevent it alimitonhowmanypeople Side Boxes 113 kg per from shifting. The load's center carried inside the vehicle may of gravity should be positioned and Cargo side (250 lb be necessary. Be sure to weigh per side) in a zone over the rear axle. The the vehicle before buying and zone is located in the area installing the new equipment. *Thecombinedweightforall between the front of each wheel rail-mounted equipment should well and the rear of each wheel Caution not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). well. The center of gravity height must not extend above the top Overloading the vehicle may Loading Points of the pickup box flareboard. cause damage. Repairs would not Any load that extends beyond be covered by the vehicle the vehicle's taillamp area must warranty. Do not overload the be properly marked according to vehicle. local laws and regulations. Remember not to exceed the Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Weight Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or Rating (GAWR) of the front or rear axle. rear axle. Maximum *Equipment Weight Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb) 1. Primary Load Points and Cargo 2. Secondary Load Areas Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb) 3. GM Approved Accessory and Cargo Mounting Points Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

232 Driving and Operating Structural members (1) and (2) are Starting and included in the pickup box design. Caution (Continued) Additional accessories should use Operating these load points. Depending on the premature wear and earlier accessory design, use a spacer New Vehicle Break-In replacement. Follow this under the accessory at the load breaking-in guideline every points to remove gap. The holes for time you get new brake GM approved accessories (3) are Caution linings. not intended for aftermarket The vehicle does not need an . Do not tow a trailer during equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing for additional pickup box load 0 272 for the trailer towing perform better in the long run if bearing structural information. capabilities of the vehicle you follow these guidelines: and more information. . Keep the vehicle speed at Truck-Camper Loading Following break-in, engine speed 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for Information the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually increased. The vehicle was neither . Do not drive at any one designed nor intended to carry a constant speed, fast or slow, slide-in camper. for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle Caution starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. Adding a slide-in camper or . Avoid making hard stops for similar equipment to the vehicle the first 322 km (200 mi) or can damage it, and the repairs so. During this time the new would not be covered by the brake linings are not yet vehicle warranty. Do not install a broken in. Hard stops with slide-in camper or similar new linings can mean equipment on the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 233

Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and firmly apply the brakes and steering wheel. It also locks the steer the vehicle to a safe transmission on automatic location. transmission vehicles. The key can 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift be removed in LOCK/OFF. to P (Park) with an automatic The steering can bind with the transmission, or Neutral with a wheels turned off center. If this manual transmission. Turn the happens, move the steering wheel ignition to LOCK/OFF. from right to left while turning the 4. Set the parking brake. See key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this Parking Brake 0 254. does not work, then the vehicle needs service. { Warning Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a Turning off the vehicle while The ignition switch has four different loss of power assist in the brake moving may cause loss of power positions. and steering systems and disable assist in the brake and steering the airbags. To shift out of P(Park), the ignition systems and disable the airbags. must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the ACCESSORY and the regular brake emergency: vehicle off in an emergency. pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady 0(STOPPINGTHEENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring turn the ignition to ACC/ OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). On vehicles with an automatic active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the transmission, the shift lever must be 0 Power (RAP) 237. vehicle is moving. After shifting in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch to N (Neutral), continue to to LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

234 Driving and Operating

when the engine is running. The Caution transmission is also unlocked in this Caution position on automatic transmission Using a tool to force the key to vehicles. If you add electrical parts or turn in the ignition could cause accessories, you could change damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position resulting damage would not be sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could covered by the vehicle warranty. only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not See Add-On Electrical start if the battery is allowed to drain cannot be turned by hand, see Equipment 0 278. for an extended period of time. your dealer. 3(START):This is the position that starts the engine. When the engine Place the transmission in the 1(ACC/ACCESSORY):This starts, release the key. The ignition proper gear. position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for Automatic Transmission and the windshield wipers operate driving. while the engine is off. It also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or unlocks the steering wheel. Use this Awarningtonewillsoundwhenthe N(Neutral).Theenginewillnotstart position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened, the ignition is in any other position. To restart the pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ engine when the vehicle is already OFF, and the key is in the ignition. 2(ON/RUN):This position can be moving, use N (Neutral) only. used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some Starting the Engine Caution instrument cluster warning and If the vehicle has a diesel engine, indicator lights. This position can see the Duramax diesel Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the also be used for service and supplement. vehicle is moving. If you do, you diagnostics, and to verify the proper could damage the transmission. operation of the malfunction Shift to P (Park) only when the indicator lamp as may be required vehicle is stopped. for emission inspection purposes. The switch stays in this position Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 235

Manual Transmission transmission gently until the oil Caution (Continued) warms up and lubricates all The shift lever should be in Neutral moving parts. and the parking brake engaged. ended, can overheat and damage Hold the clutch pedal down to the the cranking motor, and drain the Engine Heater floor and start the engine. The battery. Wait at least 15 seconds vehicle will not start if the clutch between each try, to let the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, pedal is not all the way down. cranking motor cool down. see the Duramax diesel Starting Procedure supplement. 2. If the engine does not start 1. With your foot off the { Warning accelerator pedal, turn the after five to 10 seconds, ignition key to START. When especially in very cold weather Do not plug in the engine block (below ✓18 °C or 0 °F), it could the engine starts, let go of the heater while the vehicle is in be flooded with too much key. The idle speed will go parked in a garage or under a down as the engine gets warm. gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to carport. Property damage or Do not race the engine personal injury may result. Always immediately after starting it. the floor and holding it there while holding the key in START park the vehicle in a clear open Operate the engine and area away from buildings or transmission gently to allow the for up to 15 seconds. Wait at structures. oil to warm up and lubricate all least 15 seconds between each moving parts. try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine If equipped, the engine heater can starts, let go of the key and Caution provide easier starting and better accelerator. If the vehicle starts fuel economy during engine Cranking the engine for long briefly but then stops again, do warm-up in cold weather conditions the same thing. This clears the periods of time, by returning the at or below ✓18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles extra gasoline from the engine. ignition to the START position with an engine heater should be Do not race the engine immediately after cranking has plugged in at least four hours before immediately after starting it. starting. An internal thermostat in (Continued) Operate the engine and the plug-end of the cord may exist, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

236 Driving and Operating

which will prevent engine heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal, operation at temperatures above grounded 110-volt AC outlet. ✓18 °C (0 °F). { Warning

Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire. . Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected Heater Cord Near Engine Air by a ground fault detection Cleaner, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, function. An ungrounded 3.6L V6 Engine Similar outlet could cause an Heater Cord Near Coolant Surge To Use the Engine Heater electric shock. Tank, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, 3.6L . Use a weatherproof, 1. Turn off the engine. V6 Engine Similar heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated 2. Open the hood and unwrap the extension cord if needed. electrical cord. The cord is Failure to use the secured near the coolant surge recommended extension tank or to the engine air cord in good operating cleaner. Carefully remove condition, or using a the cord. damaged heater or Check the heater cord for extension cord, could make damage. If it is damaged, do (Continued) not use it. See your dealer for areplacement.Inspectthe cord for damage yearly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 237

away from moving engine Accessory Power Outlets (APOs) Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be The vehicle may have Accessory damaged. it overheat and cause a fire, Power Outlets (APOs) in several property damage, electric The length of time the heater should locations. See Power Outlets 0 107. shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on The APOs in the console or center several factors. Ask a dealer in the . Do not operate the vehicle seat position are powered by area where you will be parking the Retained Accessory Power (RAP). with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this. permanently attached to the They will continue to work for up to vehicle. Possible heater 10 minutes after the key is turned cord and thermostat Retained Accessory from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until damage could occur. Power (RAP) the driver door is opened. . While in use, do not let the The following vehicle accessories The APOs on the center stack come heater cord touch vehicle can be used for up to 10 minutes from the factory powered directly parts or sharp edges. Never after the engine is turned off: from the vehicle battery, and supply accessory power at all times, close the hood on the . Audio System heater cord. regardless of ignition key position. . Power Windows . Before starting the vehicle, If electronic items are left plugged unplug the cord, reattach . OnStar System (if equipped) into these APOs for long periods of the cover to the plug, and These features work when the key time with the vehicle off, the vehicle securely fasten the cord. is in ON/RUN or ACC/ battery could be drained. The Keep the cord away from ACCESSORY. Once the key is vehicle may not start if the battery is any moving parts. turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, allowed to drain for an extended the windows continue to work up to period of time. 4. Before starting the engine, be 10 minutes or until any door is sure to unplug and store the opened. The radio continues to cord as it was before to keep it work for up to 10 minutes or until the driver door is opened. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

238 Driving and Operating

Shifting Into Park 2. Hold the button on the shift lever and push the lever toward Warning (Continued) the front of the vehicle into { Warning P(Park). If you have four-wheel drive and the transfer case is in N (Neutral), It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case (if the vehicle will be free to roll, the vehicle if the shift lever is not equipped) is in a drive even if the shift lever is in fully in P (Park) with the parking gear — not in N (Neutral). P(Park).Sobesurethetransfer brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition key to case is in a drive gear – not in roll. If you have left the engine LOCK/OFF. N(Neutral). running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be 5. Remove the key and take it And, if you leave the vehicle with with you. If you can leave the injured. To be sure the vehicle will the engine running, it could vehicle with the ignition key in not move, even when you are on overheat and even catch fire. You your hand, the vehicle is in or others could be injured. Do not fairly level ground, use the steps P(Park). that follow. With four-wheel drive, leave the vehicle with the engine if the transfer case is in Leaving the Vehicle with the running unless you have to. N(Neutral),thevehiclewillbe Engine Running free to roll, even if the shift lever If you have to leave the vehicle with is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer { Warning the engine running, be sure the case is in a drive gear. If towing a vehicle is in P (Park) and the trailer, see Driving Characteristics It can be dangerous to leave the parking brake is firmly set before and Towing Tips 0 270. vehicle with the engine running. you leave it. After you move the shift The vehicle could move suddenly lever into P (Park), hold the regular if the shift lever is not fully in brake pedal down. Then, see if you 1. Hold the brake pedal down, can move the shift lever away from then set the parking brake. P(Park)withtheparkingbrake firmly set. P(Park)withoutpressingthebutton See Parking Brake 0 254. on the shift lever. If you can, it (Continued) means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 239

Torque Lock Shifting out of Park 3. While holding the shift lever button, move the shift lever to If you are parking on a hill and you This vehicle is equipped with an the desired position. do not shift the transmission into electronic shift lock release system. P(Park)properly,theweightofthe The shift lock release is If you are still having a problem vehicle may put too much force on designed to: shifting, then have the vehicle the parking pawl in the serviced soon. . Prevent ignition key removal transmission. You may find it difficult This vehicle may have the Safety to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). unless the shift lever is in P(Park). Belt Assurance System, which may This is called torque lock. To prevent the vehicle from shifting out prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift of P (Park). See Safety Belt brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the Messages 0 136. properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN and the seat. To find out how, see Shifting regular brake pedal is applied. Parking Into Park 0 238. To shift out of P (Park): If the vehicle has a manual When you are ready to drive, move 1. Apply the brake pedal. transmission, before you get out of the shift lever out of P (Park) before the vehicle, move the shift lever into you release the parking brake. 2. Press the button on the shift lever. R(Reverse),andfirmlyapplythe If torque lock does occur, you may parking brake. Once the shift lever need to have another vehicle push 3. Move the shift lever to the has been placed into R (Reverse) yours a little uphill to take some of desired position. with the clutch pedal pressed in, the pressure from the parking pawl If you still are unable to shift out of turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, in the transmission. You will then be P(Park): remove the key and release the able to pull the shift lever out of clutch. P(Park). 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. If you are parking on a hill, or if the vehicle is pulling a trailer, see 2. While holding down the brake Driving Characteristics and Towing pedal and pressing the shift Tips 0 270. lever button, move the shift lever all the way into P (Park). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

240 Driving and Operating

Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) That Burn { Warning . There are holes or openings { Warning in the vehicle body from Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the with poor ventilation windows completely down. (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired deep snow that may block immediately. underbody airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed . The exhaust smells or area such as a garage or a sounds strange or different. building that has no fresh air . The exhaust system leaks ventilation. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 241 Running the Vehicle Automatic effort to shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into While Parked Transmission Park 0 238. It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic engine running. shift lever position indicator within { Warning If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is It is dangerous to get out of the be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully See Shifting Into Park 0 238 and in P (Park) with the parking brake Engine Exhaust 0 240.Ifthevehicle firmly set. The vehicle can roll. has a manual transmission, see Do not leave the vehicle when the 0 Parking 239. engine is running. If you have left If parking on a hill and pulling a the engine running, the vehicle trailer, see Driving Characteristics can move suddenly. You or others and Towing Tips 0 270. could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 238 and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 270. P:This position locks the rear wheels. It is the best position to use when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

242 Driving and Operating

To rock the vehicle back and forth to { Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution damaging the transmission, see If If you have four-wheel drive, the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 225. Shifting out of P (Park) or vehicle will be free to roll — even N(Neutral)withtheengine if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N:In this position, the engine does running at high speed may the transfer case is in N (Neutral). not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The So, be sure the transfer case is in restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by adrivegear,Two-WheelDrive moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is High or Four-Wheel Drive High or engine is not running at high being towed. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in speed when shifting the vehicle. N(Neutral).SeeShifting Into 0 { Warning Park 238. D:This position is for normal Shifting into a drive gear while the driving. It provides the best fuel R:Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is economy. If you need more power dangerous. Unless your foot is for passing, and you are: Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift damage the transmission. The . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. the way down. the vehicle warranty. Shift to R(Reverse)onlyafterthevehicle By doing this, the vehicle shifts is stopped. down to the next gear and has more power. D(Drive)canbeusedwhentowing atrailer,carryingaheavyload, driving on steep hills, or driving Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 243

off-road. Shift the transmission to a The transmission uses adaptive lower gear range selection if the shift controls. The adaptive shift Caution transmission shifts too often. See control process continually Manual Mode 0 244. compares key shift parameters to Spinning the tires or holding the pre-programmed ideal shifts stored vehicle in one place on a hill Downshifting the transmission in using only the accelerator pedal slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’scomputer.The transmission constantly makes may damage the transmission. in skidding. See “Skidding” under The repair will not be covered by Loss of Control 0 217. adjustments to improve vehicle performance according to how the the vehicle warranty. If you are The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with stuck, do not spin the tires. When feature that adjusts the transmission aheavyloadorwhenthe stopping on a hill, use the brakes shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this to hold the vehicle in place. conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process, upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best Normal Mode Grade Braking determine, before making an settings. Normal Mode Grade Braking is upshift, if the engine is able to enabled when the vehicle is started, maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold, the transmission's gear shifting but is not enabled in Range things such as vehicle speed, Selection Mode. It assists in throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more stable shifts until the engine warms maintaining desired vehicle speeds If the shift stabilization feature when driving on downhill grades by determines that a current vehicle up. Shifts could be more noticeable with a cold transmission. This using the engine and transmission speed cannot be maintained, the to slow the vehicle. transmission does not upshift and difference in shifting is normal. instead holds the current gear. M:This position allows selection of In some cases, this could appear to arangeofgearsappropriatefor be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions. See transmission is operating normally. Manual Mode 0 244. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

244 Driving and Operating

Manual Mode When the shift lever is moved from D(Drive)toM(ManualMode),a Range Selection Mode number displays next to the M, indicating the current transmission range. This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in M (Manual Mode). All gears below that number are available. As driving conditions change, the transmission can automatically shift to lower gears. For example, when 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are automatically shifted by the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) Range Selection Mode helps control cannot be used until the plus/minus the vehicle's transmission and button on the shift lever is used to vehicle speed while driving downhill change to the range. or towing a trailer by letting you When the shift lever is moved from select a desired range of gears. D(Drive)toM(ManualMode),a To use this feature: downshift may occur. The gear that the transmission is operating in 1. Move the shift lever to when the shift lever is moved from M(ManualMode). D(Drive)toM(ManualMode) 2. Press the plus/minus button on determines if a downshift occurs. the shift lever to select the See the following chart. desired range of gears for current driving conditions. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 245

Gear before shifting from D 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st (Drive) to M (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from D M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1 (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)

Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode Range Selection Mode is active. Low Traction Mode assists in See Tow/Haul Mode 0 245. vehicle acceleration when road Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off While using Range Selection Mode, conditions are slippery, such as with by pressing the button on the center cruise control and the Tow/Haul ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stack. When the Tow/Haul Mode is Mode can be used. stop, select M2 using Range enabled, a light on the instrument Selection Mode. This will limit cluster will come on. Caution torque to the wheels and help to See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 121 and prevent the tires from spinning. Hill and Mountain Roads 0 223. Spinning the tires or holding the Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under vehicle in one place on a hill Tow/Haul Mode Towing Equipment 0 275. using only the accelerator pedal If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts may damage the transmission. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the transmission shift pattern to the Tow/Haul button activates the The repair will not be covered by reduce shift cycling. This provides the vehicle warranty. If you are exhaust brake system increased performance, vehicle simultaneously. See Exhaust stuck, do not spin the tires. When “ control, and transmission cooling Brake in the Duramax diesel stopping on a hill, use the brakes ” when driving down steep hills or supplement. to hold the vehicle in place. mountain grades, towing, or hauling heavy loads. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

246 Driving and Operating Manual Transmission shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly Caution let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving or while 3(Third),4(Fourth),5(Fifth)and stopped. The pressure can cause 6(Sixth):Shift into 3 (Third), premature wear in the clutch. The 4(Fourth),5(Fifth)and6(Sixth)the repairs would not be covered by same way you do for 2 (Second). the vehicle warranty. Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. To stop, let up on the accelerator To operate the manual transmission: pedal and press the brake pedal. 1(First):Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press fully to the pedal stop and shift into the clutch pedal and the brake 1(First).Then,slowlyletuponthe pedal, and shift to Neutral. clutch pedal as you slowly press If equipped with a manual Neutral : Use this position when down on the accelerator pedal. transmission, this is the shift you start or idle the engine. pattern. You can shift into 1(First) when you R(Reverse):To back up, with the are going less than 30 km/h vehicle at a complete stop, press (20 mph). If you have come to a Caution the clutch pedal. Press down on complete stop and it is hard to shift shift lever in the 3 4Neutral Do not rest your hand on the shift into 1 (First), put the shift lever in – position, then shift into R (Reverse). Neutral and let up on the clutch. lever while driving. The pressure If it is hard to shift, let the shift lever Then press the clutch pedal back could cause premature wear in return to the 3 4Neutralposition down and shift into 1 (First). – the transmission. The repairs and release the clutch pedal. Then would not be covered by the 2(Second):Press the clutch pedal follow the steps again to shift into vehicle warranty. fully to the pedal stop while letting R(Reverse).Slowlyletuponthe up on the accelerator pedal and clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 247

Shift Indicator Caution Drive Systems Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Four-Wheel Drive vehicle is moving forward could If equipped, four-wheel drive damage the transmission. The engages the front axle for extra repairs would not be covered by traction. the vehicle warranty. Shift to R(Reverse)onlyafterthevehicle Caution is stopped. This light comes on when an up-shift is recommended for best fuel economy. The number Do not drive on clean, dry Use R (Reverse), along with the displayed with the arrow indicates pavement in 4 m,4n,and4AUTO parking brake, for parking the the recommended gear. (if equipped) for an extended vehicle. period of time. These conditions Shift Speeds may cause: . Overheating. { Warning . Oil leakage. If you skip a gear when . Damage to internal and downshifting, you could lose external components of the control of the vehicle. You could front axle. injure yourself or others. Do not . Premature wear on the shift down more than one gear at vehicle’spowertrain. atimewhendownshifting. Driving on clean, dry pavement in four-wheel drive may: . Cause a vibration to be felt in the steering system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

248 Driving and Operating

. Cause tires to wear faster. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction the vehicle was off. To see the ® . Cause additional driveline noise. Control and StabiliTrak off. See indicator, turn the knob to another Traction Control/Electronic Stability position so that it matches the Control 0 256. actual transfer case setting. If no { Warning light displays, take the vehicle to Electronic Transfer Case your dealer for service. An indicator Shifting the transfer case to light flashes while shifting and until N(Neutral)cancausethevehicle the shift is complete. to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or someone else If the transfer case cannot complete could be seriously injured. Be arequestedshift,itwillreturntothe sure to set the parking brake last chosen setting. Turn the control before placing the transfer case in back to the previous setting to see N(Neutral).SeeParking the indicator light. Brake 0 254. Caution

Shifting the transmission into gear Caution before the requested mode indicator light has stopped Extended high-speed operation in Use the transfer case knob, next to flashing could damage the 4 n may damage or shorten the the steering wheel, to shift into and transfer case. life of the drivetrain. out of four-wheel drive for extra traction. The settings are: Engagement noise and bump when An indicator light on the knob shows which setting the transfer case is in. N(Neutral):Use only when the shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from vehicle needs to be towed. See The N (Neutral) indicator is on the 0 N(Neutral),withtheenginerunning, face of the knob. If the light displays Recreational Vehicle Towing 351 0 is normal. momentarily when the ignition is in or Towing the Vehicle 351. ON/RUN, but does not stay on, the knob may have been turned while Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 249

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Shifting Into 4 m 2. Turn the knob to 4 n.Waitfor for driving on most streets and the 4 n indicator light to stop highways. The front axle is not Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except flashing before shifting the engaged. This setting provides the transmission into gear. best fuel economy. from 4 n.Theindicatorlightwillflash while shifting and will remain on the If the transmission is in gear and/or 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This selected setting. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), setting engages the front axle and the 4 n indicator light will flash for delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Shifting Into 2 m 30 seconds and not complete the driving off-road in deep sand, deep shift. After 30 seconds the transfer Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, mud, or deep snow, and while case will shift to 4 m.Turntheknob climbing or descending steep hills. except when shifting from 4 n. to 4 to see the indicator. With the When engaged, keep vehicle speed m below 72 km/h (45 mph). Shifting Into 4 n vehicle moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the transmission in Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed N(Neutral),attempttheshiftagain. Control and StabiliTrak off. See should be kept below 72 km/h Traction Control/Electronic Stability (45 mph). Shifting Out of 4 n 0 Control 256. 1. The ignition must be in ON/ 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle RUN and the vehicle must be 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use must be stopped or moving stopped or moving less than less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with when extra traction is needed. The 5km/h(3mph)withthe front axle engages and helps when the transmission in N (Neutral) transmission in N (Neutral). It is and the ignition in ON/RUN. driving on snowy or icy roads, and best for the vehicle to be when off-roading. The vehicle can It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h be shifted from 2 to 4 while the m m (1 to 2 mph). (1 to 2 mph). vehicle is moving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

250 Driving and Operating

2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator 6. Turn the transfer case knob To shift: light to stop flashing before clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 1. Set the parking brake and shifting the transmission stops and hold it there until the apply the brake pedal. into gear. N(Neutral)lightstartsblinking. This will take at least 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 3. Shift the transmission to the 4 release the knob to the 4 n m or 2 m indicator light will flash N(Neutral). for 30 seconds, but will not complete position. The N (Neutral) light the shift. With the vehicle moving will come on when the transfer 4. Turn the transfer case knob less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the case shift to N (Neutral) is to 2 m. transmission in N (Neutral), attempt complete. After the transfer case has the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify shifted out of N (Neutral), the Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in N(Neutral)lightwillgoout. N(Neutral)byshiftingthe To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), 5. Release the parking brake. 1. Park the vehicle on a level then to D (Drive). There should surface. be no movement of the vehicle Caution while shifting the transmission. 2. Set the parking brake and Shifting the transmission into gear press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. before the requested mode pedal. See Parking indicator light has stopped 0 Brake 254. 9. Place the transmission shift flashing could damage the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See transfer case. ignition to ON/RUN. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351. 4. Shift the transmission to 6. Start the engine and shift the N(Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transmission to the desired gear. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 251

Automatic Transfer Case your dealer for service. An indicator Do not use AUTO mode, light flashes while shifting and until if equipped, to park on a steep the shift is complete. grade with poor traction such as ice, If the transfer case cannot make a snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO requested shift, it will return to the mode only the rear wheels will hold last chosen setting. Turn the knob the vehicle from sliding when back to the previous transfer case parked. If parking on a steep grade, setting to see the indicator. use 4 m to keep all four wheels engaged. The settings are: N(Neutral):Use only when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This vehicle needs to be towed. See setting engages the front axle. Use Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351 this position when extra traction is or Towing the Vehicle 0 351. needed, such as when driving on snowy or icy roads, or when Use the transfer case knob next to 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use off-roading. the steering wheel to shift into and for driving on most streets and out of four-wheel drive. highways. The front axle is not 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This An indicator light on the knob shows engaged. This setting provides the setting engages the front axle and which setting the transfer case is in. best fuel economy. delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n The N (Neutral) indicator is on the AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel when driving off-road in deep sand, face of the knob. If the light displays Drive) : Use when road surface deep mud, or deep snow, and while momentarily when the ignition is in traction conditions are variable. climbing or descending steep hills. ON/RUN, but does not stay on, the When driving in AUTO, the front knob may have been turned while Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction axle is engaged, and the vehicle's Control and StabiliTrak off. See the vehicle was off. To see the power is sent to the front and rear indicator, turn the knob to another Traction Control/Electronic Stability wheels automatically based on Control 0 256. position so that it matches the driving conditions. This setting actual transfer case setting. If no provides slightly lower fuel economy light displays, take the vehicle to than 2 m. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

252 Driving and Operating

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO 2. Turn the knob to 4 n.Waitfor Shifting Out of 4 n Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop To shift: position at any speed, except from flashing before shifting the transmission into gear. 1. The vehicle must be stopped or 4 n.Theindicatorlightwillflash moving less than 5 km/h while shifting and will remain on (3 mph) with the transmission when the shift is completed. Caution in N (Neutral) and the ignition in ON/RUN. It is best for the Shifting the transmission into gear Shifting Into 2 m vehicle to be moving before the requested mode 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped except when shifting from 4 n.The flashing could damage the 2. Turn the knob to 4 m,AUTO, indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case. or 2 m.Waitforthe4m,AUTO, and will remain on when the shift is or 2 m indicator light to stop completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or flashing before shifting the moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), transmission into gear. Shifting Into 4 n the 4 n indicator light will flash for When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the Caution speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). shift. After 30 seconds the transfer case will shift to 4 m.Turntheknob Shifting the transmission into gear To shift into 4 n: before the requested mode to 4 m to display the indicator. With 1. The ignition must be in ON/ indicator light has stopped the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h flashing could damage the RUN and the vehicle must be (3 mph), and the transmission in transfer case. stopped or moving less than N(Neutral),attempttheshiftagain. 5km/h(3mph)withthe transmission in N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 253

If the transmission is in gear and/or 6. Turn the transfer case knob Shifting Out of N (Neutral) moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift: the 4 m,AUTO,or2m indicator light stops and hold it there until the will flash for 30 seconds but will not N(Neutral)lightstartsblinking. 1. Set the parking brake and complete the shift. With the vehicle This will take at least apply the brake pedal. moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN and the transmission in N (Neutral), release the knob to the 4 n with the engine off. attempt the shift again. position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to will come on when the transfer N(Neutral). Shifting Into N (Neutral) case shift to N (Neutral) is To shift: complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to the desired setting. 1. Park the vehicle on a level 7. With the engine running, verify surface. that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has N(Neutral)byshiftingthe shifted out of N (Neutral), the 2. Set the parking brake and N(Neutral)lightwillgoout. press and hold the brake transmission to R (Reverse), pedal. See Parking then shift the transmission to 5. Release the parking brake. Brake 0 254. D(Drive).Thereshouldbeno movement of the vehicle while 6. Start the engine and shift the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the shifting the transmission. transmission to the ignition to ON/RUN. desired gear. 8. Turn the engine off, and the 4. Shift the transmission to ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. N(Neutral). 9. Place the transmission shift 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. lever in P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351. 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

254 Driving and Operating Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS becomes necessary to slam on the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold brakes and continue braking to the brake pedal down firmly and let Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a ABS work. You may hear the ABS System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are pump or motor operating and feel slowing down. If one of the wheels This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is is about to stop rolling, the computer System (ABS), an advanced normal. will separately work the brakes at electronic braking system that helps each wheel. prevent a braking skid. Braking in Emergencies ABS can change the brake pressure When the vehicle begins to drive ABS allows you to steer and brake to each wheel, as required, faster away, ABS checks itself. at the same time. In many than any driver could. This can help Amomentarymotororclickingnoise emergencies, steering can help you steer around the obstacle while may be heard while this test is going more than even the very best braking hard. on, and it may even be noticed that braking. the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning suddenly slows or stops. Always Light 0 121. leave enough room up ahead to stop, even with ABS. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 255

Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a Minor brake pedal pulsation or regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that pedal movement during this time is pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. normal and the driver should pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are continue to apply the brake pedal as If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving the driving situation dictates. The system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Brake Assist feature will See Brake System Warning Tips 0 270. automatically disengage when the Light 0 120. brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly Brake Assist decreased. Caution The Brake Assist feature is designed to assist the driver in Driving with the parking brake on Hill Start Assist (HSA) stopping or decreasing vehicle can overheat the brake system speed in emergency driving This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the (HSA) feature, which may be useful damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake when the vehicle is stopped on a Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the grade sufficient enough to activate is fully released and the brake power brake system under HSA. This feature is designed to warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has prevent the vehicle from rolling, quickly and forcefully applied the either forward or rearward, during vehicle drive off. After the driver To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop or slow down the vehicle. The completely stops and holds the the regular brake pedal down, then vehicle in a complete standstill on a push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake control module increases brake grade, HSA will be automatically parking brake pedal until you feel activated. During the transition the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the vehicle until the ABS activates. period between when the driver foot up off the parking brake pedal. releases the brake pedal and starts If the parking brake is not released to accelerate to drive off on a grade, when you begin to drive, the brake Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

256 Driving and Operating HSA holds the braking pressure for Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the amaximumoftwosecondsto driver in keeping the vehicle on the ensure that there is no rolling. The Traction Control/ intended path. brakes will automatically release If cruise control is being used and when the accelerator pedal is Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins applied within the two-second Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will window. It will not activate if the disengage. Cruise control may be vehicle is in a drive gear and facing System Operation turned back on when road downhill, or if the vehicle is facing The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. uphill and in R (Reverse). ® System (TCS) and StabiliTrak ,an Both systems come on electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The and assist the driver in maintaining systems may be heard or felt while control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 225 the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section. StabiliTrak selectively applies When the transfer case (if equipped) braking pressure to any one of the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system is automatically disabled, and g comes on in the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 257

instrument cluster. Both traction maintaining control. The vehicle is control and StabiliTrak are safe to drive, but driving should be Caution automatically disabled in this adjusted accordingly. condition. Do not repeatedly brake or If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is 1. Stop the vehicle. off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged. 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. To turn off only TCS, press and 3. Start the engine. release g.TheTractionOfflighti Drive the vehicle. If d comes on displays in the instrument cluster. To The indicator light for both systems and stays on, the vehicle may need turn TCS on again, press and is in the instrument cluster. This more time to diagnose the problem. release .TheTractionOfflighti light will: g If the condition persists, see your displayed in the instrument cluster . Flash when TCS is limiting dealer. will turn off. wheel spin. Turning the Systems Off If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g . Flash when StabiliTrak is and On is pressed, the system will not turn activated. off until the wheels stop spinning. . Turn on and stay on when either To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, system is not working. press and hold g until the Traction If either system fails to turn on or to Off light i and StabiliTrak Off light activate, a message displays in the come on and stay on in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and g instrument cluster. To turn TCS and d comes on and stays on to StabiliTrak on again, press and indicate that the system is inactive The button for TCS and StabiliTrak and is not assisting the driver in is on the center stack. release g.TheTractionOfflighti and StabiliTrak Off light g in the instrument cluster turn off. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

258 Driving and Operating

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on HDC will remain enabled between if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h 30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph), (35 mph). Traction control will however vehicle speed cannot be remain off until the driver presses g set or maintained in this range. or the ignition is cycled Off then On. It will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h Adding accessories can affect the (50 mph) or above 60 km/h vehicle performance. See The HDC light displays on the (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5 Accessories and instrument cluster when enabled. must be pressed again to Modifications 0 281. HDC can maintain vehicle speeds re-enable HDC. between 4 and 30 km/h (3 and Hill Descent 19 mph) on an incline greater than When enabled, if the vehicle is at a Control (HDC) or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and HDC light indicates that the system less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC If equipped, HDC can be used when is actively applying the brakes to message will display instructing the driving downhill. It sets and maintain vehicle speed. driver to reduce speed for HDC maintains vehicle speed while operation. When HDC is set, that is the initial descending a very steep incline in a set speed. It can be increased or Cruise control will not function while forward or reverse gear. decreased by applying the HDC is enabled and vehicle speed The HDC switch is on the center accelerator or brake pedal. Smaller is below 40 km/h (25 mph). stack, below the climate controls. HDC speed control adjustments are 5 accomplished using the cruise up or Press to enable or disable HDC. down buttons. Each tap of the Vehicle speed must be below +RES will increase the set speed by 60 km/h (37 mph). 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap of the SET– will decrease the set speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This adjusted speed becomes the new set speed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 259

Cruise Control being used and the Traction Control 5 : Press to turn the system on or (TCS) system or StabiliTrak begins off. A white indicator comes on in With cruise control a speed of about to limit wheel spin, the cruise control the instrument cluster when cruise 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be will automatically disengage. See control is turned on. maintained without keeping your Traction Control/Electronic Stability foot on the accelerator. Cruise Control 0 256.Ifacollisionalert +RES : If there is a set speed in control does not work at speeds occurs when cruise control is memory, press briefly to resume to below about 40 km/h (25 mph). activated, cruise control is that speed or press and hold to disengaged. See Forward Collision accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase { Warning Alert (FCA) System 0 263.When road conditions allow you to safely vehicle speed. Cruise control can be dangerous use it again, cruise control can be SET✓ : Press briefly to set the where you cannot drive safely at turned back on. speed and activate cruise control. asteadyspeed.Donotuse If the brakes are applied, the cruise If cruise control is already active, cruise control on winding roads or control disengages. use to decrease vehicle speed. in heavy traffic. * : Press to disengage cruise Cruise control can be dangerous control without erasing the set on slippery roads. On such roads, speed from memory. fast changes in tire traction can Setting Cruise Control cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use If 5 is on when not in use, SET✓ or cruise control on slippery roads. +RES could get pressed and go into cruise when not desired. Keep 5 If equipped with a manual off when cruise is not being used. transmission, the cruise control will 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise remain active when the gears are system on. shifted. The cruise is deactivated if the clutch is pressed for several 2. Get up to the desired speed. seconds. If the cruise control is 3. Press and release SET✓. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

260 Driving and Operating

4. Remove foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) accelerator. small increments, briefly press 0 129.Theincrementvalueused The cruise control indicator on the +RES. For each press, the depends on the units displayed. instrument cluster turns green after vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. Passing Another Vehicle While cruise control has been set to the Using Cruise Control desired speed. See Instrument The speedometer reading can be Use the accelerator pedal to Cluster (Base Level) 0 110 or displayed in either English or metric increase the vehicle speed. When Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 0 112. units. See Driver Information Center you take your foot off the pedal, the (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver vehicle will slow down to the Resuming a Set Speed Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) previous set cruise speed. While If the cruise control is set at a 0 129.Theincrementvalueused pressing the accelerator pedal or desired speed and then the brakes depends on the units displayed. * shortly following the release to are applied or is pressed, the Reducing Speed While Using override cruise control, briefly cruise control is disengaged without Cruise Control pressing SET– will result in cruise erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is control set to the current vehicle Once the vehicle speed reaches already activated: speed. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, Using Cruise Control on Hills press +RES briefly. The vehicle . Press and hold SET– until the returns to the previous set speed. desired lower speed is reached, How well the cruise control will work then release it. on hills depends on the vehicle Increasing Speed While Using speed, load, and the steepness of Cruise Control . To slow down in small increments, briefly press SET– . the hills. When going up steep hills, If the cruise control system is For each press, the vehicle goes you might have to step on the already activated: about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going downhill, you . Press and hold +RES until the The speedometer reading can be might have to brake or shift to a desired speed is reached, then displayed in either English or metric lower gear to keep your speed release it. units. See Driver Information Center down. If the brake pedal is applied, 0 (DIC) (Base Level) 126 or Driver cruise control will disengage. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 261 Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse), There are four ways to end cruise the video image automatically control: Systems appears on the infotainment screen. The infotainment screen goes to the . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Rear Vision previous screen after approximately four seconds once the vehicle is . Press *. Camera (RVC) shifted out of R (Reverse). . Press the clutch pedal for { Warning To see the previous screen sooner, several seconds or shift the do one of the following: transmission to N (Neutral). The camera(s) do not display . Press a hard key on the . To turn off cruise control, children, pedestrians, bicyclists, infotainment system. press 5. crossing traffic, animals, or any . Shift into P (Park). other object outside of the Erasing Speed Memory cameras’ field of view, below the The RVC will not work properly if The cruise control set speed is bumper, or under the vehicle. the tailgate is down. If the tailgate is erased from memory if 5 is pressed Shown distances may be different down, do not use this system. or if the ignition is turned off. from actual distances. Do not Guidelines drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always The RVC system may have a guideline overlay that can help the check behind and around the driver align the vehicle when vehicle before driving. Failure to backing into a parking spot. use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. To turn the guidelines on or off: 1. Shift into P (Park). If equipped, the RVC system is 2. Press SETTINGS on the home designed to help the driver when screen of the infotainment backing up by displaying a view of system. the area behind the vehicle. When the key is in ON/RUN and the driver 3. Select Rear Camera. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

262 Driving and Operating

4. Select Guidance Lines, then When the System Does Not select Off or On. Seem to Work Properly Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC system may not work Messages properly or display a clear image if: SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA . It is dark. SYSTEM : This message can . The sun or the beam of display on the infotainment screen headlamps are shining directly when the system is not working into the camera lens. properly. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else If any other problem occurs or if a builds up on the camera lens. problem persists, see your dealer. Clean the lens, rinse it with Rear Vision Camera Location 1. View displayed by the water, and wipe it with a soft camera. cloth. The camera is under the tailgate handle. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and The area displayed by the camera is mounting angle of the camera limited. It does not display objects can change or the camera can that are close to either corner or be affected. Be sure to have the under the bumper and can vary camera, its position, and depending on vehicle orientation or mounting angle checked at your road conditions. Displayed images dealer. may be further or closer than they appear. Disconnecting the Rear Vision The following illustrations show the 1. View displayed by the Camera (RVC) field of view that the camera camera. The RVC must be disconnected if provides. 2. Corner of the rear bumper. the tailgate needs to be removed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 263

FCA detects vehicles within a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected, or when following a vehicle too the vehicle ahead indicator will The RVC is disconnected by closely, FCA may not provide a display green. Vehicles may not be disconnecting the connector behind warning with enough time to help detected on curves, highway exit the rear license plate. avoid a crash. It also may not ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; provide any warning at all. FCA or if a vehicle ahead is partially Forward Collision Alert does not warn of pedestrians, blocked by pedestrians or other (FCA) System animals, signs, guardrails, objects. FCA will not detect another bridges, construction barrels, vehicle ahead until it is completely If equipped, the FCA system may or other objects. Be ready to take in the driving lane. help to avoid or reduce the harm action and apply the brakes. See caused by front-end crashes. When Defensive Driving 0 215. { Warning approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing FCA does not provide a warning alert on the windshield, and rapidly FCA can be disabled with the FCA to help avoid a crash, unless it beeps. FCA also lights an amber steering wheel control. detects a vehicle. FCA may not visual alert if following another detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA vehicle much too closely. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

264 Driving and Operating

more rapidly which can cause a alerts will vary based on vehicle Warning (Continued) brief, mild deceleration. Continue to speed. The faster the vehicle speed, apply the brake pedal as needed. the farther away the alert will occur. or ice, or if the windshield is Cruise control may be disengaged Consider traffic and weather damaged. It may also not detect a when the Collision Alert occurs. conditions when selecting the alert vehicle on winding or hilly roads, timing. The range of selectable alert or in conditions that can limit Tailgating Alert timing may not be appropriate for all visibility such as fog, rain, drivers and driving conditions. or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in Unnecessary Alerts proper condition. Keep the FCA may provide unnecessary windshield, headlamps, and FCA alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles sensors clean and in good repair. in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts The vehicle ahead indicator will are normal operation and the Collision Alert display amber when you are vehicle does not need service. following a detected vehicle ahead much too closely. Cleaning the System Selecting the Alert Timing If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the The Collision Alert control is on the outside of the windshield in front of steering wheel. Press [ to set the the rearview mirror, and cleaning the FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near, headlamps, may correct the issue. When your vehicle approaches or Off. The first button press shows another detected vehicle too rapidly, the current setting on the DIC. Lane Departure the red lights will flash on the Additional button presses will windshield. Also, eight rapid change this setting. The chosen Warning (LDW) high-pitched beeps will sound from setting will remain until it is changed If equipped, LDW may help avoid the front. When this Collision Alert and will affect the timing of both the crashes due to unintentional lane occurs, the brake system may Collision Alert and the Tailgating departures. It may provide an alert if prepare for driver braking to occur Alert features. The timing of both Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 265

the vehicle is crossing a lane marking without using a turn signal Warning (Continued) in that direction. LDW uses a camera sensor to detect the lane If LDW only detects lane markings at speeds of 56 km/h markings on one side of the road, (35 mph) or greater. it will only warn you when departing the lane on the side When LDW is on, @ is green if { Warning where it has detected a lane marking. Always keep your LDW is available to warn of a lane departure. If the vehicle crosses a The LDW system does not steer attention on the road and detected lane marking without using the vehicle. The LDW system maintain proper vehicle position may not: within the lane, or vehicle the turn signal in that direction, @ damage, injury, or death could changes to amber and flashes. Provide enough time to . occur. Always keep the Additionally, there will be three avoid a crash. windshield, headlamps, and beeps on the right or left, depending . Detect lane markings under camera sensors clean and in on the lane departure direction. poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LDW in When the System Does Not conditions. This can occur if bad weather conditions. the windshield or Seem to Work Properly headlamps are blocked by The system may not detect lanes as dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works well when there are: not in proper condition; or if The LDW camera sensor is on the . Close vehicles ahead. the sun shines directly into windshield ahead of the rearview the camera. mirror. . Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels. . Detect road edges. @ To turn LDW on and off, press on . Banked roads. . Detect lanes on winding or the center stack. The control hilly roads. indicator will light when LDW is on. If the LDW system is not functioning (Continued) properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

266 Driving and Operating LDW alerts may occur due to tar Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline marks, shadows, cracks in the road, meeting ASTM specification D4814 temporary or construction lane For diesel engine vehicles, see with a posted octane rating of 87 or markings, or other road “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the higher. Do not use gasoline with a imperfections. This is normal system Duramax diesel supplement. posted octane rating of less than 87, operation; the vehicle does not need GM recommends the use of TOP as this may cause engine knock and service. Turn LDW off if these TIER® detergent gasoline to keep will lower fuel economy. conditions continue. the engine cleaner and reduce Prohibited Fuels engine deposits. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP Caution TIER detergent gasoline marketers and applicable countries. Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty: . For vehicles which are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16 – 50% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. . Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, and aniline. These fuels can Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or corrode metal fuel system FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with parts or damage plastic and ethanol levels greater than 15% by rubber parts. volume. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 267

control system performance may be change, can help. GM Fuel System Caution (Continued) affected. The malfunction indicator Treatment Cleaner is the only lamp could turn on and the vehicle gasoline additive recommended by . Fuel containing metals such may not pass a smog-check test. General Motors. It is available at as methylcyclopentadienyl See Malfunction Indicator Lamp your dealer. manganese tricarbonyl (Check Engine Light) 0 118.Ifthis (MMT), which can damage occurs, return to your authorized Filling the Tank the emissions control dealer for diagnosis. If it is system and spark plugs. determined that the condition is If the vehicle has a diesel engine, . Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used, see “Filling the Tank” in the rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the Duramax diesel supplement. recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty. this fuel will lower fuel { Warning economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn and may decrease the life of Countries the emissions catalyst. violently and can cause injury or The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post death. fuel octane ratings in anti-knock California Fuel . To help avoid injuries to you index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a and others, read and follow Requirements foreign country, see “Prohibited all the instructions on the Fuels” in Fuel 0 266. If the vehicle is certified to meet fuel pump island. California Emissions Standards, it is Fuel Additives . Turn off the engine when designed to operate on fuels that refueling. meet California specifications. See To keep fuel systems clean, TOP ® . Keep sparks, flames, and the underhood emission control TIER detergent gasoline is smoking materials away label. If this fuel is not available in recommended. See Fuel 0 266. states adopting California Emissions from fuel. If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is Standards, the vehicle will operate (Continued) not available, one bottle of GM Fuel satisfactorily on fuels meeting System Treatment Cleaner added to federal specifications, but emission the fuel tank at every engine oil Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

268 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) . Do not leave the fuel pump . Vehicle performance issues, unattended. including engine stalling and . Do not use a cell phone damage to the fuel system. while refueling. . Fuel spills. . Do not reenter the vehicle . Potential fuel fires. while pumping fuel. . Keep children away from Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a the fuel pump and never let few seconds after you have finished children pump fuel. pumping before removing the The hinged fuel door is on the driver nozzle. Clean fuel from painted . Fuel can spray out if the side of the vehicle. To open the fuel refueling nozzle is inserted surfaces as soon as possible. See door, push and release the rearward Exterior Care 0 356. too quickly. This spray can center edge of the door. happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot The vehicle has a capless refueling { Warning weather. Insert the refueling system and does not have a fuel nozzle slowly and wait for cap. The filling nozzle must be fully If a fire starts while you are any hiss noise to stop prior inserted and latched prior to starting refueling, do not remove the to beginning to flow fuel. fuel flow. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by { Warning notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause: (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 269

Filling the Tank with a Portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel Gas Can adapter and return to the Warning (Continued) storage location. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and operating the nozzle. must be filled from a portable Contact should be gas can: Filling a Portable Fuel maintained until the filling is Container complete. . Do not smoke while { Warning pumping fuel. Never fill a portable fuel container . Do not use a cellular phone while it is in the vehicle. Static while pumping fuel. electricity discharge from the 1. Locate the capless funnel container can ignite the fuel adapter from inside the vehicle. vapor. You can be badly burned 2. Insert and latch the funnel into and the vehicle damaged if this the capless fuel system. occurs. To help avoid injury to you and others: { Warning . Dispense fuel only into approved containers. Attempting to refuel without using . Do not fill a container while the funnel adapter may cause fuel it is inside a vehicle, in a spillage and damage the capless vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, fuel system. This could cause a or on any surface other than fire and you or others could be the ground. badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

270 Driving and Operating Trailer Towing . Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent Warning (Continued) damage to the engine, axle, General Towing or other parts. . Do not drive with the Information liftgate, trunk/hatch, . Then during the first 800 km or rear-most window open. Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not . Fully open the air outlets on been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and or under the instrument Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle. panel. dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D(Drive). the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Shift the transmission to a lower . Also adjust the climate the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts control system to a setting trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ that brings in only outside air. See Climate Control For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions. “ 0 Systems” in the Index. Towing the Vehicle 351.For . If equipped with 4WD, see towing the vehicle behind another Four-Wheel Drive 0 247 before For more information about vehicle such as a motor home, see pulling a trailer. carbon monoxide, see Engine Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 351. Exhaust 0 240. { Warning Driving Characteristics Towing a trailer requires a certain and Towing Tips When towing a trailer, exhaust amount of experience. The gases may collect at the rear of combination you are driving is Driving with a Trailer the vehicle and enter if the longer and not as responsive as the When towing a trailer: liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most vehicle itself. Get acquainted with the handling and braking of the rig . Become familiar with the state window is open. before setting out for the open road. and local laws that apply to When towing a trailer: Before starting, check all trailer hitch trailer towing. (Continued) parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 271

electric brakes, start the right, move your hand to the right. Driving on Grades combination moving and then apply Always back up slowly and, Reduce speed and shift to a lower the trailer brake controller by hand if possible, have someone gear before starting down a long or to be sure the brakes work. guide you. steep downgrade. If the During the trip, check occasionally Making Turns transmission is not shifted down, the to be sure that the load is secure brakes might get hot and no longer and the lamps and any trailer Caution work well. brakes still work. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift Following Distance Making very sharp turns while the transmission to a lower gear if trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission shifts too often Stay at least twice as far behind the come in contact with the vehicle. under heavy loads and/or hilly vehicle ahead as you would when The vehicle could be damaged. conditions. driving the vehicle without a trailer. Avoid making very sharp turns This can help to avoid heavy The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if while trailering. braking and sudden turns. the transmission shifts too often. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 245. Passing When turning with a trailer, make When towing at high altitude on More passing distance is needed wider turns than normal. Do this so steep uphill grades, consider the when towing a trailer. The the trailer will not strike soft following: Engine coolant will boil at combination will not accelerate as shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, alowertemperaturethanatnormal quickly and is longer so it is or other objects. Avoid jerky or altitudes. If the engine is turned off necessary to go much farther sudden maneuvers. Signal well in immediately after towing at high beyond the passed vehicle before advance. altitude on steep uphill grades, the returning to the lane. If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn vehicle may show signs similar to Backing Up out, the arrows on the instrument engine overheating. To avoid this, cluster will still flash for turns. It is let the engine run while parked, Hold the bottom of the steering important to check occasionally to preferably on level ground, with the wheel with one hand. To move the be sure the trailer bulbs are still transmission in P (Park) for a few trailer to the left, move that hand to working. the left. To move the trailer to the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

272 Driving and Operating

minutes before turning the engine 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then brake system. It is a good idea to off. If the overheat warning comes apply the parking brake and inspect these before and during on, see Engine Overheating 0 296. shift into P (Park). the trip. Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Leaving After Parking on a Hill { Warning 1. Apply and hold the brake Trailer Towing pedal. Parking the vehicle on a hill with Do not tow a trailer during break-in. the trailer attached can be 2. Start the engine. See New Vehicle Break-In 0 232. dangerous. If something goes 3. Shift into a gear. wrong, the rig could start to move. { Warning People can be injured, and both 4. Release the parking brake. the vehicle and the trailer can be 5. Let up on the brake pedal. The driver can lose control when damaged. When possible, always 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is pulling a trailer if the correct park the rig on a flat surface. clear of the chocks. equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly. For 7. Stop and have someone pick If parking the rig on a hill: example, if the trailer is too heavy up and store the chocks. or the trailer brakes are 1. Press the brake pedal, but do inadequate for the load, the not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance when Trailer vehicle may not stop as expected. the wheels into the curb if Towing The driver and passengers could facing downhill or into traffic if The vehicle needs service more be seriously injured. The vehicle facing uphill. often when pulling a trailer. See 0 may also be damaged; the 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 366. resulting repairs would not be Things that are especially important under the trailer wheels. covered by the vehicle warranty. in trailer operation are automatic Pull a trailer only if all the steps in 3. When the wheel chocks are in transmission fluid, engine oil, axle place, release the regular lubricant, belts, cooling system, and this section have been followed. brakes until the chocks absorb (Continued) the load. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 273

handling, acceleration, braking, passengers, and cargo in the tow Warning (Continued) durability, and fuel economy. vehicle must be subtracted from the Successful, safe trailering takes trailer weight rating. Ask your dealer for advice and correct equipment, and it has to be Use the following chart to determine information about towing a trailer used properly. with the vehicle. how much the vehicle can weigh, The following information has many based upon the vehicle model and time-tested, important trailering tips options. and safety rules. Many of these are Caution important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section Pulling a trailer improperly can carefully before pulling a trailer. damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the Weight of the Trailer vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? correctly, follow the advice in this It depends on how the rig is used. section and see your dealer for Speed, altitude, road grades, important information about outside temperature, and how much towing a trailer with the vehicle. the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on See Vehicle Load Limits 0 226 for any special equipment on the more information about the vehicle's vehicle, and the amount of tongue maximum load capacity. weight the vehicle can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later To identify the trailering capacity of in this section for more information. the vehicle, read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” later in this Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is section. calculated assuming the tow vehicle has only the driver but all required Trailering is different than just trailering equipment. Weight of driving the vehicle by itself. additional optional equipment, Trailering means changes in Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

274 Driving and Operating

SAE J2807 Compliant Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 3.6LV6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) (a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering the vehicle to exceed the information or advice. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross Weight of the Trailer Tongue Axle Weight Rating). The tongue load (1) of any trailer is After loading the trailer, weigh the very important because it is also trailer and then the tongue, part of the vehicle weight. The separately, to see if the weights are Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) proper. If they are not, adjustments includes the curb weight of the might be made by moving some vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and items around in the trailer. the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue Total Weight on the Vehicle's weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Trailer tongue weight (1) should be Tires passengers and cargo in the vehicle 10–15% of the loaded trailer Be sure the vehicle's tires are reduce the amount of tongue weight weight (2) up to 408 kg (900 lb). inflated to the inflation pressures the vehicle can carry, which will also found on the Certification/Tire label reduce the trailer weight the vehicle Trailer rating may be limited by the vehicle's ability to carry tongue on the center pillar or see Vehicle can tow. 0 weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Load Limits 226.Makesurenotto Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 275

exceed the GVWR limit for the weight-carrying hitch which simply vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow features a coupler latched to the vehicle and trailer fully loaded for hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a the trip including the weight of the pintle hook. Other trailers may trailer tongue. If using a require a weight-distributing hitch weight-distributing hitch, make sure that uses spring bars to distribute not to exceed the RGAWR before the trailer tongue weight among the applying the weight distribution tow vehicle and trailer axles. spring bars. If a step-bumper hitch will be used, Weight of the Trailering the bumper could be damaged in Combination sharp turns. Make sure there is ample room when turning to avoid It is important that the combination contact between the trailer and the 1. Front of Vehicle of the tow vehicle and trailer does bumper. not exceed any of its weight ratings 2. Body to Ground Distance — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer Astep-bumperhitchislimitedto When using a weight-distributing Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. 1587kg(3,500lb)totalweight. hitch, the spring bars should be The only way to be sure it is not Consider using sway controls with adjusted so the distance (2) is the exceeding any of these ratings is to any trailer. Ask a trailering same after coupling the trailer to the weigh the tow vehicle and trailer professional about sway controls or tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. combination, fully loaded for the trip, refer to the trailer manufacturer's getting individual weights for each of recommendations and instructions. Safety Chains these items. Always attach chains between the Weight-Distributing Hitch vehicle and the trailer. Cross the Towing Equipment Adjustment safety chains under the tongue of Aweight-distributinghitchmaybe the trailer to help prevent the tongue Hitches useful with some trailers. from contacting the road if it The correct hitch equipment helps becomes separated from the hitch. maintain combination control. Many Instructions about safety chains trailers can be towed with a may be provided by the hitch Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

276 Driving and Operating

manufacturer or by the trailer . Black: Ground Afour-wireharness,without manufacturer. Always leave just . Gray: Back-up lamps connector, is secured behind the left enough slack so the combination side kick panel. The harness can turn. Never allow safety chains . Orange: Battery feed contains the following circuits: to drag on the ground. . Blue: Trailer brake . Red/Green: Battery feed Trailer Brakes To help charge a remote . Black: Ground Aloadedtrailerthatweighsmore (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/ Haul Mode button on the center . White/Blue: Brake signal to than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have controller its own brake system that is stack. If the trailer is too light for adequate for the weight of the Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the . Blue: Trailer Brake power to trailer. Be sure to read and follow headlamps to help charge the trailer connector the instructions for the trailer brakes battery. To remove the left side kick panel, so they are installed, adjusted, and Trailer Brake Control Wiring start at the front of the panel pulling maintained properly. Harness toward the rear of the vehicle and lift upward to disengage the integral Trailer Wiring Harness clips. For vehicles not equipped with heavy-duty trailering, a harness is Tow/Haul Mode secured underneath the left side of the vehicle, next to the spare tire. The harness requires the installation of a trailer connector, which is available through your dealer. The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits: . Yellow: Left stop/turn signal . Green: Right stop/turn signal . Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Driving and Operating 277

Press this button on the center . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Trailer Sway stack to turn on and off the Tow/ large or heavy load in Haul Mode. stop-and-go traffic. Control (TSC) . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a large or heavy load in busy Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. parking lots where improved low Trailer sway is unintended speed control of the vehicle is side-to-side motion of a trailer while desired. being towed. If the vehicle is towing atrailerandtheTSCdetectsthat Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul sway is increasing, the vehicle when lightly loaded or with no trailer This indicator light on the instrument brakes are selectively applied at at all will not cause damage. cluster comes on when the Tow/ each wheel, to help reduce However, there is no benefit to the Haul Mode is on. excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle selection of Tow/Haul when the is equipped with the Integrated Tow/Haul is a feature that assists vehicle is unloaded. Such a Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, when pulling a heavy trailer or a selection when unloaded may result and the trailer has the electric large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul in unpleasant engine and actuated brake system, StabiliTrak Mode 0 245. transmission driving characteristics may also apply the trailer brakes. Tow/Haul is designed to be most and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ Haul is recommended only when If TSC is enabled, the Traction effective when the vehicle and Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak trailer combined weight is at least pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load. warning light will flash on the 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross instrument cluster. Vehicle speed Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). If the vehicle has a diesel engine, must be reduced. If trailer sway See “Weight of the Trailer” under the Tow/Haul button activates the continues, StabiliTrak can reduce Trailer Towing 0 272.Tow/Haulis exhaust brake system engine torque to help slow the most useful under the following simultaneously. See “Exhaust vehicle. See Traction Control/ driving conditions: Brake” in the Duramax diesel Electronic Stability Control 0 256. . When pulling a heavy trailer or a supplement. large or heavy load through rolling terrain. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

278 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Conversions and Caution Add-Ons Even if the vehicle is equipped Some electrical equipment can with TSC, trailer sway could result Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause in loss of control and the vehicle components to not work and could crash. If excessive trailer Equipment would not be covered by the sway is detected, slow down to a vehicle warranty. Always check safe speed. Check the trailer and { Warning with your dealer before adding vehicle to help correct possible electrical equipment. causes. These could include an The Data Link Connector (DLC) is improperly or overloaded trailer, used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the unrestrained cargo, improper vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the trailer hitch configuration, testing. See Malfunction Indicator 0 vehicle is not operating. excessive vehicle-trailer speed, Lamp (Check Engine Light) 118. or improperly inflated or incorrect AdeviceconnectedtotheDLC— The vehicle has an airbag system. vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing such as an aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Equipment 0 275 for trailer ratings driver-behavior tracking device — Servicing the Airbag-Equipped and hitch setup may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 0 68 and Adding Equipment recommendations. systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. to the Airbag-Equipped 0 Such devices may also access Vehicle 68. Adding non-dealer accessories can information stored in the vehicle’s affect the vehicle performance. See systems. Accessories and Modifications 0 281. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 279

Brake Fluid ...... 299 Electrical System Vehicle Care Battery - North America ...... 300 Electrical System Overload . . . 309 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 301 Fuses ...... 310 General Information Front Axle ...... 302 Engine Compartment Fuse Rear Axle ...... 303 Block ...... 310 General Information ...... 280 Starter Switch Check ...... 303 Instrument Panel Fuse California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Block ...... 314 65 Warning ...... 280 Lock Control Function California Perchlorate Check ...... 304 Wheels and Tires Materials Requirements . . . . . 280 Ignition Transmission Lock Tires ...... 316 Accessories and Check ...... 304 All-Season Tires ...... 317 Modifications ...... 281 Park Brake and P (Park) Winter Tires ...... 317 Vehicle Checks Mechanism Check ...... 305 All-Terrain Tires ...... 318 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 318 Doing Your Own Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 305 Tire Designations ...... 320 Service Work ...... 281 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and Hood ...... 282 Headlamp Aiming ...... 306 Definitions ...... 321 Engine Compartment Tire Pressure ...... 323 Overview ...... 283 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Oil ...... 286 Bulb Replacement ...... 306 System ...... 325 Engine Oil Life System ...... 288 Halogen Bulbs ...... 306 Tire Pressure Monitor Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Operation ...... 326 Fluid ...... 290 Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Inspection ...... 329 Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 290 Lamps ...... 307 Tire Rotation ...... 329 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 290 Taillamps, Turn Signal, When It Is Time for New Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 291 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tires ...... 330 Cooling System ...... 292 Lamps ...... 307 Buying New Tires ...... 331 Engine Coolant ...... 294 Center High-Mounted Different Size Tires and Engine Overheating ...... 296 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Wheels ...... 332 Engine Fan ...... 297 Cargo Lamp ...... 308 Uniform Tire Quality Washer Fluid ...... 298 Replacement Bulbs ...... 309 Grading ...... 333 Brakes ...... 298 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

280 Vehicle Care Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information cause cancer and birth defects or Balance ...... 334 other reproductive harm. Engine Wheel Replacement ...... 334 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems, Tire Chains ...... 335 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 336 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or Tire Changing ...... 338 and supported service people. emit these chemicals. Compact Spare Tire ...... 346 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 300 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 347 these marks: and Jump Starting - North Jump Starting America 0 348. Jump Starting - North America ...... 348 California Perchlorate Towing the Vehicle Materials Requirements Towing the Vehicle ...... 351 Certain types of automotive Recreational Vehicle applications, such as airbag Towing ...... 351 initiators, safety belt pretensioners, Appearance Care and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, Exterior Care ...... 356 may contain perchlorate materials. Interior Care ...... 361 Special handling may be necessary. Floor Mats ...... 364 For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ California Proposition perchlorate. 65 Warning WARNING: Most motor vehicles, including this one, as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 281 Accessories and Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks resulting from modifications or the Modifications installation or use of non-GM Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect { Warning airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner’smanualprocedures modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any by the vehicle warranty. Also, see Adding Equipment to the service work. Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68. caused by modifying vehicle height If doing some of your own service outside of factory settings will not be work, use the proper service covered by the vehicle warranty. manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information 0 392. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

282 Vehicle Care

Keep a record with all parts receipts To close the hood: and list the mileage and the date of 1. Before closing the hood, be any service work performed. See 0 sure all the filler caps are Maintenance Records 378. properly installed. Caution 2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in) above the vehicle and release Even small amounts of it so it fully latches. Check to contamination can cause damage make sure the hood is firmly to vehicle systems. Do not allow closed by lifting up on the front contaminants to contact the fluids, edge of the hood. Repeat the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. process if necessary. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to Hood find the secondary hood release handle. The handle is To open the hood: under the front edge of the hood near the center. Push the handle to the right and at the same time raise the hood.

1. Pull the hood release lever with this symbol on it. It is inside the vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 283

Engine Compartment Overview

2.5L L4 Engine Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

284 Vehicle Care

1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Engine Coolant 0 294. 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 291. 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 286. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 292. 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 286. 6. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 310. 7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 299 or Hydraulic Clutch 0 290 (If Equipped). 8. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 298. 9. Battery - North America 0 300. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 285

3.6L V6 Engine Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

286 Vehicle Care

1. Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil Pressure Cap. See Engine Check the engine oil level regularly, Coolant 0 294. For diesel engine vehicles, see Engine Oil in the Duramax diesel every 650 km (400 mi), especially 0 “ ” 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 291. supplement. prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See To ensure proper engine Engine Oil 0 286. Engine Compartment Overview performance and long life, careful 0 283 for the location. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but View). See Cooling { Warning System 0 292. important steps will help protect your investment: 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See The engine oil dipstick handle Engine Oil 0 286. . Use engine oil approved to the may be hot; it could burn you. proper specification and of the 6. Engine Compartment Fuse Use a towel or glove to touch the proper viscosity grade. See Block 0 310. dipstick handle. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See in this section. Brake Fluid 0 299. If a low oil Driver Information Center . Check the engine oil level (DIC) message displays, check the 8. Windshield Washer Fluid regularly and maintain the oil level. Reservoir. See Washer proper oil level. See “Checking Fluid 0 298. Engine Oil” and “When to Add Follow these guidelines: 9. Battery - North America 0 300. Engine Oil” in this section. . To get an accurate reading, park . Change the engine oil at the the vehicle on level ground. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Check the engine oil level after see the Duramax diesel appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 288. the engine has been off for at supplement. least two hours. Checking the . Always dispose of engine oil engine oil level on steep grades properly. See “What to Do with or too soon after engine shutoff Used Oil” in this section. can result in incorrect readings. Accuracy improves when Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 287

checking a cold engine prior to starting. Remove the dipstick Caution (Continued) and check the level. has so much oil that the oil level . If unable to wait two hours, the gets above the cross-hatched engine must be off for at least area that shows the proper 15 minutes if the engine is operating range, the engine could warm, or at least 30 minutes if 3.6L V6 Engine be damaged. You should drain the engine is not warm. Pull out If the oil is below the cross-hatched out the excess oil or limit driving the dipstick, wipe it with a clean area at the tip of the dipstick and of the vehicle and seek a service paper towel or cloth, then push it the engine has been off for at least professional to remove the back in all the way. Remove it 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the excess amount of oil. again, keeping the tip down, and recommended oil and then recheck check the level. the level. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil later in this section for See Engine Compartment Overview When to Add Engine Oil ” 0 an explanation of what kind of oil to 283 for the location of the engine use. For engine oil crankcase oil fill cap. capacity, see Capacities and Add enough oil to put the level Specifications 0 380. somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way Caution back in when through.

2.5L L4 Engine Do not add too much oil. Oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade. to the engine. If you find that you See Recommended Fluids and have an oil level above the Lubricants 0 375. operating range, i.e., the engine (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

288 Vehicle Care

Specification Cold Temperature Operation: In an What to Do with Used Oil area of extreme cold, where the Ask for and use engine oils that Used engine oil contains certain temperature falls below ✓29 °C meet the dexos1™ specification. elements that can be unhealthy for (✓20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be Engine oils that have been your skin and could even cause used for the 3.6L V6 engine and approved by GM as meeting the cancer. Do not let used oil stay on SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine dexos1 specification are marked your skin for very long. Clean your oil may be used for the 2.5L L4 with the dexos1 approved logo. See skin and nails with soap and water, engine. An oil of this viscosity grade www.gmdexos.com. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or will provide easier cold starting for properly dispose of clothing or rags the engine at extremely low containing used engine oil. See the temperatures. When selecting an oil manufacturer's warnings about the of the appropriate viscosity grade, it use and disposal of oil products. is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See Used oil can be a threat to the “Specification” earlier in this section. environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil Engine Oil Additives/Engine from the filter before disposal. Never Caution Oil Flushes dispose of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it on the ground, Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is bodies of water. Recycle it by taking in engine damage not covered by it to a place that collects used oil. the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and engine protection. Engine Oil Life System Engine oil system flushes are not Viscosity Grade recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine. vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade that indicates when to change the engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine. engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 289

include engine revolutions, engine system. It is also important to check 2. Press and hold V on the DIC, temperature, and miles driven. the oil regularly over the course of or SET/CLR on the turn signal Based on driving conditions, the an oil drain interval and keep it at lever if the vehicle does not mileage at which an oil change is the proper level. have DIC buttons, for several indicated can vary considerably. For If the system is ever reset seconds. The oil life will the oil life system to work properly, accidentally, the oil must be change to 100%. the system must be reset every time changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the oil is changed. The oil life system can also be reset since the last oil change. as follows: On some vehicles, when the system Remember to reset the oil life has calculated that oil life has been system whenever the oil is changed. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE on the DIC. See Driver OIL SOON message comes on to How to Reset the Engine Oil Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 indicate that an oil change is Life System Level) 126 or Driver Information Center (DIC) necessary. See Engine Oil Reset the system whenever the (Uplevel) 0 129. Messages 0 134.Changetheoilas engine oil is changed so that the soon as possible within the next system can calculate the next 2. Fully press the accelerator 1000km(600mi).Itispossiblethat, engine oil change. Always reset the pedal slowly three times within if driving under the best conditions, engine oil life to 100% after every oil five seconds. the oil life system might indicate that change. It will not reset itself. To If the display shows 100%, the an oil change is not necessary for reset the engine oil life system: up to a year. The engine oil and system is reset. filter must be changed at least once 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING If the vehicle has a CHANGE ayearand,atthistime,thesystem on the DIC. See Driver ENGINE OIL SOON message and it Information Center (DIC) (Base must be reset. For vehicles without 0 comes back on when the vehicle is the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Level) 126 or Driver started and/or the OIL LIFE Information Center (DIC) message, an oil change is needed 0 REMAINING is near 0%, the engine when the OIL LIFE REMAINING (Uplevel) 129.Ifthevehicle oil life system has not been reset. percentage is near 0%. Your dealer does not have DIC buttons, the Repeat the procedure. has trained service people who will vehicle must be in P (Park) to perform this work and reset the access this display. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

290 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Manual Transmission When to Check and What Fluid Fluid to Use How to Check Automatic How to Check Manual Transmission Fluid Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. manual transmission fluid level. Atransmissionfluidleakistheonly Atransmissionfluidleakistheonly reason for fluid loss. If a leak reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid dealer and have it repaired as soon dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has this symbol on it. as possible. as possible. See Recommended The common brake/clutch fluid 0 reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake There is a special procedure for Fluids and Lubricants 375 for the proper fluid to use. fluid as indicated on the reservoir checking and changing the cap. See Engine Compartment transmission fluid. Because this Hydraulic Clutch Overview 0 283 for reservoir procedure is difficult, this should be location. done at your dealer. Contact your For vehicles with a manual dealer for additional information or transmission, it is not necessary to How to Check and Add Fluid the procedure can be found in the regularly check brake/clutch fluid Visually check the brake/clutch fluid service manual. To purchase a unless there is a leak suspected. reservoir to make sure the fluid level service manual, see Service Adding fluid will not correct a leak. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the Publications Ordering Afluidlossinthissystemcould 0 front of the reservoir. The brake/ Information 392. indicate a problem. Have the hydraulic clutch fluid system should Change the fluid and filter at the system inspected and repaired. be closed and sealed. intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 366,andbesuretouse the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 375. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 291

Do not remove the cap to check the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake To inspect or replace the engine air fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. the engine air cleaner/filter (away cleaner/filter: Remove the cap only when from the vehicle), to release loose 1. Remove the screws (1) on top necessary to add the proper fluid dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air of the engine air cleaner/filter until the level reaches the MIN line. cleaner/filter for damage, and housing. replace if damaged. Do not clean Engine Air Cleaner/Filter the engine air cleaner/filter or 2. Disconnect the electrical components with water or connector (2). The engine air cleaner/filter is in the compressed air. engine compartment on the 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by passenger side of the vehicle. See To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ loosening the air duct Engine Compartment filter: clamp (3). Overview 0 283. 4. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air When to Inspect the Engine Air cleaner/filter housing. Cleaner/Filter 5. Pull out the filter. For intervals on changing and inspecting the engine air cleaner/ 6. Inspect or replace the engine filter, see Maintenance air cleaner/filter. Schedule 0 366. 7. Reverse Steps 2–5toreinstall How to Inspect the Engine Air the filter cover housing. Cleaner/Filter Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L cleaner/filter housing open. Before L4 Diesel Engine Similar removing the engine air cleaner/ filter, make sure that the engine air 1. Screws cleaner/filter housing and nearby 2. Electrical Connector components are free of dirt and 3. Air Duct Clamp debris. Remove the engine air Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

292 Vehicle Care

4. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air Caution cleaner/filter housing. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 5. Pull out the filter. can easily get into the engine, 6. Inspect or replace the engine which could damage it. Always air cleaner/filter. have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. 7. Reverse Steps 2–5toreinstall the filter cover housing. Cooling System { Warning The cooling system allows the 3.6L V6 Engine Operating the engine with the air engine to maintain the correct cleaner/filter off can cause you or working temperature. 1. Screws others to be burned. The air 2. Electrical Connector cleaner not only cleans the air; it 3. Air Duct Clamp helps to stop flames if the engine To inspect or replace the engine air backfires. Use caution when cleaner/filter: working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off. 1. Remove the screws (1) on top of the engine air cleaner/filter housing. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector (2). 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (3). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 293

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, you can be burned. Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you could be burned. Get any leak 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L 3.6L V6 Engine fixed before you drive the vehicle. L4 Diesel Engine Similar 1. Coolant Surge Tank and 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap Pressure Cap 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out Caution 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) Using coolant other than of View) ® { Warning DEX-COOL can cause premature engine, heater core, An electric engine cooling fan or radiator corrosion. In addition, under the hood can start up even the engine coolant could require when the engine is not running changing sooner. Any repairs and can cause injury. Keep would not be covered by the hands, clothing, and tools away vehicle warranty. Always use from any underhood electric fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

294 Vehicle Care

Engine Coolant Warning (Continued) Caution The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or others If improper coolant mixture, coolant mixture. See Recommended could be burned. Use a 50/ inhibitors, or additives are used in Fluids and Lubricants 0 375 and 50 mixture of clean, drinkable the vehicle cooling system, the Maintenance Schedule 0 366. water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine could overheat and be The following explains the cooling damaged. Too much water in the system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, mixture can freeze and crack coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine cooling parts. The repairs problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture, would not be covered by the see Engine Overheating 0 296. nothing else needs to be added. vehicle warranty. Use only the proper mixture of engine coolant What to Use This mixture: for the cooling system. See . Gives freezing protection down Recommended Fluids and { Warning to ✓37 °C (✓34 °F) outside Lubricants 0 375. temperature. Adding only plain water or some other liquid to the cooling system . Gives boiling protection up to Never dispose of engine coolant by 129 °C (265 °F) engine can be dangerous. Plain water putting it in the trash, or by pouring temperature. and other liquids, can boil before it on the ground, or into sewers, the proper coolant mixture will. . Protects against rust and streams or, bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an The coolant warning system is set corrosion. authorized service center, familiar for the proper coolant mixture. . Will not damage aluminum parts. with legal requirements regarding With plain water or the wrong . Helps keep the proper engine used coolant disposal. This will help mixture, the engine could get too temperature. protect the environment and your hot but you would not get the health. overheat warning. The engine (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 295

Checking Coolant Warning (Continued) The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant and it will burn if the engine parts level. are hot enough. Do not spill Check to see if coolant is visible in coolant on a hot engine. the coolant surge tank. If the coolant The coolant surge tank pressure inside the coolant surge tank is cap can be removed when the boiling, do not do anything else until Caution cooling system, including the surge it cools down. tank pressure cap and upper If coolant is visible but the coolant This vehicle has a specific radiator hose, is no longer hot. level is not at or above the mark coolant fill procedure. Failure to 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of follow this procedure could cause counterclockwise. If a hiss is clean, drinkable water and the engine to overheat and be heard, wait for that to stop. DEX-COOL coolant. severely damaged. Ahissmeansthereisstill Be sure the cooling system is cool some pressure left. before this is done. 2. Keep turning the cap and If no coolant is visible in the coolant { Warning remove it. surge tank, add coolant as follows: Steam and scalding liquids from a How to Add Coolant to the hot cooling system can blow out Coolant Surge Tank and burn you badly. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, { Warning including the surge tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling You can be burned if you spill system and surge tank pressure coolant on hot engine parts. cap to cool. Coolant contains ethylene glycol (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

296 Vehicle Care

5. Replace the cap tightly. If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, Caution get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance If the pressure cap is not tightly Program 0 387. installed, coolant loss and If the decision is made to lift the possible engine damage may hood, make sure the vehicle is occur. Be sure the cap is properly parked on a level surface. and tightly secured. Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running. If the engine Engine Overheating is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not continue 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with The vehicle has an engine coolant to run the engine and have the the proper mixture to the mark temperature gauge on the vehicle serviced. pointed to on the front of the instrument cluster to warn of engine coolant surge tank. overheating. See Engine Coolant If Steam Is Coming from the Temperature Gauge 0 115. 4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Compartment cap off, start the engine and let it run until the upper radiator Caution { Warning hose starts getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. Running the engine without Steam from an overheated engine By this time, the coolant level coolant may cause damage or a can burn you badly, even if you inside the coolant surge tank fire. Vehicle damage would not be just open the hood. Stay away may be lower. If the level is covered by the vehicle warranty. from the engine if you see or hear lower, add more of the proper steam coming from it. Just turn it mixture to the coolant surge off and get everyone away from tank until the level reaches the the vehicle until it cools down. mark pointed to on the front of (Continued) the coolant surge tank. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 297

1. Turn the air conditioning off. Engine Fan Warning (Continued) 2. Turn the heater on to the If the vehicle has a clutched engine Wait until there is no sign of highest temperature and to the cooling fan, when the clutch is steam or coolant before you open highest fan speed. Open the engaged, the fan spins faster to the hood. windows as necessary. provide more air to cool the engine. If you keep driving when the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off In most everyday driving conditions, the fan is spinning slower and the engine is overheated, the liquids the road, shift to P (Park) or clutch is not fully engaged. This in it can catch fire. You or others N(Neutral),andletthe engine idle. improves fuel economy and reduces could be badly burned. Stop the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle If the engine coolant temperature engine if it overheats, and get out loading, trailer towing, and/or high of the vehicle until the engine gauge is no longer in the overheat outside temperatures, the fan speed is cool. zone, the vehicle can be driven. increases as the clutch more fully Continue to drive the vehicle slowly engages, so an increase in fan for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe noise may be heard. This is normal If No Steam Is Coming from distance from the vehicle in front. the Engine Compartment and should not be mistaken as the If the warning does not come back transmission slipping or making on, continue to drive normally and If an engine overheat warning is extra shifts. It is merely the cooling displayed but no steam can be seen have the cooling system checked system functioning properly. The fan or heard, the problem may not be for proper fill and function. will slow down when additional too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over, cooling is not required and the can get a little too hot when the stop, and park the vehicle clutch disengages. vehicle: right away. This fan noise may also be heard . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is no sign of steam, idle the when starting the engine. It will go . Stops after high-speed driving. engine for three minutes while away as the fan clutch partially parked. If the warning is still disengages. . Idles for long periods in traffic. displayed, turn off the engine until it If the vehicle has electric cooling If the overheat warning is displayed cools down. fan(s), the fans may be heard with no sign of steam: spinning at low speed during most Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

298 Vehicle Care

everyday driving. The fans may turn Adding Washer Fluid off if no cooling is required. Under Caution (Continued) heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high outside temperatures, . Do not mix water with or operation of the air conditioning ready-to-use washer fluid. system, the fans may change to Water can cause the high speed and an increase in fan solution to freeze and noise may be heard. This is normal damage the washer fluid and indicates that the cooling tank and other parts of the Open the cap with the washer system is functioning properly. The washer system. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until fans will change to low speed when . When using concentrated the tank is full. See Engine additional cooling is no longer washer fluid, follow the Compartment Overview 0 283 for required. manufacturer instructions for reservoir location. The electric engine cooling fans adding water. may run after the engine has been Caution . Fill the washer fluid tank turned. off. This is normal and no only three-quarters full when service is required. . Do not use washer fluid that it is very cold. This allows contains any type of water for fluid expansion if Washer Fluid repellent coating. This can freezing occurs, which could cause the wiper blades to damage the tank if it is What to Use chatter or skip. completely full. When windshield washer fluid needs . Do not use engine coolant to be added, be sure to read the (antifreeze) in the Brakes manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer. It can use. Use a fluid that has sufficient damage the windshield Disc brake pads have built-in wear protection against freezing in an washer system and paint. indicators that make a high-pitched area where the temperature may fall warning sound when the brake pads (Continued) below freezing. are worn and new pads are needed. The sound can come and go or be Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 299

heard all the time the vehicle is Properly torqued wheel nuts are Brake Fluid moving, except when applying the necessary to help prevent brake brake pedal firmly. pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and { Warning evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque The brake wear warning sound specifications in Capacities and means that soon the brakes will Specifications 0 380. not work well. That could lead to Brake linings should always be The brake/clutch master cylinder acrash.Whenthebrakewear replaced as complete axle sets. reservoir is filled with GM approved warning sound is heard, have the Brake Pedal Travel DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on vehicle serviced. the reservoir cap. See Engine See your dealer if the brake pedal Compartment Overview 0 283 for does not return to normal height, the location of the reservoir. or if there is a rapid increase in Caution pedal travel. This could be a sign Checking Brake Fluid Continuing to drive with worn-out that brake service may be required. Place the vehicle in P (Park) or brake pads could result in costly Replacing Brake System Parts Neutral with the parking brake brake repair. applied if equipped with a manual Always replace brake system parts transmission. On a level surface, with new, approved replacement the brake fluid level should be Some driving conditions or climates parts. If this is not done, the brakes between the minimum and can cause a brake squeal when the may not work properly. The braking maximum marks on the brake fluid brakes are first applied or lightly performance expected can change reservoir. applied. This does not mean in many other ways if the wrong something is wrong with the brakes. replacement brake parts are installed or parts are improperly installed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

300 Vehicle Care

There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning { Warning go down: If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake . Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a . Afluidleakinthebrake/clutch the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid. brake/clutch hydraulic system done on the brake/clutch fixed. With a leak, the brakes will hydraulic system. not work well. Caution Always clean the brake fluid When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a reservoir cap and the area around low level, the brake warning light If brake fluid is spilled on the the cap before removing it. comes on. See Brake System vehicle's painted surfaces, the Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Warning Light 0 120. paint finish can be damaged. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of surface. worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See Battery - North America necessary, only when work is done Maintenance Schedule 0 366. For diesel engine vehicles, see on the brake/clutch hydraulic Battery in the Duramax diesel What to Add “ ” system. supplement. Use only GM approved DOT 3 The original equipment battery is brake fluid from a clean, sealed maintenance free. Do not remove container. See Recommended the cap and do not add fluid. Fluids and Lubricants 0 375. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 301

Refer to the replacement number Vehicle Storage How to Check Lubricant shown on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. See { Warning Engine Compartment Overview 0 283 for battery location. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. { Warning You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting - WARNING: Battery posts, North America 0 348 for tips on terminals, and related working around a battery without accessories contain lead and lead getting hurt. compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause Infrequent Usage: Remove the cancer and birth defects or other Automatic Transfer Case reproductive harm. Batteries also black, negative (✓)cablefromthe contain other chemicals known to battery to keep the battery from running down. 1. Drain Plug the State of California to cause 2. Fill Plug cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Extended Storage: Remove the HANDLING. black, negative (✓)cablefromthe battery or use a battery trickle See California Proposition charger. 65 Warning 0 280. Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 366 to determine when to check the lubricant. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

302 Vehicle Care

When to Change Lubricant How to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 366 to determine how often to change the lubricant. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 375 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. Front Axle Electronic Transfer Case When to Check and Change Lubricant Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, Front 1. Drain Plug It is not necessary to regularly Axle for 3.6L Similar 2. Fill Plug check front axle fluid unless a leak To get an accurate reading, the is suspected, or an unusual noise is 1. Drain Plug vehicle should be on a level heard. A fluid loss could indicate a 2. Fill Plug surface. problem. Have it inspected and repaired. To get an accurate reading, the If the level is below the bottom of vehicle should be on a level the fill plug (2) hole, located on the surface. transfer case, some lubricant will If the level is below the bottom of need to be added. Add enough the fill plug (2) hole, located on the lubricant to raise the level to the front axle, some lubricant will need bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use to be added. Add enough lubricant care not to overtighten the plug. to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to overtighten the plug. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 303

What to Use five minutes after the vehicle has If the level is below the bottom of Refer to Recommended Fluids and been driven will appear to have a the fill plug (2) hole, located on the Lubricants 0 375 to determine what lower fluid level than a vehicle that rear axle, some lubricant will need kind of lubricant to use. has been stationary for an hour or to be added. Add enough lubricant two. The rear axle assembly must to raise the level to the bottom of be supported on a flat, level surface the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to Rear Axle to get a true reading. overtighten the plug. When to Check and Change How to Check Lubricant What to Use Lubricant Refer to Recommended Fluids and It is not necessary to regularly Lubricants 0 375 to determine what check rear axle fluid unless a leak is kind of lubricant to use. suspected, or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Starter Switch Check repaired. { Warning All axle assemblies are filled by volume of fluid during production. When you are doing this They are not filled to reach a certain inspection, the vehicle could level. When checking the fluid level move suddenly. If the vehicle on any axle, variations in the moves, you or others could be readings can be caused by factory Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, Rear injured. fill differences between the minimum Axle for 3.6L Similar and the maximum fluid volume. Also, if a vehicle has just been 1. Drain Plug 1. Before starting this check, be driven before checking the fluid 2. Fill Plug sure there is enough room level, it may appear lower than around the vehicle. normal because fluid has traveled To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level 2. Apply both the parking brake out along the axle tubes and has and the regular brake. not drained back to the sump area. surface. Therefore, a reading taken Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

304 Vehicle Care

Do not use the accelerator Automatic Transmission Ignition Transmission pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it Shift Lock Control Lock Check starts. Function Check While parked, and with the parking 3. For automatic transmission brake set, try to turn the ignition to vehicles, try to start the engine { Warning LOCK/OFF in each shift lever in each gear. The vehicle position. When you are doing this should start only in P (Park) or . For automatic transmission N(Neutral).Ifthevehiclestarts inspection, the vehicle could vehicles, the ignition should turn in any other position, contact move suddenly. If the vehicle to LOCK/OFF only when the your dealer for service. moves, you or others could be shift lever is in P (Park). injured. For manual transmission . For manual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in vehicles, the ignition should turn Neutral, push the clutch pedal 1. Before starting this check, be to LOCK/OFF only when you down halfway, and try to start sure there is enough room press the key release button. the engine. The vehicle should around the vehicle. It should be On all vehicles, the ignition key start only when the clutch parked on a level surface. should come out only in LOCK/OFF. pedal is pushed down all the 2. Apply the parking brake. Be way to the floor. If the vehicle ready to apply the regular Contact your dealer if service is starts when the clutch pedal is brake immediately if the vehicle required. not pushed all the way down, begins to move. contact your dealer for service. 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 305

Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: Caution (Continued) Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to P(Park).Thenreleasethe the vehicle warranty. Do not allow { Warning parking brake followed by the the wiper arm to touch the regular brake. windshield. When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is required. To replace the windshield wiper You or others could be injured blade: and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Pull the windshield wiper of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be assembly away from the roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. windshield. brake at once should the vehicle Replacement blades come in begin to move. different types and are removed in different ways. For proper Park on a fairly steep hill, with the windshield wiper blade length and vehicle facing downhill. Keeping type, see Maintenance your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 377. the parking brake. . To check the parking brake's Caution holding ability: With the engine Allowing the wiper arm to touch running and the transmission in N(Neutral),slowlyremovefoot the windshield when no wiper pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

306 Vehicle Care 2. Press the button (2) in the Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement middle of the wiper arm connector, and pull the wiper Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement blade away from the arm should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement 0 connector (1). If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, Bulbs 309. 3. Remove the wiper blade. the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact 4. Reverse Steps 1 3forwiper – necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. blade replacement. Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 307

Headlamps, Front Turn Headlamp Taillamps, Turn Signal, Signal, Sidemarker, and 1. Open the hood. Stoplamps, and Back-Up Parking Lamps 2. Remove the headlamp bulb Lamps cover by turning it 1. Open the tailgate. counterclockwise. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out. 4. Unplug the electrical connector from the old bulb by releasing the clip on the bulb socket. Turn Signal/Sidemarker/ Parking Lamp Driver Side 1. Open the hood. 1. Low-Beam Headlamp 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it 2. Remove the two rear lamp 2. High-Beam Headlamp assembly screws. 3. Front Turn Signal/ from the headlamp assembly Sidemarker/Parking Lamp and pull it straight out. 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outboard away from the box See your dealer for passenger side 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb socket. side until the retainers release. replacement. There will be a noise when the retainers release. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

308 Vehicle Care

Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp

4. Pull the rear lamp assembly 9. Verify the retainer ring is in the straight back to remove it from proper position. If the retainer the vehicle. ring is out of position, it will not 5. Turn the bulb socket engage. Reset the retainer by counterclockwise. pulling it forward with a tool. 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs 6. Pull the bulb straight out from 10. Push the rear lamp assembly the socket. straight in until it is seated 2. Center High-Mounted against the vehicle. Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb 7. Replace the bulb, then insert the bulb socket into the rear 11. Make sure the rear lamp lamp assembly and turn assembly is flush with the clockwise. box side. 12. Reinstall the two rear lamp assembly screws. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 309

To replace one of these bulbs: Exterior Lamp Bulb Electrical System Number Cargo Lamp 921 (W16W) Electrical System Center 921LL Overload High-Mounted The vehicle has fuses to protect Stoplamp against an electrical system (CHMSL) overload. Fuses also protect power Front Turn Signal 7444NA-T devices in the vehicle. Lamp and Replace a bad fuse with a new one Parking Lamp of the identical size and rating. Sidemarker Lamp W5W LL If there is a problem on the road and afuseneedstobereplaced,there High-Beam 9005 LL is a fuse puller in the Engine 1. Remove the two screws and lift Headlamp off the lamp assembly. Compartment Fuse Block. Replace Low-Beam H11 LL the fuse as soon as possible with 2. Turn the bulb socket Headlamp one of the same amperage rating. counterclockwise and pull it straight out. Stoplamp/Taillamp/ 7443 W21/ Headlamp Wiring Turn Signal Lamp 5W LL-T 3. Pull the bulb straight out from An electrical overload may cause the socket. Stoplamp/Turn 1157 the lamps to go on and off, or in Signal Lamp/ some cases to remain off. Have the Replacement Bulbs Taillamp* headlamp wiring checked right away *ChassisCabModels if the lamps go on and off or Exterior Lamp Bulb remain off. Number For replacement bulbs not listed Back-up Lamp 921 (W16W) here, contact your dealer. Back-up Lamp* 1156 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

310 Vehicle Care

Windshield Wipers If a fuse goes out, replace the fuse as soon as you can. Caution If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield Engine Compartment Spilling liquid on any electrical wipers will stop until the motor cools component on the vehicle may and will then restart. Fuse Block damage it. Always keep the Although the circuit is protected If the vehicle has a diesel engine, covers on any electrical from electrical overload, overload see the Duramax diesel component. due to heavy snow or ice may supplement. cause wiper linkage damage. The engine compartment fuse block Afusepullerisavailableinsidethis Always clear ice and heavy snow is in the engine compartment, on fuse block. from the windshield before using the the driver side of the vehicle. windshield wipers. If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed. Fuses The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by fuses. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems. Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure Lift the cover to access the fuse you replace a bad fuse with a new block. one of the identical size and rating. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 311 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

312 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F11 Miscellaneous 1/ F27 Trailer brake Ignition control module Fuses Usage F12 Starter F28 Rear window F1 Traction control defogger module power F13 Traction control module F29 F2 Engine control – module power F14 – F30 Driver heated seat F3 A/C clutch F15 – F31 – F4 – F16 – F32 Passenger heated seat F5 Engine control F17 Front axle actuator module/Integrated F33 Body control F18 – chassis control module 3 F19 Aeroshutters module/Fuel pump F34 Fuel system control power module F20 – module F6 Wipers F21 Front blower F35 Integrated chassis F7 Cargo lamp/Bed F22 Antilock brake control module (if lighting (if system valves equipped) equipped) F23 – F36 Center F8 Fuel injectors high-mounted -even F24 Trailer stoplamp F9 Fuel injectors - odd F25 Transfer case F37 Right high-beam electronic control headlamp F10 Engine control module 1 F26 Antilock brake F38 Left high-beam system pump headlamp Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 313

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F39 – F56 Washer pump F71 – F40 – F57 – F72 – F41 – F58 – F73 – F42 – F59 Trailer wiring F74 Generator F43 Cooling fan F60 Mirrors defogger F75 – F44 Vacuum pump F61 – Relays Usage F45 – F62 Canister vent K1 A/C clutch F46 Engine control solenoid module 2 F63 – K2 Starter F47 Miscellaneous 2/ F64 Trailer K3 – Ignition reverse lamp K4 Wipers speed F48 Fog lamps (if F65 Left trailer K5 Wipers control equipped) stoplamp/Turn signal lamps K6 Cargo lamp/Bed F49 – lighting (if F50 Trailer parking F66 Right trailer equipped) lamps stoplamp/Turn signal lamps K7 Powertrain F51 Horn F67 Electric power K8 – F52 – steering K9 – F53 – F68 – K10 – F54 – F69 Battery regulated K11 Center F55 – voltage control high-mounted F70 – stoplamp Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

314 Vehicle Care

Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse K12 Vacuum pump Block K13 Vacuum pump K14 Trailer parking lamps K15 Run/Crank K16 – K17 Rear window defogger

The instrument panel fuse block is behind the passenger side cowl side trim panel. Remove the plastic nut at the front of the cover, then pull the cover away from the trim panel to access the fuse block. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 315

Fuses Usage F3 – F4 Steering wheel controls F5 Body control module 2 F6 – F7 – F8 Mirror window module F9 Instrument cluster F10 – F11 Body control module 8 F12 – F13 OnStar/HVAC F14 Radio/HMI F15 Body control module 6 F16 Communication gateway module F17 Body control module 4 F18 Airbag The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and F19 – features shown. F1 Body control module 1 F20 Amplifier (if equipped) F2 – F21 – Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

316 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires F22 – F37 – Tires F23 Data link F38 – connector/USB F39 Auxiliary power Every new GM vehicle has F24 HVAC ignition outlet 2 high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See F25 Body control module 7 F40 Auxiliary power outlet the warranty manual for F26 – F41 Auxiliary power information regarding the tire outlet 1/Lighter F27 – warranty and where to get service. For additional F28 Instrument panel/ F42 Left power window Sensing and F43 Driver power seat information refer to the tire diagnostic module/ manufacturer. F44 – Ignition F45 Right power window F29 Miscellaneous/Ignition { Warning F46 Passenger power seat F30 – . Poorly maintained and F31 Front camera improperly used tires are Relays Usage dangerous. F32 Steering wheel K1 Retained accessory controls backlighting power . Overloading the tires can F33 Heated steering wheel cause overheating as a K2 Run/Crank result of too much F34 Front ventilated seats flexing. There could be a F35 Park/Reverse/Neutral/ blowout and a serious Drive/Low/Wireless crash. See Vehicle Load charging module Limits 0 226. F36 Discrete logic ignition (Continued) sensor Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 317

and weather conditions. Original Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code the same danger as have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be resulting crash could curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires be MS. Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only “ ” to maintain the the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on recommended pressure. authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on Tire pressure should be center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide checked when the tires replace, dismount, and are cold. adequate performance for most mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 317. asuddenimpact— such surfaces such as snow, as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires Keep tires at the spinning may cause the recommended pressure. tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally . Worn or old tires can equipped with winter tires. Winter cause a crash. If the tires are designed for increased All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered tread is badly worn, roads. Consider installing winter This vehicle may come with replace them. tires on the vehicle if frequent all-season tires. These tires are (Continued) driving on ice or snow covered designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer performance on most road surfaces Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

318 Vehicle Care

for details regarding winter tire All-Terrain Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 331. This vehicle may have all-terrain tires. These tires provide good With winter tires, there may be performance on most road surfaces, decreased dry road traction, weather conditions, and for off-road increased road noise, and shorter driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 218. tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle The tread pattern on these tires may handling and braking. wear more quickly than other tires. Consider rotating the tires more If using winter tires: frequently than at 12 000 km . Use tires of the same brand and (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear tread type on all four wheel is noted when the tires are Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example positions. inspected. See Tire Inspection 0 329. (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a . Use only radial ply tires of the combination of letters and same size, load range, and Tire Sidewall Labeling numbers used to define a speed rating as the original particular tire's width, height, equipment tires. Useful information about a tire is aspect ratio, construction type, Winter tires with the same speed molded into its sidewall. The and service description. See the examples show a typical rating as the original equipment tires “Tire Size” illustration later in this may not be available for H, V, W, Y, passenger vehicle tire and a section. and ZR speed rated tires. If winter compact spare tire sidewall. tires with a lower speed rating are (2) TPC Spec (Tire chosen, never exceed the tire's Performance Criteria maximum speed capability. Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 319

GM's TPC specifications meet or manufacturer and plant code, replaced. This spare tire should exceed all federal safety tire size, and date the tire was not be driven on over 112 km/h guidelines. manufactured. The TIN is (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) (3) DOT (Department of molded onto both sides of the when pulling a trailer, with the tire, although only one side may proper inflation pressure. See Transportation) : The 0 Department of Transportation have the date of manufacture. Full-Size Spare Tire 347. (DOT) code indicates that the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire is in compliance with the of cord and number of plies in U.S. Department of the sidewall and under the tread. Transportation Motor Vehicle (6) Uniform Tire Quality Safety Standards. Grading (UTQG) : Tire DOT Tire Date of manufacturers are required to Manufacture : The last four grade tires based on three digits of the TIN indicate the tire performance factors: treadwear, manufactured date. The first two traction, and temperature digits represent the week (01– resistance. For more information 52) and the last two digits, the see Uniform Tire Quality year. For example, the third Grading 0 333. Compact Spare Tire Example week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation (1) Tire Ply Material : The type have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that of cord and number of plies in of 0310. can be carried and the the sidewall and under the tread. (4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to (2) Temporary Use Only : The (TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. compact spare tire or temporary following the DOT (Department (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use tire should not be driven at of Transportation) code are the use a temporary spare tire until speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). Tire Identification Number (TIN). the road tire is repaired and The compact spare tire is for The TIN shows the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

320 Vehicle Care

emergency use when a regular (5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations road tire has lost air and gone temporary use tire or compact flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size spare tire, see Compact Spare 420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a Tire 0 346 and If a Tire Goes information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle Flat 0 336. inflation see Tire tire size. 0 (3) Tire Identification Number Pressure 323. (TIN) : The letters and numbers (6) Tire Size : Acombinationof following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a of Transportation) code are the tire's width, height, aspect ratio, Tire Identification Number (TIN). construction type, and service The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a manufactured. The TIN is use only. metric tire sizing system. The molded onto both sides of the (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in tire, although only one side may Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger have the date of manufacture. Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to (4) Maximum Cold Inflation equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire Load Limit : Maximum load that GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. can be carried and the criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The three-digit maximum pressure needed to code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section support that load. GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. guidelines. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 321

(3) Aspect Ratio : Atwo-digit Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains number that indicates the tire Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel height-to-width measurements. cords that hold the tire onto For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. air inside the tire pressing aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Bias Ply Tire : Apneumatictire item 3 of the illustration, it would outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at mean that the tire's sidewall is alternate angles less than 60 percent as high as it is wide. expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of (4) Construction Code : Aletter the tread. Accessory Weight : The code is used to indicate the type Cold Tire Pressure : The of ply construction in the tire. combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, The letter R means radial ply measured in kPa (kilopascal) construction; the letter D means optional accessories are automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) diagonal or bias ply before a tire has built up heat construction; and the letter B windows, power seats, and air conditioning. from driving. See Tire means belted-bias ply Pressure 0 323. construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of motor vehicle with standard and the wheel in inches. Belt : Arubbercoatedlayerof optional equipment including the (6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. materials. tire. The load index represents DOT Markings : Acodemolded the load carrying capacity a tire into the sidewall of a tire is certified to carry. The speed signifying that the tire is in rating is the maximum speed a compliance with the U.S. tire is certified to carry a load. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

322 Vehicle Care

Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by includes the Tire Identification vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load 0 Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned Limits 226. designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. date of production. Outward Facing Sidewall : The Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rating. See Vehicle Load 0 which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a Limits 226. The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Rating for the front axle. See white lettering, or bears 0 Maximum Load Rating : The Vehicle Load Limits 226. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. moldings on the other sidewall Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight. some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure. Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's recommended Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 323

tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Pressure 0 323 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Load Limits 0 226. of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and Radial Ply Tire : Apneumatic (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. When It Is Time for New tire in which the ply cords that 0 Vehicle Placard : Alabel extend to the beads are laid at Tires 330. permanently attached to a 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle the tread. Grading Standards) : Atire capacity weight and the original Rim : Ametalsupportforatire information system that equipment tire size and and upon which the tire beads provides consumers with recommended inflation pressure. are seated. ratings for a tire's traction, See “Tire and Loading temperature, and treadwear. Information Label” under Vehicle Sidewall : The portion of a tire Ratings are determined by tire Load Limits 0 226. between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. Tire Pressure alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of atireindicatingthemaximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform 0 air pressure to operate speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 333. effectively. operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The Traction : The friction between number of designated seating the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 226. comes into contact with the road. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

324 Vehicle Care

The Tire and Loading How to Check Caution Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure can result in: minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning support the vehicle's maximum . Tire overloading and the vehicle has not been driven load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no overheating which could Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. lead to a blowout. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). How the vehicle is loaded Remove the valve cap from the . Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride irregular wear. tire valve stem. Press the tire comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to . Poor handling. with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. designed to carry. . Reduced fuel economy. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended Overinflated tires, or tires that When to Check pressure on the Tire and Check the tires once a month or have too much air, can Loading Information label, no more. Do not forget to check the result in: further adjustment is necessary. spare tire. If the vehicle has a . Unusual wear. If the inflation pressure is low, compact spare tire, it should be add air until the recommended . Poor handling. at 420 kPa (60 psi). See pressure is reached. If the Compact Spare Tire 0 346 and . Rough ride. inflation pressure is high, press Full-Size Spare Tire 0 347 for on the metal stem in the center . Needless damage from additional information. road hazards. of the tire valve to release air. Re-check the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 325

Return the valve caps on the (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure valve stems to prevent leaks pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a and keep out dirt and moisture. of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for under-inflated. approximately one minute and then Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon System pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as subsequent vehicle start-ups as The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them long as the malfunction exists. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a When the malfunction indicator is technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire illuminated, the system may not be levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can able to detect or signal low tire the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or provided), should be checked ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly. the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. properly. should determine the proper tire See Tire Pressure Monitor inflation pressure for those tires.) Your vehicle has also been 0 equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 326. As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. Statement 0 393. tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

326 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading ATireandLoadingInformationlabel Information label. See Vehicle Load shows the size of the original Operation Limits 0 226. equipment tires and the correct This vehicle may have a Tire Amessagetocheckthepressurein inflation pressure for the tires when Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). they are cold. See Vehicle Load aspecifictiredisplaysintheDriver 0 The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low Limits 226,foranexampleofthe driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label condition exists. TPMS sensors are and its location. Also see Tire DIC warning message come on at 0 mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are Pressure 323. assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation The TPMS can warn about a low and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. Using the DIC, tire tire pressure condition but it does sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure levels can be viewed. For not replace normal tire the tires and transmit the tire additional information and details maintenance. See Tire Inspection pressure readings to a receiver about the DIC operation and 0 329, Tire Rotation 0 329,and located in the vehicle. displays, see Driver Information Tires 0 316. Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution (Uplevel) 0 129 and Tire Messages 0 137. Tire sealant materials are not all The low tire pressure warning light the same. A non-approved tire may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage When a low tire pressure condition turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire is detected, the TPMS illuminates could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the the low tire pressure warning light air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only located on the instrument cluster. needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant If the warning light comes on, stop pressure. available through your dealer or as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure included in the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 327

TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or Message process was not done or not being near facilities using radio completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. are missing or inoperable. When the message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See flashes for about one minute and low tire condition. See your dealer “TPMS Sensor Matching then stays on for the remainder of for service if the TPMS malfunction Process” later in this section. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning light and DIC message come on message also displays. The . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. missing or damaged. The malfunction light and DIC warning TPMS Sensor Matching message come on at each ignition malfunction light and the DIC cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Process Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. replaced with the spare tire. The tire/wheel position after rotating the spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’stiresorreplacingoneor TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also, light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process should go off after the road tire other than those recommended should be performed after replacing is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from asparetirewitharoadtire matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The 0 malfunction light and the DIC successfully. See “TPMS Sensor New Tires 331. message should go off at the next Matching Process” later in this section. ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

328 Vehicle Care

passenger side front tire, passenger See Driver Information Center The horn sounds twice to side rear tire, and driver side rear. (DIC) (Base Level) 0 126 or signal the receiver is in relearn See your dealer for service or to Driver Information Center (DIC) mode and the TIRE purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS (Uplevel) 0 129. LEARNING ACTIVE message relearn tool can also be purchased. 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel displays on the DIC screen. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor DIC, use the DIC controls on 6. Start with the driver side Activation Tool at the right side of the steering front tire. www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or wheel to scroll to the Tire 7. Place the relearn tool against call 1-800-GM TOOLS Pressure screen under the DIC (1-800-468-6657). the tire sidewall, near the valve info page. stem. Then press the button to There are two minutes to match the If the vehicle has a base level activate the TPMS sensor. first tire/wheel position, and DIC, use the MENU button to Ahornchirpconfirmsthatthe five minutes overall to match all four select the Vehicle Information sensor identification code has tire/wheel positions. If it takes menu in the DIC. Use the been matched to this tire and longer, the matching process stops thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire wheel position. and must be restarted. Pressure Menu item screen. 8. Proceed to the passenger side The TPMS sensor matching 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel front tire, and repeat the process is: DIC, press and hold V in the procedure in Step 7. 1. Set the parking brake. center of the DIC controls. 9. Proceed to the passenger side 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN If the vehicle has a base level rear tire, and repeat the with the engine off. DIC, press SET/CLR on the procedure in Step 7. 3. If the vehicle has an uplevel turn signal lever to begin the 10. Proceed to the driver side rear DIC, make sure the Tire sensor matching process. tire, and repeat the procedure Pressure info page option is Amessageaskingifthe in Step 7. The horn sounds two turned on. The info pages on process should begin should times to indicate the sensor the DIC can be turned on and appear. Press SET/CLR again identification code has been off through the Settings menu. to confirm the selection. matched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS sensor Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 329

matching process is no longer . The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel active. The TIRE LEARNING cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 330 and Wheel display screen goes off. fabric. Replacement 0 334. 11. Turn the ignition switch to . The tire has a bump, bulge, LOCK/OFF. or split. 12. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, level as indicated on the Tire or other damage that cannot and Loading Information label. be repaired well because of the size or location of the Tire Inspection damage. We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation vehicle has one, be inspected Tires should be rotated every for signs of wear or damage at 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See least once a month. Maintenance Schedule 0 366. Use this rotation pattern when Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires. . The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The Do not include the spare tire in more places around the tire first rotation is the most the tire rotation. important. can be seen. Adjust the front and rear tires to Anytime unusual wear is . There is cord or fabric the recommended inflation noticed, rotate the tires as soon showing through the tire's pressure on the Tire and as possible, check for proper tire rubber. Loading Information label after inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 323 and Vehicle unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 226. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

330 Vehicle Care

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel commercial truck tires may not have System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the treadwear indicators. See Tire Monitor Operation 0 326. wheel nuts or bolts. Inspection 0 329 and Tire Rotation 0 329 for additional information. Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See Wheel When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time. “ This also applies to the spare tire, Nut Torque” under Capacities Tires 0 if the vehicle has one, even if it is and Specifications 380. Factors, such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading { Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the takes place. GM recommends that parts to which it is fastened, can tires, including the spare if make wheel nuts become loose equipped, be replaced after six after time. The wheel could come years, regardless of tread wear. The off and cause an accident. When tire manufacture date is the last four changing a wheel, remove any digits of the DOT Tire Identification rust or dirt from places where the Number (TIN) which is molded into wheel attaches to the vehicle. In one side of the tire sidewall. The an emergency, a cloth or a paper first two digits represent the week towel can be used; however, use (01-52) and the last two digits, the ascraperorwirebrushlaterto year. For example, the third week of remove all rust or dirt. the year 2010 would have a four-digit DOT date of 0310. Lightly coat the center of the Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage tell when it is time for new tires. wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when Tires age when stored normally grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) mounted on a parked vehicle. Park tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. Some avehiclethatwillbestoredforat or rust build-up. Do not get least a month in a cool, dry, clean Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 331

area away from direct sunlight to the overall performance of the Rotation 0 329 for information slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However, of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place rubber. pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle. Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec cause flat spots on the tires that number is molded onto the tire's { Warning may result in vibrations while sidewall near the tire size. If the driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread Tires could explode during at least a month, remove the tires or design, the TPC Spec number improper service. Attempting raise the vehicle to reduce the to mount or dismount a tire weight from the tires. will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall could cause injury or death. Buying New Tires Labeling 0 318 for additional Only your dealer or authorized information. tire service center should GM has developed and matched mount or dismount the tires. specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four. were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires { Warning Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Specification (TPC Spec) Mixing tires of different sizes, Braking and handling system rating. When brands, or types may cause performance may be adversely replacement tires are needed, loss of control of the vehicle, affected if all the tires are not GM strongly recommends resulting in a crash or other replaced at the same time. buying tires with the same TPC vehicle damage. Use the If proper rotation and Spec rating. correct size, brand, and type maintenance have been done, of tires on all wheels. GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires should wear out at system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire (Continued) critical specifications that impact Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

332 Vehicle Care

Winter tires with the same speed 0 226 for the label location and Warning (Continued) rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire This vehicle may have a tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label. different size spare than the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated road tires originally installed tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and on the vehicle. When new, the tires’ maximum speed capability Wheels vehicle included a spare tire when using winter tires with a lower speed rating. If wheels or tires are installed that and wheel assembly with a are a different size than the original similar overall diameter as the If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle road tires and wheels, so it is replaced with a tire that does not performance, including its braking, all right to drive on it. The have a TPC Spec number, make ride and handling characteristics, spare tire was developed for sure they are the same size, stability, and resistance to rollover use on this vehicle and will not load range, speed rating, and may be affected. If the vehicle has affect vehicle handling. electronic systems such as antilock construction (radial) as the brakes, rollover airbags, traction original tires. control, electronic stability control, Vehicles that have a tire or All-Wheel Drive, the performance { Warning pressure monitoring system of these systems can also be could give an inaccurate affected. Using bias-ply tires on the low-pressure warning if non-TPC vehicle may cause the wheel Spec rated tires are installed. { Warning rim flanges to develop cracks See Tire Pressure Monitor If different sized wheels are used, after many miles of driving. System 0 325. Atireand/orwheelcouldfail there may not be an acceptable suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading level of performance and safety if Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the tires not recommended for those the wheels on the vehicle. original equipment tires on the wheels are selected. This vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 333

(UTQG) system does not apply Treadwear 200 Traction AA Warning (Continued) to deep tread, winter tires, Temperature A increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with All Passenger Car Tires Must and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of Conform to Federal Safety specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), Requirements In Addition To developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production These Grades. have them properly installed by a tires. Treadwear GM certified technician. While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars The treadwear grade is a See Buying New Tires 0 331 and and light trucks may vary with comparative rating based on the Accessories and respect to these grades, they wear rate of the tire when tested Modifications 0 281. must also conform to federal under controlled conditions on a safety requirements and specified government test Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire course. For example, a tire Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) graded 150 would wear one and standards. one-half (1Ω) times as well on The following information relates the government course as a tire to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found graded 100. The relative United States National Highway where applicable on the tire performance of tires depends Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder upon the actual conditions of (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For their use, however, and may treadwear, traction, and example: depart significantly from the temperature performance. This norm due to variations in driving applies only to vehicles sold in habits, service practices and the United States. The grades differences in road are molded on the sidewalls of characteristics and climate. most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

334 Vehicle Care

Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and The tires and wheels were aligned and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade provide the longest tire life and best pavement as measured under overall performance. Adjustments to controlled conditions on Ccorrespondstoalevelof wheel alignment and tire balancing specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and vehicle is significantly pulling to one Arepresenthigherlevelsof side or the other. Some slight pull to Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is acceleration, cornering, vibrating when driving on a smooth hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis. Temperature underinflation, or excessive The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement combination, can cause heat (the highest), B, and C, Replace any wheel that is bent, representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced. conditions on a specified indoor If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 335

Some aluminum wheels can be Tire Chains repaired. See your dealer if any of Caution these conditions exist. The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or If the vehicle has 255/65R17 AT, Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp 265/60R18, 265/65R17 or 265/ same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle 70R16 size tires, do not use tire diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire chains. They can damage the mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and vehicle because there is not replaces. chassis. enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel proper amount of clearance can nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels cause damage to the brakes, System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts. suspension, or other vehicle { Warning parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used lose control of the vehicle and one is dangerous. How it has Using the wrong replacement you or others may be injured in a been used or how far it has been crash. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use another type of traction affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a device only if its manufacturer the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment recommends it for use on the and cause loss of control, causing wheel. vehicle and tire size combination acrash.Alwaysusethecorrect and road conditions. Follow that wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel manufacturer's instructions. To nuts for replacement. help avoid damage to the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, or remove (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

336 Vehicle Care

Arearblowout,particularlyona Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as the device if it is contacting the the vehicle, stop and retighten used in a skid. Stop pressing the vehicle, and do not spin the them. If the contact continues, accelerator pedal and steer to vehicle's wheels. slow down until it stops. Driving straighten the vehicle. It may be If you do find traction devices that too fast or spinning the wheels very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake will fit, install them on the rear with chains on will damage the to a stop, well off the road, tires. vehicle. if possible. If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning Caution It is unusual for a tire to blowout Driving on a flat tire will cause while driving, especially if the tires permanent damage to the tire. If the vehicle has a tire size other are maintained properly. If air goes Re-inflating a tire after it has been than 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18, out of a tire, it is much more likely to driven on while severely 265/65R17 or 265/70R16, use tire leak out slowly. But if there ever is a underinflated or flat may cause a chains only where legal and only blowout, here are a few tips about blowout and a serious crash. when you must. Use chains that what to expect and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire are the proper size for the tires. If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while Install them on the tires of the creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. rear axle. Do not use chains on toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized the tires of the front axle. Tighten the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or them as tightly as possible with steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as the ends securely fastened. Drive maintain lane position, and then possible. slowly and follow the chain gently brake to a stop, well off the manufacturer's instructions. If you road, if possible. can hear the chains contacting (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 337

{ Warning { Warning Warning (Continued)

Lifting a vehicle and getting under Changing a tire can be 6. Place wheel blocks, it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous. The vehicle can slip if equipped, on both sides of dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall the tire at the opposite appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a corner of the tire being training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To changed. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. use the following example as a be badly injured or killed if the guide to assist in the placement of vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in 1(First)orR(Reverse). 3. For four-wheel-drive If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire vehicles, be sure the and wheel damage by driving slowly transfer case is in a drive to a level place, well off the road, gear not in N (Neutral). if possible. Turn on the hazard – warning flashers. See Hazard 4. Turn off the engine and do Warning Flashers 0 149. not restart while the vehicle is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 5. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire remain in the vehicle. (Continued) The following information explains how to use the jack and change atire. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

338 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing Extended Cab Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Crew Cab To access and remove the jack and tools:

4. Turn the knob on the jack (2) counterclockwise to lower the jack head to release the jack 1. Jack Cover from its holder. 2. Tool Bag Cover 5. Turn the wing nut (1) To access and remove the jack and counterclockwise to remove the tools: jack and wheel blocks. 1. Pull the bottom of the jack cover (1) forward to remove it. 1. Lift the rear seat to access the 2. Pull the lower access pocket tool bag. forward and then upward to 2. Remove the straps to remove remove the tool bag cover (2). the tool bag. 3. Fold the rear seat to access the jack. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 339

Insert the ignition key, turn, and pull straight out to remove the spare tire lock (8), if equipped.

3. Turn the knob on the jack (1) 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) counterclockwise to lower the Pointed Down) jack head to release the jack and the two jack handle 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer extensions (6), as shown. from its holder. 3. Hoist Cable 4. Turn the wing nut (2) 4. Hoist Assembly counterclockwise to remove the 5. Hoist Shaft jack and wheel blocks. 6. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Turn the wing nut (3) 7. Wheel Wrench counterclockwise to remove the 8. Spare Tire Lock (If tool bag. Equipped) 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole Use the jack handle extensions and the wheel wrench to remove the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool underbody-mounted spare tire. 1. Open the spare tire lock cover 3. Insert the hoist end (open on the bumper. end) (10) of the extension through the hole (9) in the rear bumper. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

340 Vehicle Care

Do not use the chiseled end of Tilt the retainer and pull it 5. Wheel Wrench the wheel wrench. through the center of the wheel 1. Do a safety check before Be sure the hoist end of the along with the cable and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes extension (10) connects to the spring. Flat 0 336. hoist shaft. The ribbed square 7. Put the spare tire near the end of the extension is used to flat tire. lower the spare tire. Removing the Flat Tire and 4. Turn the wheel wrench Installing the Spare Tire counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Use the following pictures and Continue to turn the wheel instructions to remove the flat tire wrench until the spare tire can and raise the vehicle. be pulled out from under the vehicle. 2. If the wheel has a center cap 5. Pull the spare tire out from that covers the lug nuts, place under the vehicle. the chisel end of the wheel wrench in each of the slots in the cap, and gently pry it out.

1. Jack 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle 2. Wheel Blocks with some slack in the cable to 3. Jack Handle access the tire/wheel retainer. 4. Jack Handle Extensions Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 341

3. Use the wheel wrench and turn Front Position Rear Position it counterclockwise to loosen 4. Position the jack under the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, the wheel nuts. Do not remove vehicle, as shown. If the flat position the jack under the rear the wheel nuts yet. tire is on the front of the axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard vehicle, position the jack on the of the shock absorber bracket. depression in the vehicle's Make sure that the jack head is frame, behind the flat tire. positioned so that the rear axle is resting securely between the grooves that are on the jack head. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

342 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by ajack.

{ Warning 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and 8. Remove any rust or dirt from take off the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting Raising the vehicle with the jack surfaces, and spare wheel. improperly positioned can { Warning 9. Install the spare tire. damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the avoid personal injury and vehicle parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning damage, be sure to fit the jack lift make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts head into the proper location after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might before raising the vehicle. off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash. 6. Turn the wheel wrench rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In clockwise to raise the vehicle. 10. Put the wheel nuts back on Raise the vehicle far enough an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use with the rounded end of the off the ground so there is nuts toward the wheel. enough room for the spare tire ascraperorwirebrushlaterto to fit under the wheel well. remove all rust or dirt. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 343

11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel Warning (Continued) Caution wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against running wheels, piloting pad Improperly tightened wheel nuts the hub. damage may occur and require can lead to brake pulsation and replacement of the entire hub, for rotor damage. To avoid expensive 12. Turn the wheel wrench proper centering of the wheels. brake repairs, evenly tighten the counterclockwise to lower the When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts in the proper vehicle. Lower the jack wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to sequence and to the proper completely. use GM original equipment parts. torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications { Warning 0 380 for the wheel nut torque specification. If wheel studs are damaged, they { Warning can break. If all the studs on a wheel broke, the wheel could Wheel nuts that are improperly or come off and cause a crash. incorrectly tightened can cause If any stud is damaged because the wheels to become loose or of a loose-running wheel, it could come off. The wheel nuts should be that all of the studs are be tightened with a torque wrench damaged. To be sure, replace all to the proper torque specification studs on the wheel. If the stud after replacing. Follow the torque holes in a wheel have become specification supplied by the larger, the wheel could collapse in aftermarket manufacturer when operation. Replace any wheel if using accessory locking wheel its stud holes have become larger nuts. See Capacities and or distorted in any way. Inspect Specifications 0 380 for original hubs and hub⇣piloted wheels for equipment wheel nut torque damage. Because of loose specifications. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

344 Vehicle Care

13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence, as Caution shown, by turning the wheel wrench clockwise. Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your vehicle for an When reinstalling the regular wheel extended period of time or with and tire, also reinstall the center the valve stem pointing up can cap. Place the cap on the wheel damage the wheel. Always stow and push it into place until it seats. the wheel with the valve stem The cap may only go on one way. pointing down and have the Be sure to line up any tabs on the wheel/tire repaired as soon as center cap with corresponding indentations on the wheel. possible. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem and Tools Pointed Down) Caution 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Hoist Cable { Warning The tire hoist can be damaged if 4. Hoist Assembly there is no tension on the cable 5. Hoist Shaft Storing a jack, a tire, or other when using it. To have the 6. Jack Handle Extensions equipment in the passenger necessary tension, the spare or 7. Wheel Wrench compartment of the vehicle could road tire and wheel assembly 8. Spare Tire Lock (If cause injury. In a sudden stop or must be installed on the tire hoist Equipped) collision, loose equipment could to use it. strike someone. Store all these in 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole the proper place. 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool Store the tire under the rear of the 1. Put the tire on the ground at vehicle in the spare tire carrier. the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 345

2. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plate down and through the center of the wheel. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. 4. Insert the hoist end (10) through the hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the hoist shaft. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. 3. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and extensions (6) together, as 6. Raise the tire fully against the shown. underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. 7. Make sure the tire is stored securely and flush in the radius (2) of the spare tire support bracket (1). Push, pull, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

346 Vehicle Care

and then try to turn the tire. Be sure to fully tighten the wing recommended that the vehicle If the tire moves, use the wheel nut (4) so the tool bag cover can be speed be limited to 80 km/h wrench to tighten the cable. properly and securely closed. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, the spare tire, have the standard tire if the vehicle has one. Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire To store the jack and tools, reverse to the storage area. the steps for removing them. { Warning When using a compact spare tire, Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is handling. This could lead to a recognized by the vehicle, crash and you or others could be especially on slippery roads. Adjust injured. Use only one compact driving to reduce possible spare tire at a time. wheel slip.

If this vehicle has a compact spare Caution 1. Wheel Wrench tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is however, it can lose air over time. 2. Jack Handle installed, do not take the vehicle Check the inflation pressure 3. Jack Handle Extensions through an automatic car wash 4. Wing Nut regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). with guide rails. The compact For extended cab models, be sure spare can get caught on the rails to replace the wheel wrench (1), Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel, jack handle (2), and two jack handle that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle. extensions (3) in the bag, as shown, inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is so it can be properly stored in the Do not use the compact spare on storage compartment. designed for temporary use only. The vehicle will perform differently other vehicles. with the spare tire installed and it is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 347

Do not mix the compact spare tire or Full-Size Spare Tire wheel with other wheels or tires. Caution (Continued) They will not fit. Keep the spare tire If this vehicle came with a full-size and its wheel together. spare tire, it was fully inflated when four-wheel drive until the flat tire new, however, it can lose air over is repaired and/or replaced. The time. Check the inflation pressure vehicle could be damaged and Caution regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 323 the repairs would not be covered 0 Tire chains will not fit the compact and Vehicle Load Limits 226.For by the warranty. Never use spare. Using them can damage instructions on how to remove, four-wheel drive when a different install, or store a spare tire, see Tire the vehicle and the chains. Do not size spare tire is installed on the Changing 0 338. use tire chains on the compact vehicle. spare. If equipped with a temporary use full-size spare tire, it is indicated on The vehicle may have a different the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall size spare tire than the road tires 0 Labeling 318.Thissparetire originally installed on the vehicle. Caution should not be driven on over This spare tire was developed for 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h If the vehicle has four-wheel drive use on this vehicle, so it is all right (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at to drive on it. If the vehicle has and a different size spare tire is the proper inflation pressure. Repair four-wheel drive and a different size installed, do not drive in and replace the road tire as soon as spare tire is installed, drive only in four-wheel drive until the flat tire it is convenient, and stow the spare two-wheel drive. is repaired and/or replaced. The tire for future use. vehicle could be damaged and After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, stop as soon as possible the repairs would not be covered Caution by the warranty. Never use and check that the spare tire is four-wheel drive when a different If the vehicle has four-wheel drive correctly inflated. size spare tire is installed on the and a different size spare tire is vehicle. installed, do not drive in (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

348 Vehicle Care Have the damaged or flat road tire Jump Starting repaired or replaced and installed Warning (Continued) back onto the vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire will be Jump Starting - North See California Proposition 0 available in case it is needed again. America 65 Warning 280. Do not mix tires and wheels of For more information about the different sizes, because they will not vehicle battery, see Battery - North fit. Keep your spare tire and its America 0 300. { Warning wheel together. If the vehicle has a If the battery has run down, try to spare tire that does not match the Batteries can hurt you. They can use another vehicle and some original road tires and wheels in size be dangerous because: jumper cables to start your vehicle. and type, do not include the spare in Be sure to use the following steps to . They contain acid that can the tire rotation. do it safely. burn you. . They contain gas that can { Warning explode or ignite.

WARNING: Battery posts, . They contain enough electricity to burn you. terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these the State of California to cause things can hurt you. cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 349

4. Good Battery Positive Caution Terminal Caution (Continued) Ignoring these steps could result The jump start negative grounding damaged. Only use a vehicle that in costly damage to the vehicle stud (1) for the discharged battery is has a 12-volt system with a that would not be covered by the to the left of the windshield washer negative ground for jump starting. vehicle warranty. Trying to start fluid reservoir. the vehicle by pushing or pulling it The jump start positive terminal on 2. Position the two vehicles so will not work, and it could damage the discharged battery (2) is located that they are not touching. the vehicle. in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. 3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in The jump start positive terminal (3) P(Park)withanautomatic and negative terminal (4) are on the transmission, or N (Neutral) battery of the vehicle providing the with a manual transmission. jump start. The positive jump start connection Caution for the discharged battery is under a trim cover. Open the cover to If any accessories are left on or expose the terminal. plugged in during the jump 1. Check the other vehicle. starting procedure, they could be It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not with a negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn Caution off or unplug all accessories on 1. Discharged Battery either vehicle when jump starting. Negative Grounding Stud If the other vehicle does not have 2. Discharged Battery Positive a12-voltsystemwithanegative Terminal ground, both vehicles can be 3. Good Battery Negative Terminal (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

350 Vehicle Care

4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 8. Connect the other end of the Turn off all lights and Warning (Continued) black negative (–)cabletothe accessories in both vehicles, negative (–)groundingstudfor except the hazard warning your eyes or on your skin, flush the discharged battery. flashers if needed. the place with water and get medical help immediately. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run { Warning the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes. An electric fan can start up even { Warning when the engine is not running 10. Try to start the vehicle that had and can injure you. Keep hands, Fans or other moving engine the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it clothing, and tools away from any parts can injure you badly. Keep probably needs service. underhood electric fan. your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running. Caution { Warning 5. Connect one end of the red If the jumper cables are positive (+) cable to the connected or removed in the Using a match near a battery can positive (+) terminal on the wrong order, electrical shorting cause battery gas to explode. discharged battery. may occur and damage the People have been hurt doing this, 6. Connect the other end of the vehicle. The repairs would not be and some have been blinded. red positive (+) cable to the covered by the vehicle warranty. Use a flashlight if you need more positive (+) terminal of the good Always connect and remove the light. battery. jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do Battery fluid contains acid that 7. Connect one end of the black not touch each other or other can burn you. Do not get it on negative (–)cabletothe metal. you. If you accidentally get it in negative (–)terminalofthe (Continued) good battery. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 351 Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle Recreational Vehicle Reverse the sequence exactly when Towing removing the jumper cables. Caution Recreational vehicle towing means After starting the disabled vehicle towing the vehicle behind another and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle, such as a motor home. The allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The two most common types of damage would not be covered by recreational vehicle towing are the vehicle warranty. dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy Do not lash or hook to towing is towing the vehicle with all suspension components. Use the four wheels on the ground. Dolly proper straps around the tires to towing is towing the vehicle with two secure the vehicle. wheels on the ground and two wheels on a dolly.

Use only a flatbed tow truck for Follow the tow vehicle towing a disabled vehicle. Never manufacturer’sinstructions.See use a sling type lift or damage will your dealer or trailering professional occur. Use ramps to help reduce for additional advice and equipment approach angles if necessary. recommendations. Atowedvehicleshouldhaveits drive wheels off the ground. Caution Consult a professional towing Use of a shield mounted in front service if the disabled vehicle must of the vehicle grille could restrict be towed. airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

352 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) { Warning

warranty. If using a shield, only components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive use one that attaches to the The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into towing vehicle. by the vehicle warranty. N(Neutral)cancausethevehicle to roll even if the transmission is Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not in P (Park). You or others could be towed with all four wheels on the be injured. Set the parking brake Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground. before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral). Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. 4. Shift the transfer case to Caution N(Neutral).See“Shifting into Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive N(Neutral)” under Four-Wheel If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles that have an N (Neutral) Drive 0 247.Checkthatthe towed with all four wheels on the and a Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) vehicle is in N (Neutral) by ground, the drivetrain setting. shifting the transmission to (Continued) R(Reverse)andthentoD Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 353

(Drive). There should be no 9. Shift the transmission to 5. Shift the transfer case out of movement of the vehicle while P(Park). N(Neutral)toTwo-WheelDrive shifting. High. See “Shifting out of Caution N(Neutral)” under Four-Wheel 5. Shift the transmission into D 0 (Drive). Turn the engine off. Drive 247.Seeyourdealerif Then shift the transmission into If the steering column is locked, the transfer case cannot be P(Park). vehicle damage may occur. shifted out of N (Neutral). 6. Wait for at least 10 seconds, 6. Check that the vehicle is in then restart the engine. 10. Move the steering wheel to Two-Wheel Drive High by make sure the steering column shifting the transmission to 7. Shift the transmission to D is unlocked. R(Reverse)andthentoD (Drive), then turn the engine off (Drive). There should be again. 11. With a foot on the brake pedal, movement of the vehicle while release the parking brake. shifting. Caution Keep the ignition key in the towed vehicle in ACC/ 7. Shift the transmission to P(Park)andturnoffthe Failure to disconnect the negative ACCESSORY to prevent the ignition. battery cable or to have it contact steering column from locking. the terminals can cause damage Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the to the vehicle. tow vehicle. Before disconnecting the towed vehicle: 9. Release the parking brake. 8. Disconnect the negative 1. Park on a level surface. 10. Reset any lost presets. battery cable at the battery and The outside temperature secure the nut and bolt. Cover 2. Set the parking brake, then display will default to 0 °C the negative battery post with a shift the transmission to (32 °F) but will reset with non-conductive material to P(Park),andmovetheignition normal usage. prevent any contact with the key to OFF. negative battery terminal. 3. Connect the battery. 4. Apply the brake pedal. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

354 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive be towed with the rear wheels on vehicle from the front: Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive 1. Attach the dolly to the tow the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions Vehicles vehicle following the dolly for internal lubrication while being manufacturer's instructions. towed. 2. Drive the front wheels onto the To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive dolly. vehicle, the vehicle must be towed with the rear wheels on the dolly. 3. Shift the transmission to See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off P(Park). the Ground)” later in this section. 4. Set the parking brake. Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive { Warning Vehicles Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's transfer case into N(Neutral)cancausethevehicle to roll even if the transmission is Caution in P (Park). You or others could be injured. Set the parking brake If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is before shifting the transfer case towed with the rear wheels on the to N (Neutral). ground, the transmission could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle 5. Use a clamping device warranty. Never tow the vehicle designed for towing to ensure with the rear wheels on the that the front wheels are locked ground. into the straight position. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 355

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 5. Use a clamping device following the manufacturer's the Ground) designed for towing to ensure instructions. that the front wheels are locked Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 7. Shift the transfer case to into the straight position. N(Neutral).See“Shifting into 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. N(Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive 0 247 for the proper Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles procedure. { Warning 8. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is Shifting a four-wheel-drive firmly attached to the tow vehicle's transfer case into vehicle. N(Neutral)cancausethevehicle 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or others could be injured. Set the parking brake before shifting the transfer case To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive to N (Neutral). vehicle from the rear:

1. Drive the rear wheels onto the To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive dolly. vehicle from the rear: 2. Set the parking brake. See 0 1. Drive the rear wheels onto the Parking Brake 254. dolly. 3. Put the transmission in 2. Set the parking brake. See P(Park). Parking Brake 0 254. 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 3. Put the transmission in following the manufacturer's P(Park). instructions. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

356 Vehicle Care 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Appearance Care following the manufacturer's Caution (Continued) instructions. Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all 5. Use a clamping device manufacturer directions regarding designed for towing to ensure Locks correct product usage, necessary that the front wheels are locked Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and into the straight position. Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any 6. Shift the transfer case to absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. N(Neutral).See“Shifting into locks greased after using. See N(Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Recommended Fluids and Drive 0 247 for the proper Lubricants 0 375. procedure. Caution Washing the Vehicle 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Avoid using high-pressure To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Caution in damage or removal of paint Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 357

Finish Care Caution Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat Do not power wash any sealant/wax materials is not Machine compounding or component under the hood that recommended. If painted surfaces aggressive polishing on a has this e symbol. are damaged, see your dealer to basecoat/clearcoat paint finish have the damage assessed and may damage it. Use only This could cause damage that repaired. Foreign materials such as non-abrasive waxes and polishes would not be covered by the calcium chloride and other salts, ice that are made for a basecoat/ vehicle warranty. melting agents, road oil and tar, tree clearcoat paint finish on the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle. industrial chimneys, etc., can If using an automatic car wash, damage the vehicle's finish if they follow with the car wash remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new, instructions. The windshield wiper the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or and rear window wiper, if equipped, If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible. must be off. Remove any cleaners that are marked safe for Protecting Exterior Bright Metal accessories that may be damaged painted surfaces to remove foreign Moldings or interfere with the car wash matter. equipment. Occasional hand waxing or mild Caution Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See cleaning agents completely. If they Failure to clean and protect the your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result are allowed to dry on the surface, products. they could stain. in a hazy white finish or pitting. Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty. chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur. spotting. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

358 Vehicle Care

The bright metal moldings on the rinse the bedliner surface following Follow instructions under "Washing vehicle are aluminum, chrome or achemicalspilltoavoidpermanent the Vehicle" previously in this stainless steel. To prevent damage damage. section. always follow these cleaning Spray-in bedliners can fade from Lamp covers are made of plastic, instructions: oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty and some have a UV protective . Be sure the molding is cool to hauling, and hard water stains. coating. Do not clean or wipe them the touch before applying any Clean it periodically by washing off while they are dry. cleaning solution. the loose dirt and using a mild Do not use any of the following on . Use only approved cleaning detergent. To restore the original lamp covers: appearance, apply the bedliner solutions for aluminum, chrome . Abrasive or caustic agents. or stainless steel. Some conditioner available through your cleaners are highly acidic or dealer. . Washer fluids and other cleaning contain alkaline substances and agents in higher concentrations can damage the moldings. Caution than suggested by the manufacturer. . Always dilute a concentrated Using silicone-based products cleaner according to the may damage the bedliner, reduce . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners. manufacturer’sinstructions. the slip-resistant texture, and . Do not use cleaners that are not attract dirt. . Ice scrapers or other hard items. intended for automotive use. . Aftermarket appearance caps or . Use a nonabrasive wax on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ covers while the lamps are vehicle after washing to protect Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and illuminated, due to excessive and extend the molding finish. Stripes heat generated. Spray-In Bedliner Care Use only lukewarm or cold water, a Aspray-inbedlinerisapermanent soft cloth, and a car washing soap coating that bonds to the truck bed to clean exterior lamps, lenses and and cannot be removed. Promptly emblems, decals, and stripes. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 359

Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires Caution cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires. Failure to clean lamps properly detergent. Wash the windshield can cause damage to the lamp thoroughly when cleaning the cover that would not be covered blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Caution by the vehicle warranty. abuildupofvehiclewash/wax treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire streaking. dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/ Caution Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any Using wax on low gloss black caused by extreme dusty overspray from all painted finish stripes can increase the conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, surfaces on the vehicle. gloss level and create a snow, and ice. non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips gloss stripes with soap and Wheels and Trim — Aluminum water only. Apply Dielectric silicone grease on or Chrome weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips After rinsing thoroughly with clean once a year. Hot, dry climates may Clear debris from the air intakes, water, dry with a soft, clean towel. require more frequent application. between the hood and windshield, Awaxmaythenbeapplied. when washing the vehicle. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by Windshield and Wiper Blades rubbing with a clean cloth. See Caution Recommended Fluids and Clean the outside of the windshield Chrome wheels and other chrome with glass cleaner. Lubricants 0 375. trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

360 Vehicle Care

Brake System on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Caution (Continued) will make them last longer, seal Visually inspect brake lines and better, and not stick or squeak on roads that have been sprayed hoses for proper hook-up, binding, with magnesium, calcium, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Underbody Maintenance or sodium chloride. These disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect drum At least twice a year, spring and fall, chlorides are used on roads for use plain water to flush any conditions such as ice and dust. brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. corrosive materials from the Always wash the chrome with underbody. Take care to thoroughly soap and water after exposure. Steering, Suspension, and clean any areas where mud and Chassis Components other debris can collect. Visually inspect steering, Do not directly power wash the Caution suspension, and chassis transfer case and/or front/rear axle components for damaged, loose, output seals. High pressure water To avoid surface damage, do not or missing parts or signs of wear at can overcome the seals and use strong soaps, chemicals, least once a year. contaminate the fluid. Contaminated abrasive polishes, cleaners, fluid will decrease the life of the Inspect power steering for proper brushes, or cleaners that contain transfer case and/or axles and attachment, connections, binding, acid on aluminum or should be replaced. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. chrome-plated wheels. Use only Sheet Metal Damage approved cleaners. Also, never Visually check constant velocity joint drive a vehicle with aluminum or boots and axle seals for leaks. If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or chrome-plated wheels through an Body Component Lubrication automatic car wash that uses replacement, make sure the body silicone carbide tire cleaning Lubricate all key lock cylinders, repair shop applies anti-corrosion brushes. Damage could occur hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion and the repairs would not be fuel door hinge, and power assist step hinges, unless the components protection. covered by the vehicle warranty. are plastic. Applying silicone grease Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 361

Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure. vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove . Do not use laundry detergents or hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect Finish Damage dishwashing soaps with repellent from all interior surfaces or degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. use approximately 20 drops per scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to Aconcentratedsoapsolutionwill corrosion. Larger areas of finish prevent permanent damage. Apply create streaks and attract dirt. damage can be corrected in your cleaners directly to the cleaning Do not use solutions that contain dealer's body and paint shop. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any strong or caustic soap. Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove . Do not heavily saturate the cleaners quickly. Airborne pollutants can fall upon upholstery when cleaning. and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow to all safety instructions on containing solvents. discolorations, and small, irregular the label. While cleaning the interior, dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass proper ventilation. surface. Refer to “Finish Care” To clean, use a terry cloth fabric previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean dampened with water. Wipe droplets the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth. Interior Care cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with To prevent dirt particle abrasions, . Never use a razor or any other plain water. regularly clean the vehicle's interior. sharp object to remove a soil Immediately remove any soils. from any interior surface. Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a brush with stiff transfer color to the vehicle’s bristles. interior. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

362 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede cloth to a clean area frequently Caution to prevent forcing the soil in to Start by vacuuming the surface the fabric. To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. possible: 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap Cleaning the windshield with water . Gently blot liquids with a paper during the first three to six months towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. water. to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to Speaker Covers use a commercial upholstery To clean: Vacuum around a speaker cover cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning use a paper towel to . When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. not drip from the cleaning cloth. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the and Vehicle Information and . When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the Radio Displays soapy water. center. Rotate the cleaning Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Vehicle Care 363

dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a Caution Caution microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause hand wash the microfiber cloth especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics separately, using mild soap. Do not well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with thoroughly and air dry before Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in next use. surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened Caution heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners Do not attach a device with a silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the suction cup to the display. This Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. may cause damage and would solvents can permanently change not be covered by the vehicle the appearance and feel of Care of Safety Belts warranty. leather or soft trim, and are not recommended. Keep belts clean and dry. Instrument Panel, Leather, { Warning Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Do not use cleaners that increase Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and gloss, especially on the instrument Do not bleach or dye safety belt panel. Reflected glare can decrease Natural Open Pore Wood webbing. It may severely weaken visibility through the windshield Surfaces the webbing. In a crash, they under certain conditions. Use a soft microfiber cloth might not be able to provide dampened with water to remove adequate protection. Clean and dust and loose dirt. For a more rinse safety belt webbing only thorough cleaning, use a soft with mild soap and lukewarm microfiber cloth dampened with a water. Allow the webbing to dry. mild soap solution. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

364 Vehicle Care

Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver { Warning side floor. If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn interfere with the pedals. it over. Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat. and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on Reinstall by lining up the floor mat pedals. top of another. retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position. Removing and Replacing the Use the following guidelines for Floor Mats Make sure the floor mat is properly proper floor mat usage: secured in place. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat Verify the floor mat does not . The original equipment floor to unlock each retainer and remove. mats were designed for your interfere with the pedals. vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 365 General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance This maintenance section applies to competitively priced maintenance vehicles with a gasoline engine. For and repair services. With trained diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 365 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Schedule ...... 366 the required maintenance for the blades. Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Special Application protect against major repair Caution Services ...... 372 expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty. and Care ...... 372 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks, Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Recommended Fluids and condition. Lubricants ...... 375 replacement parts. They have Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for Parts ...... 377 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to Maintenance Records ...... 378 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

366 Service and Maintenance keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service Maintenance condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require Schedule Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are: At Each Fuel Stop There may need to be more . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil 0 286. Normal Service . Mainly driven in hilly or All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or 0 competitive driving. Pressure 323. . Carry passengers and cargo Inspect the tires for wear. See . Used for taxi, police, or delivery . within recommended limits on Tire Inspection 0 329. the Tire and Loading Information service. label. See Vehicle Load . Check the windshield washer Limits 0 226. { Warning fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 298. . Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can Engine Oil Change surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause limits. serious injury. Perform When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the Fuel 0 266. required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and Service Work 0 281. filter must be changed at least once Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 367

ayearandtheoillifesystemmust Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire be reset. Your trained dealer Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 329. technician can perform this work. 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/ last service. Reset the oil life following services. See Tire Filter 0 291. Rotation 0 329. system when the oil is changed. . Inspect brake system. See 0 See Engine Oil Life System 288. . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 356. life percentage. If needed, Passenger Compartment Air Visually inspect steering, change engine oil and filter, and . suspension, and chassis Filter reset oil life system. See Engine components for damaged, loose, The passenger compartment air Oil 0 286 and Engine Oil Life or missing parts or signs of filter removes dust, pollen, and System 0 288. wear. See Exterior Care 0 356. other airborne irritants from outside . Check engine coolant level. See Check restraint system air that is pulled into the vehicle. Engine Coolant 0 294. . The filter should be replaced as part components. See Safety System of routine scheduled maintenance. . Check windshield washer fluid Check 0 57. level. See Washer Fluid 0 298. Inspect the passenger compartment . Visually inspect fuel system for air filter every 36 000 km . Visually inspect windshield wiper damage or leaks. (22,500 mi) or two years, whichever blades for wear, cracking, comes first. Replace if necessary. or contamination. See Exterior . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for More frequent replacement may be Care 0 356.Replacewornor loose or damaged parts. needed if the vehicle is driven in damaged wiper blades. See areas with heavy traffic, areas with Wiper Blade . Lubricate body components. See poor air quality, or areas with high Replacement 0 305. Exterior Care 0 356. dust levels. Replacement may also be needed if there is a reduction in . Check tire inflation pressures. . Check starter switch. See Starter 0 0 air flow, excessive window fogging, See Tire Pressure 323. Switch Check 303. or odors. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

368 Service and Maintenance

. Check automatic transmission . Check accelerator pedal for shift lock control function. See damage, high effort, or binding. Automatic Transmission Shift Replace if needed. Lock Control Function 0 . Visually inspect gas strut for Check 304. signs of wear, cracks, or other . Check ignition transmission lock. damage. Check the hold open See Ignition Transmission Lock ability of the strut. See your Check 0 304. dealer if service is required. . Check parking brake and . Verify spare tire key lock automatic transmission park operation and lubricate as mechanism. See Park Brake and needed. See Tire P(Park)Mechanism Changing 0 338. Check 0 305. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 369

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ 4WD. (4) Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter comes first. If driving in dusty Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if conditions, inspect the filter at each (1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window oil change or more often as needed. comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace lines and hoses for proper replacement may be needed if the filter. attachment, connection, routing, and driving in areas with heavy traffic, condition. poor air quality, high dust levels, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

370 Service and Maintenance

(4) Do not directly power wash the (5) Or every five years, whichever (7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every transfer case and/or front/rear axle comes first. See Cooling five years. See Brake Fluid 0 299. output seals. High pressure water System 0 292. can overcome the seals and (6) Or every 10 years, whichever contaminate the transfer case fluid. comes first. Inspect for fraying, Contaminated fluid will decrease the excessive cracking, or damage; life of the transfer case and/or axles replace, if needed. and should be replaced. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 371

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ 4WD. (4) Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter. (1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Or every four years, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each replacement may be needed if oil change or more often as needed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

372 Service and Maintenance (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor Special Application Additional lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and Services Maintenance and Care condition. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important (4) Do not directly power wash the Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly transfer case and/or front/rear axle components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly output seals. High pressure water . Have underbody flushing service repairs. To maintain vehicle can overcome the seals and performed. See "Underbody performance, additional contaminate the transfer case fluid. Maintenance" in Exterior maintenance services may be Contaminated fluid will decrease the Care 0 356. required. life of the transfer case and/or axles It is recommended that your dealer and should be replaced. perform these services — their (5) Or every five years, whichever trained dealer technicians know comes first. See Cooling your vehicle best. Your dealer can System 0 292. also perform a thorough (6) Or every 10 years, whichever assessment with a multi-point comes first. Inspect for fraying, inspection to recommend when your excessive cracking, or damage; vehicle may need attention. replace, if needed. The following list is intended to (7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every explain the services and conditions five years. See Brake Fluid 0 299. to look for that may indicate services are required. Battery The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 373

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps, battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are . Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road. the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle’ssystems to light, cracking, or damage. Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure . Belts may need replacing if they 0 that they light when braking. squeak or show signs of Lubricants 375 for GM approved cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, . Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps . Trained dealer technicians have and note any concerns. access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may Shocks and struts help aid in control replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride. may be low and need to be Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/ crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven . Signs of brake wear may include tire wear. chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

374 Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’sinteriorand 0 Wiper blades need to be cleaned when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 361 and and kept in good condition to Exterior Care 0 356. Tires provide a clear view. Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield, the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and . Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed. replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear. or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment. split in the tire. Windshield . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear. services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed. new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 375 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 294. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 286. Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB. Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in Drive) and Rear Axle Canada 88863090). Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

376 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474). Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge Manual Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transfer Case (If Equipped With DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Four-Wheel Drive) Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Service and Maintenance 377

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C Oil Filter 2.5L L4 12640445 PF64 3.6L V6 55594651 PF2257G Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196 Spark Plugs 2.5L L4 12627160 41-115 3.6L V6 12646780 41-130 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 23117447 — Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23117448 — Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

378 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Technical Data 379 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove Number (VIN) box, has the following information: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 379 . Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Number (VIN). Label ...... 379 . Model designation. Vehicle Data . Paint information. Capacities and Specifications ...... 380 . Production options and special Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 382 equipment. This legal identifier is in the front Do not remove this label from the corner of the instrument panel, on vehicle. the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 380 for the vehicle's engine code. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

380 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 375. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt 3.6L V6 12.4 L 13.1 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 80 L 21 gal TransferCaseFluid 1.9L 2.0qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Technical Data 381

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 3.6L V6 N 0.80–0.90mm (0.031– 0.035 in) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

382 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

V6 Engines L4 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 383 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Customer the Canadian Information Government ...... 394 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction General Motors ...... 394 Procedure Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 383 Vehicle Data Recording and Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns Customer Assistance Privacy ...... 394 with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 385 Event Data Recorders ...... 395 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text ® OnStar ...... 395 resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users .... . 386 Infotainment System ...... 396 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 386 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 387 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 387 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 389 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 389 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 390 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 392 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 393 of your dealership or the general manager. Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a the United States member of dealership management, Government ...... 393 it appears your concern cannot be Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

384 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, 1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc. or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard can file with the Better Business We encourage you to call the ® Suite 600 toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201 to enforce your rights. inquiry prompt attention. Have the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/ representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ . Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been likely be resolved at a dealer's to you. facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 385

Company wants you to be aware of call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call United States and Puerto Rico its participation in a no-charge the General Motors Customer Care Chevrolet Motor Division Mediation/Arbitration Program. Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Chevrolet Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada 1-800-263-7854 (French), Center Company has committed to binding or write to: P.O. Box 33170 arbitration of owner disputes The Mediation/Arbitration Program Detroit, MI 48232-5170 involving factory-related vehicle c/o Customer Care Centre www.Chevrolet.com service claims. The program General Motors of Canada 1-800-222-1020 provides for the review of the facts Company 1-800-833-2438 (For Text involved by an impartial third party Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Telephone Devices (TTYs)) arbiter, and may include an informal 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Roadside Assistance: hearing before the arbiter. The Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 program is designed so that the 1-800-243-8872 Your inquiry should be accompanied entire dispute settlement process, From U.S. Virgin Islands: from the time you file your complaint by the Vehicle Identification to the final decision, should be Number (VIN). 1-800-496-9994 completed in about 70 days. We Canada believe our impartial program offers Customer Assistance advantages over courts in most Offices General Motors of Canada jurisdictions because it is informal, Company quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet encourages customers to Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: call the toll-free number for CA1-163-005 For further information concerning assistance. However, if a customer 1908 Colonel Sam Drive eligibility in the Canadian Motor wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), the letter should be addressed to: www.gm.ca 1-800-263-3777 (English) 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

386 Customer Information

Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See 1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com 0 Overseas (VIN) 379. The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Please contact the local General experience allows interaction with Motors Business Unit. Satellite radio (if equipped), and Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if vehicle-specific information in one Customer Assistance for equipped). place. F Text Telephone (TTY) : Chat with online help Membership Benefits representatives. Users E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired G : View maintenance schedules, and who use Text Telephones Chevrolet Owner Centre alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY (Canada) chevroletowner.ca Diagnostic Information. Schedule equipment available at its Customer service appointments. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives. 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and view locations, maps, phone warranty information. numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles, r : Track your vehicle’swarranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia information. galleries organized into the Featured Articles and Auto Care Sections. . Download owner manuals. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 387

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle Chevrolet-recommended aMobilityProgram.Visitwww.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle. for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem. GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830. Reimbursement Program Coverage Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the Program duration of the vehicle’spowertrain For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty. 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not This program is available to covered. qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make When calling Roadside Assistance, hand controls or a wheelchair/ any changes or discontinue the have the following information scooter lift for the vehicle. Roadside Assistance program at ready: For more information on the limited any time without notification. . Your name, home address, and offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or General Motors North America and home telephone number. call the GM Mobility Assistance Chevrolet reserve the right to limit Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are 1-800-833-9935. . Location of the vehicle. made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times. . Model, year, color, and license plate number of the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

388 Customer Information

Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to jump start a dead battery. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Canadian-Purchased Vehicles Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available, service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be event, incidental expenses may . Lock-Out Service: Service to restricted. Propane and other be reimbursed within the unlock the vehicle if you are fuels are not provided through Powertrain warranty period. locked out. A remote unlock may this service. Items considered are reasonable be available if you have OnStar. and customary hotel, meals, . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being registration is required. must present identification delivered back to the customer, . Trip Interruption Benefits and before this service is given. up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over . Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify. nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required. driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to . Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment. tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will covered. receive payment, up to $100, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 389

after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information. covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However, Program if you are unable to do so, your Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following To enhance your ownership transportation options: Appointments experience, we and our participating When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area. of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a safety related. If it is, please call by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. part of the New Vehicle Limited customers arrange their own your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate booklet and ask for instructions. transportation, limited entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

390 Customer Information

and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new information. All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was For an overnight warranty repair, the every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM dealer may provide an available for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified ArecycledoriginalequipmentGM beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 391

Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of Protect your investment in the GM companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There As a result, these parts may fit If a Crash Occurs are significant differences in the poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. insurance companies will not officer. Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever original equipment collision parts. need collision repairs. Your dealer Roadside Assistance If such insurance coverage is not Program 0 387. may have a collision repair center available from your current with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier. able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number. technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number. equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number. Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

392 Customer Information

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications model year. recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information . Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals . Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, . General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical, damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended repaired with Genuine GM parts, If the airbag has inflated, see What to provide basic operational even if your insurance coverage information about the vehicle. The Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. Inflates? 0 62. Owner Manual includes the If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models. Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, repair valuation based on that In the event that the vehicle requires Owner Manual, and Warranty insurance company's collision policy damage repairs, GM recommends Manual. repair limits, as you have no that you take an active role in its contractual limits with that company. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – repair. If you have a pre-determined In such cases, you can have control $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and repair facility of choice, take the of the repair and parts choices as shipping fees. vehicle there, or have it towed there. long as the cost stays within Specify to the facility that any Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. reasonable limits. required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE: be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 393 Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects available for many current and past This vehicle has systems that model year GM vehicles. operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, has a defect which could cause ICES 001. Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ⇣ acrashorcouldcauseinjuryor Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately two conditions: Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration 47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors. Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the investigation, and if it finds that device. delivery. asafetydefectexistsinagroup All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign. funds. authorized service facility could void However, NHTSA cannot authorization to use this equipment. become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

394 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 80 rue Noel Recording and (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: The vehicle has a number of Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information Administrator, NHTSA to General Motors about the vehicle’sperformanceand 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to this, notify General Motors. monitor and control engine and You can also obtain other transmission performance, to information about motor Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide Center antilock braking to help the driver Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules to the Canadian Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle. Government In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Some modules may also store data (English) or 1-800-263-7854 about how the vehicle is operated, If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write: believe that the vehicle has a such as rate of fuel consumption or safety defect, notify Transport General Motors of Canada average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as Canada immediately, and notify Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: radio presets, seat positions, and General Motors of Canada CA1-163-005 temperature settings. Company. Call Transport 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 write to: Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Customer Information 395

Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or better understanding of the share it with others except: with the This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the main purpose of an EDR is to Note consent of the lessee; in response record, in certain crash or near to an official request by police or crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. record such data as: personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash ® . How various systems in your investigation. OnStar vehicle were operating; If the vehicle is equipped with To read data recorded by an EDR, ® . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and OnStar and has an active passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’soperation; or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features; . How fast the vehicle was the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the traveling. location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

396 Customer Information

OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 402. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

OnStar 397 OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and OnStar Software Terms for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 397 The OnStar system status light is OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the Emergency ...... 398 status light is: Security ...... 398 Navigation ...... 399 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready. Connections ...... 399 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics ...... 401 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Additional Information Q OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Information ...... 402 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar that can connect to an OnStar Advisor. Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an services may require a paid Advisor. subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to: requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call, and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call. available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling as a link to existing emergency voice commands. service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands. information. See OnStar User Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

398 OnStar . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi® OnStar Services Security hotspot name or SSID and password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these Emergency services: Press Q to connect to an Emergency Services require an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to . Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it. sensors can automatically alert a . Get driving directions. . With Remote Ignition Block™, specially trained OnStar Advisor . Receive a Diagnostic check of if equipped, OnStar can block who is immediately connected in to the engine from being restarted. the vehicle's key operating the vehicle to help. systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®, Press > for a priority connection to . Receive Roadside Assistance. if equipped, OnStar can work an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down. if equipped. them to your exact location, and relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification Press > to get a priority connection If equipped, if the doors are locked to an OnStar Advisor available With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially and the vehicle alarm sounds, a 24/7 to: trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone . Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is . Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the vehicle. . Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

OnStar 399

Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle “OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.” specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicle’snavigation screen, if equipped. Q Route Preview Press to receive Turn-by-Turn Q directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =.Systemresponds: Press ,thenasktheAdvisorto vehicle’snavigationscreen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the vehicle’s if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After 2. Say “Route preview.” System the call ends, the navigation screen Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to 1. Press Q to connect to an Repeat the navigation screen can only be Advisor. canceled through the navigation 2. Request directions to be 1. Press =.Systemresponds: system. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. downloaded to the vehicle. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or 3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System www.onstar.ca (Canada). commands. responds with the last direction given, then responds with Connections Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone. During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help Get My Destination with staying connected. Cancel Route 1. Press =.Systemresponds: For coverage maps, see 1. Press =.Systemresponds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada). “ ” 2. Say “Get my destination.” 2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the Ensuring Security responds: Do you want to address and distance to the “ . Change the default passwords destination, then responds with cancel directions?” for the Wi-Fi hotspot and OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” RemoteLink mobile application. Make these passwords different Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

400 OnStar

from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display OnStar Subscribers can access the combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), following services from a mobile and symbols to increase the password, and on some device: security. vehicles, the connection type . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, . Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G, if factory-equipped. SSID (Service Set Identifier). 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent). . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped This is your network’snamethat with automatic locks. is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call . Activate the horn and lamps. and avoid family names or 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Check the vehicle’sfuellevel,oil vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. life, or tire pressure, ® if factory-equipped with the Tire OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect Pressure Monitor System. The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Send directions to the vehicle. Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by . Locate the vehicle on a map to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your (U.S. market only). 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. on/off, manage settings, and monitor data consumption, controls only when it is safe to ® OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App if equipped. do so. (If Equipped) 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot For OnStar RemoteLink information Download the OnStar RemoteLink and compatibility, see information, press =,waitfor mobile app to select Apple® iOS, ® www.onstar.com (U.S.) or the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Android™,BlackBerry , www.onstar.ca (Canada). settings.” On some vehicles, or Windows® mobile devices. touch Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

OnStar 401

Remote Services Calling 911 Emergency Diagnostics Contact an OnStar Advisor to 1. Press =.Systemresponds: Advanced Diagnostics provides a unlock the doors or sound the horn “OnStar ready.” status of the vehicle’skeysystems and flash the lamps. with a monthly e-mail, or by 2. Say “Call.” System responds: Q OnStar AtYourService “Call. Please say the name or pressing .Ifequipped,Diagnostic number to call.” Alerts can be received in real-time OnStar Advisors can provide offers via e-mail or text. The Proactive from restaurants and retailers on 3. Say “911” without pausing. Alerts feature (if available) can help your route, help locate hotels, System responds: “911.” predict and alert of potential or book a room. These services 4. Say Call. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with vary by market. “ ” “OK, dialing 911.” select components on the vehicle, before they become a problem. OnStar Hands-Free Calling Retrieve My Number Make and receive calls with the OnStar can also monitor and report built-in wireless calling service, 1. Press =.Systemresponds: tire pressure, if the vehicle is which requires available minutes. “OnStar ready.” equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Make a Call 2. Say “My number.” System responds: “Your OnStar 1. Press =.Systemresponds: Hands-Free Calling number is,” “OnStar ready.” then says the number. 2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call “Call. Please say the name or number to call.” Press =.Systemresponds:“Call ended. 3. Say the entire number without ” pausing, including a “1” and the Verify Minutes and Expiration area code. System responds: “OK, calling.” Press = and say “Minutes” then “Verify” to check how many minutes remain and their expiration date. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

402 OnStar OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Owners Information . Press Q to speak with an Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor. In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a service options. . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press wireless service provider for service Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service provider must also have coverage, . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar . After change in ownership and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location at 90 days. Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and Q Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar Press to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or Selling/Transferring the of OnStar services, system software is added, connected, limitations, and OnStar User Terms, Vehicle or modified, OnStar services may Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

OnStar 403

to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar OnStar cannot perform Remote jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. — Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has Statement 0 393. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days without an ignition cycle. If the Services for People with APINisneededtoaccesssome vehicle has not been started for Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle. and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS) . Locate a gas station with an Warranty . Obstruction of the GPS can attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages; . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with . Provide directions to the closest Languages very dense trees. If GPS signals hospital or pharmacy in urgent are not available, the OnStar situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar TTY Users Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location. communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency available dealer-installed TTY responders. system can provide in-vehicle Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

404 OnStar

AtemporarylossofGPScancause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical asystemtoautomatically Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 278.Addedelectrical collect information about vehicle the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available, blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle. or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes Privacy maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety, may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at call again or try again after driving a vehicle or the vehicle systems. www.onstar.com (U.S.), few miles into another cellular area. Software updates or changes may affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call OnStar services require a vehicle tags, saved navigation destinations, 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) electrical system, wireless service, or pre-set radio stations. Neither and GPS satellite technologies to be or press Q to speak with an OnStar nor GM is responsible for available and operating for features Advisor. Users of wireless any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

OnStar 405

the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder. may unlawfully intercept or access copies. unzip: transmissions and private THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED communications without consent. This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The OnStar - Software definitive version of this document Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp:// Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely. third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved. libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR For the purposes of this copyright party software please see http:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE www.lg.com/global/support/ and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, the following set of individuals: opensource/index and https:// DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed libcurl: OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, Stenberg, . Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

406 OnStar

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail This software is provided “as is,” without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s). Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use been removed from the binary liable for any direct, indirect, the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” or disabled. incidental, special or consequential “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases. use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic, and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly restrictions: marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being 1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releases–including, 2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of (compiled executables) must the altered versions with the reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but and this list of conditions in not limited to, different documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket materials provided with the UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Index 407 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Accessories and When Should an Airbag Modifications ...... 281 Inflate? ...... 61 Accessory Power ...... 237 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 60 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 278 Airbags Additional Information Adding Equipment to the OnStar® ...... 402 Vehicle ...... 68 Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . .117 and Care ...... 372 Readiness Light ...... 117 Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 47 Vehicles...... 68 Agreements System Check ...... 58 Trademarks and License ..... 202 Alarm Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 291 Vehicle Security ...... 36 Air Conditioning ...... 208, 210 All-Season Tires ...... 317 Air Filter, Passenger All-Terrain Tires ...... 318 Compartment ...... 213 AM-FM Radio ...... 161, 163 Air Vents ...... 212 Antenna Airbag System Multi-band ...... 167 Check ...... 69 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 254 How Does an Airbag Warning Light...... 121 Restrain? ...... 62 Appearance Care Passenger Sensing System . . . .64 Exterior ...... 356 What Makes an Airbag Interior ...... 361 Inflate? ...... 62 Assistance Program, What Will You See after an Roadside ...... 387 Airbag Inflates? ...... 62 Audio Bluetooth ...... 180 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

408 Index

Audio (cont'd) Bluetooth C Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 154 Overview ...... 187, 188, Calibration ...... 105 Automatic 192, 197 California Climate Control System ...... 210 Bluetooth Audio ...... 180 Fuel Requirements ...... 267 Door Locks ...... 34 Brake Perchlorate Materials Headlamp System ...... 148 System Warning Light ...... 120 Requirements ...... 280 Transmission ...... 241 Brakes ...... 298 California Transmission Fluid ...... 290 Antilock ...... 254 Proposition Automatic Transmission Assist ...... 255 65 Warning ...... 280, 300, 348 Manual Mode ...... 244 Fluid ...... 299 Camera Shift Lock Control Function Parking ...... 254 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 261 Check ...... 304 System Messages ...... 133 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Auxiliary Jack ...... 179 Braking ...... 216 Capacities and Avoiding Untrusted Media Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 232 Specifications ...... 380 Devices ...... 170 Bulb Replacement ...... 309 Carbon Monoxide Axle, Front ...... 302 Center High-Mounted Engine Exhaust ...... 240 Axle, Rear ...... 303 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Tailgate ...... 35 Cargo Lamp ...... 308 B Winter Driving ...... 224 Halogen Bulbs ...... 306 Battery Cargo Lamp ...... 150 Headlamp Aiming ...... 306 Load Management ...... 152 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Headlamps ...... 306 Power Protection ...... 152 Center Console Storage ...... 101 Headlamps, Front Turn Voltage and Charging Center High-Mounted Signal, Sidemarker, and Messages ...... 132 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Parking Lamps ...... 307 Battery - North America . . . .300, 348 Cargo Lamp ...... 308 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 305 Chains, Tire ...... 335 Stoplamps, and Back-up Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 39 Charging Lamps ...... 307 Wireless ...... 107 Buying New Tires ...... 331 Charging System Light ...... 118 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Index 409

Check Connections Customer Satisfaction Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 304 OnStar® ...... 399 Procedure ...... 383 Malfunction Indicator Control ...... 258 D Engine Light ...... 118 Traction and Electronic Damage Repair, Collision ...... 390 Child Restraints Stability ...... 256 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Infants and Young Children . . . . .71 Control Light Data Collection Lower Anchors and Tethers Hill Descent ...... 121 Infotainment System ...... 396 for Children ...... 77 Control of a Vehicle ...... 216 OnStar ...... 395 Older Children ...... 70 Convex Mirrors ...... 38 Data Recorders, Event ...... 395 Securing ...... 91, 96 Coolant Daytime Running Systems ...... 74 Engine ...... 294 Lamps (DRL) ...... 147 Cleaning Engine Temperature Gauge . . .115 Defensive Driving ...... 215 Exterior Care ...... 356 Cooling ...... 208, 210 Delayed Locking ...... 34 Interior Care ...... 361 Cooling System ...... 292 Diagnostics Climate Control Systems ...... 208 Engine Messages ...... 133 OnStar® ...... 401 Air Conditioning ...... 208 Courtesy Transportation Distracted Driving ...... 215 Automatic ...... 210 Program ...... 389 Dome Lamps ...... 151 Heating ...... 208 Cruise Control ...... 259 Door Clock ...... 106 Light ...... 125 Ajar Light ...... 126 Cluster, Instrument ...... 110, 112 Cupholders ...... 100 Ajar Messages ...... 133 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 290 Customer Assistance ...... 386 Delayed Locking ...... 34 Collision Damage Repair ...... 390 Offices ...... 385 Locks ...... 33 Compact Spare Tire ...... 346 Text Telephone (TTY) Power Locks ...... 34 Compartments Users ...... 386 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 382 Storage ...... 100 Customer Information Driver Information Compass ...... 105 Service Publications Center (DIC) ...... 126, 129 Messages ...... 133 Ordering Information ...... 392 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

410 Index

Driving Engine (cont'd) F Characteristics and Check and Service Engine Fan Towing Tips ...... 270 Soon Light ...... 118 Engine ...... 297 Defensive ...... 215 Compartment Overview ...... 283 Filter, Drunk ...... 215 Coolant ...... 294 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 291 For Better Fuel Economy ...... 25 Coolant Temperature Flash-to-Pass ...... 147 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 223 Gauge ...... 115 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 149 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 225 Cooling System ...... 292 Flat Tire ...... 336 Loss of Control ...... 217 Cooling System Messages . . . 133 Changing ...... 338 Off-Road ...... 218 Drive Belt Routing ...... 382 Floor Mats ...... 364 Off-Road Recovery ...... 217 Exhaust ...... 240 Fluid Vehicle Load Limits ...... 226 Fan ...... 297 Automatic Transmission ...... 290 Wet Roads ...... 222 Heater ...... 235 Brakes ...... 299 Winter ...... 224 Oil Life System ...... 288 Four-Wheel Drive Oil Messages ...... 134 E Transfer Case ...... 247 Oil Pressure Light ...... 124 Electrical Equipment, Washer ...... 298 Overheating ...... 296 Add-On ...... 278 Fog Lamps ...... 149 Power Messages ...... 134 Electrical System Folding Mirrors ...... 39 Running While Parked ...... 241 Engine Compartment Fuse Forward Collision Alert Starting ...... 234 Block ...... 310 (FCA) System ...... 263 Entry Lighting ...... 151 Fuses ...... 310 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 247, 301 Equipment, Towing ...... 275 Instrument Panel Fuse Frequency Statement Event Data Recorders ...... 395 Block ...... 314 Radio ...... 393 Exit Lighting ...... 151 Overload ...... 309 Front Axle ...... 302 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 56 Emergency Front Fog Lamp Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 146 OnStar® ...... 398 Light ...... 125 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 147 Engine Front Seats Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 291 Adjustment ...... 46 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Index 411

Front Seats (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Heated Mirrors ...... 39 Heated ...... 48 Warning Lights and Heater Fuel ...... 266 Indicators ...... 109 Engine ...... 235 Additives ...... 267 General Information Heating ...... 208, 210 Economy Driving ...... 25 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 365 High-Beam On Light ...... 125 Filling a Portable Fuel Towing...... 270 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 223 Container ...... 269 Vehicle Care...... 280 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 258 Filling the Tank ...... 267 Glove Box ...... 100 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 121 Foreign Countries ...... 267 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 255 Gauge ...... 114 Program ...... 387 Home Page ...... 158, 160 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 124 H Hood ...... 282 Requirements, California . . . . . 267 Horn ...... 104 Halogen Bulbs ...... 306 System Messages ...... 135 How to Wear Safety Belts Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 149 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 347 Properly ...... 53 Head Restraints ...... 45 Fuses ...... 310 HVAC ...... 208, 210 Headlamps Engine Compartment Fuse Hydraulic Clutch ...... 290 Aiming ...... 306 Block ...... 310 Automatic ...... 148 I Instrument Panel Fuse Bulb Replacement ...... 306 Ignition Positions ...... 233 Block ...... 314 Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock G Lamps (DRL) ...... 147 Check ...... 304 Gauges Flash-to-Pass ...... 147 Immobilizer ...... 37 Engine Coolant Headlamps, Front Turn Indicator Temperature ...... 115 Signal, Sidemarker, and Vehicle Ahead ...... 122 Fuel ...... 114 Parking Lamps ...... 307 Infants and Young Children, Odometer ...... 114 High-Beam On Light ...... 125 Restraints ...... 71 Speedometer ...... 114 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147 Infotainment ...... 153 Tachometer ...... 114 Lamps On Reminder ...... 125 Infotainment System ...... 396 Trip Odometer ...... 114 Heated Front Seats ...... 48 Instrument Cluster ...... 110, 112 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

412 Index

Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 40 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Internet Radio Reading ...... 151 Front Fog Lamp ...... 125 Pandora ...... 167 Lane Departure High-Beam On ...... 125 Introduction ...... 2 Warning (LDW)...... 264 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 147 Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning ...... 122 J Light ...... 122 Low Fuel Warning ...... 124 Jack Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 53 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 116 Auxiliary ...... 179 LATCH System Security ...... 125 Jump Starting - North Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 122 America ...... 348 Crash ...... 90 Tire Pressure ...... 123 K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tow/Haul Mode ...... 121 Key and Lock Messages ...... 135 Tethers for Children ...... 77 Traction Control System Keyless Entry Light (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 123 Remote (RKE) System ...... 30 Hill Descent Control ...... 121 Traction Off ...... 122 Keys ...... 27 Lighting Up-Shift ...... 121 L Entry ...... 151 Locks Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 318 Exit ...... 151 Automatic Door ...... 34 Lamps Illumination Control ...... 150 Delayed Locking ...... 34 Cargo ...... 150 Lights ...... 122 Door ...... 33 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 147 Airbag Readiness ...... 117 Lockout Protection ...... 34 Dome ...... 151 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 34 Exterior Controls ...... 146 (ABS) Warning ...... 121 Safety ...... 35 Exterior Lamps Off Brake System Warning ...... 120 Loss of Control ...... 217 Reminder ...... 147 Charging System ...... 118 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 124 Malfunction Indicator ...... 118 Cruise Control ...... 125 Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages ...... 135 Door Ajar ...... 126 for Children (LATCH On Reminder ...... 125 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 124 System) ...... 77 Flash-to-Pass ...... 147 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 47 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Index 413

Lumbar Adjustment (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) Monitor System, Tire Front Seats ...... 47 Fuel System ...... 135 Pressure ...... 325 M Key and Lock ...... 135 Multi-band Antenna ...... 167 Lamp ...... 135 Maintenance N Object Detection System . . . . . 135 Records ...... 378 Navigation Ride Control System ...... 136 Maintenance and Care OnStar® ...... 399 Safety Belt ...... 136 Additional ...... 372 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 232 Security ...... 137 Maintenance Schedule ...... 366 Starting the Vehicle ...... 137 O Recommended Fluids and Steering System ...... 137 Object Detection System Lubricants ...... 375 Tire ...... 137 Messages ...... 135 Transfer Case ...... 247 Transmission ...... 138 Odometer ...... 114 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 118 Vehicle ...... 132 Trip ...... 114 Manual Mirrors ...... 38 Vehicle Reminder...... 139 Off-Road ...... 218 Manual Mode ...... 244 Vehicle Speed ...... 139 Driving ...... 218 Manual Transmission ...... 246 Messaging Recovery ...... 217 Fluid ...... 290 Text...... 201 Oil Media Mirrors Engine ...... 286 Avoiding Untrusted Devices .. 170 Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System ...... 288 Messages Rearview ...... 41 Messages ...... 134 Airbag System ...... 136 Blind Spot ...... 39 Pressure Light ...... 124 Battery Voltage and Convex ...... 38 Older Children, Restraints ...... 70 Charging ...... 132 Folding ...... 39 Online Owner Center ...... 386 Brake System ...... 133 Heated ...... 39 OnStar ...... 395 Compass ...... 133 Manual ...... 38 OnStar® Additional Door Ajar ...... 133 Manual Rearview ...... 40 Information ...... 402 Engine Cooling System ...... 133 Power ...... 39 OnStar® Connections ...... 399 Engine Oil ...... 134 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 40 OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 401 Engine Power ...... 134 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

414 Index

OnStar® Emergency ...... 398 Perchlorate Materials R OnStar® Navigation ...... 399 Requirements, California ...... 280 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 393 OnStar® Overview ...... 397 Personalization Radio Reception ...... 166 OnStar® Security ...... 398 Vehicle ...... 139 Radios Operation Phone AM-FM Radio ...... 161, 163 Fog Lamps ...... 149 Bluetooth ...... 187, 188, Satellite ...... 164, 165 Ordering 192, 197 Reading Lamps ...... 151 Service Publications ...... 392 Port Rear Axle ...... 303 Outlets USB ...... 170, 173 Rear Seats ...... 49 Power ...... 107 Power Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 261 Overheating, Engine ...... 296 Door Locks ...... 34 Rear Windows ...... 43 Overview ...... 155, 157 Mirrors ...... 39 Rearview Mirrors ...... 40 Outlets ...... 107 Automatic Dimming ...... 41 P Protection, Battery ...... 152 Pandora Internet Radio ...... 167 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 47 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 237 Park Recognition Seat Adjustment ...... 46 Shifting Into ...... 238 Voice ...... 181 Windows ...... 41 Shifting Out of ...... 239 Recommended Fluids and Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 56 Parking ...... 239 Lubricants ...... 375 Privacy Brake ...... 254 Records Vehicle Data Recording...... 394 Brake and P (Park) Maintenance ...... 378 Program Mechanism Check ...... 305 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 351 Courtesy Transportation ...... 389 Over Things That Burn ...... 240 Reimbursement Program, Proposition Passenger Airbag Status GM Mobility ...... 387 65 Warning, Indicator ...... 117 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) California ...... 280, 300, 348 Passenger Compartment Air System ...... 30 Filter ...... 213 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 32 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 64 Replacement Bulbs ...... 309 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Index 415

Replacement Parts S Securing Child Restraints . . . . 91, 96 Airbags ...... 69 Safety Belts ...... 51 Security Maintenance ...... 377 Care ...... 57 Light ...... 125 Replacing Airbag System ...... 69 Extender ...... 56 Messages ...... 137 Replacing LATCH System How to Wear Safety Belts OnStar® ...... 398 Parts after a Crash ...... 90 Properly ...... 53 Vehicle ...... 36 Replacing Safety Belt System Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 53 Vehicle Alarm...... 36 Parts after a Crash ...... 57 Messages ...... 136 Service Reporting Safety Defects Reminders ...... 116 Accessories and Canadian Government ...... 394 Replacing after a Crash ...... 57 Modifications ...... 281 General Motors ...... 394 Use During Pregnancy ...... 56 Climate Control System ...... 208 U.S. Government ...... 393 Safety Defects Reporting Doing Your Own Work ...... 281 Restraints Canadian Government ...... 394 Engine Soon Light ...... 118 Where to Put ...... 75 General Motors ...... 394 Maintenance Records ...... 378 Retained Accessory U.S. Government ...... 393 Maintenance, General Power (RAP) ...... 237 Safety Locks ...... 35 Information ...... 365 Ride Control Systems Safety System Check ...... 57 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 379 Messages ...... 136 Satellite Radio ...... 164, 165 Publications Ordering Roads Scheduling Appointments ...... 389 Information ...... 392 Driving, Wet ...... 222 Seats Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 389 Roadside Assistance Adjustment, Front ...... 46 Services Program ...... 387 Head Restraints ...... 45 Special Application ...... 372 Rotation, Tires ...... 329 Heated Front ...... 48 Servicing the Airbag ...... 68 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 382 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 47 Shift Lock Control Function Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front ...... 46 Check, Automatic Parked ...... 241 Rear ...... 49 Transmission...... 304 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 47 Shifting Underseat Storage ...... 101 Into Park ...... 238 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

416 Index

Shifting (cont'd) Storage Areas (cont'd) Tires (cont'd) Out of Park ...... 239 Sunglasses ...... 101 Compact Spare ...... 346 Signals, Turn and Underseat ...... 101 Designations ...... 320 Lane-Change ...... 149 Storage Compartments ...... 100 Different Size ...... 332 Software Updates ...... 161 Stuck Vehicle ...... 225 Full-Size Spare ...... 347 Spare Tire Sun Visors ...... 43 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 336 Compact ...... 346 Sunglass Storage ...... 101 Inspection ...... 329 Special Application Services . . . . 372 Symbols ...... 3 Messages ...... 137 Specifications and System Pressure ...... 323 Capacities ...... 380 Forward Collision Pressure Light ...... 123 Speedometer ...... 114 Alert (FCA) ...... 263 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 326 StabiliTrak Infotainment ...... 153, 396 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 325 OFF Light ...... 122 T Rotation ...... 329 Start Assist, Hill ...... 255 Sidewall Labeling ...... 318 Tachometer...... 114 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 32 Terminology and Definitions .. 321 Tailgate...... 35 Starter Switch Check ...... 303 Uniform Tire Quality Taillamps Starting the Engine ...... 234 Grading ...... 333 Bulb Replacement ...... 307 Starting the Vehicle Wheel Alignment and Tire Text Messaging...... 201 Messages ...... 137 Balance ...... 334 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 386 Steering ...... 216 Wheel Replacement ...... 334 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 37 Wheel Adjustment ...... 103 When It Is Time for New Immobilizer ...... 37 Wheel Controls ...... 104 Tires ...... 330 Time...... 106 Steering System Messages . . . . . 137 Winter ...... 317 Tires...... 316 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tow/Haul Mode ...... 245 All-Season ...... 317 Bulb Replacement ...... 307 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 121 All-Terrain ...... 318 Storage Areas Towing Buying New Tires ...... 331 Center Console ...... 101 Driving Characteristics ...... 270 Chains ...... 335 Glove Box ...... 100 Equipment ...... 275 Changing ...... 338 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

Index 417

Towing (cont'd) Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Care General Information ...... 270 Signals ...... 149 Tire Pressure ...... 323 Recreational Vehicle ...... 351 Turn Signal Vehicle Data Recording and Trailer ...... 272 Bulb Replacement ...... 307 Privacy ...... 394 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ... 277 U Ventilation, Air ...... 212 Vehicle ...... 351 Visors ...... 43 Underseat Storage ...... 101 Traction Voice Recognition ...... 181 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 333 Control System (TCS)/ Up-Shift Light ...... 121 W StabiliTrak® Light ...... 123 Updates Warning Off Light ...... 122 Software ...... 161 Brake System Light ...... 120 Traction Control/Electronic USB Port ...... 170, 173 Caution and Danger ...... 3 Stability Control ...... 256 Using This Manual ...... 2 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 264 Trademarks and License Warning Lights, Gauges, and Agreements ...... 202 V Indicators ...... 109 Trailer Vehicle Warnings Sway Control (TSC) ...... 277 Alarm System ...... 36 Hazard Flashers ...... 149 Towing...... 272 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Washer Fluid ...... 298 Transfer Case ...... 247 Control ...... 216 Wheels Transmission Identification Number (VIN) . . . 379 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 334 Automatic ...... 241 Load Limits ...... 226 Different Size ...... 332 Fluid, Automatic ...... 290 Messages ...... 132 Replacement ...... 334 Fluid, Manual ...... 290 Personalization ...... 139 When It Is Time for New Messages ...... 138 Reminder Messages ...... 139 Tires ...... 330 Transportation Program, Remote Start ...... 32 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 75 Courtesy ...... 389 Security ...... 36 Wi-Fi ...... 399 Trip Odometer ...... 114 Speed Messages ...... 139 Windows ...... 41 Truck-Camper Loading Towing...... 351 Power ...... 41 Information ...... 232 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 122 Rear ...... 43 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 10122675) - 2017 - crc - 8/22/16

418 Index

Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 104 Winter Driving ...... 224 Winter Tires ...... 317 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 305 Wireless Charging ...... 107